# pali

volume: 41
item: 118
title:
  tatiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā^jhānābhiññasuttavaṇṇanā^upassayasuttavaṇṇanā^cīvarasuttavaṇṇanā^paraṃmaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 155^b^.^eb^ dvādasame ^b^tathāgato^eb^ti satto. ^b^na  hetaṃ, āvuso, atthasaṃhita^eb^nti, āvuso, etaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ  atthasannissitaṃ na hoti. ^b^nādibrahmacariyaka^eb^nti  maggabrahmacariyassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadāpi na hoti. ^b^etañhi,  āvuso, atthasaṃhita^eb^nti, āvuso, etaṃ catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ  atthasannissitaṃ. ^b^etaṃ ādibrahmacariyaka^eb^nti etaṃ  maggabrahmacariyassa ādi pubbabhāgapaṭipadā. dvādasamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 119
title:
  jhānābhiññasuttavaṇṇanā^upassayasuttavaṇṇanā^cīvarasuttavaṇṇanā^paraṃmaraṇasuttavaṇṇanā^saddhammappatirūpakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 156^b^.^eb^ terasame ^a^M2.0186^ea^ ^b^aññāya saṇṭhahiṃsū^eb^ti  arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. ^b^saddhammappatirūpaka^eb^nti dve  saddhammappatirūpakāni adhigamasaddhammappatirūpakañca  pariyattisaddhammappatirūpakañca. tattha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``obhāse ceva ñāṇe ca, pītiyā ca vikampati. <br/><br/>[22] passaddhiyā sukhe ceva, yehi cittaṃ pavedhati.. <br/><br/>[21] ``adhimokkhe ^a^V2.0177^ea^ ca paggāhe, upaṭṭhāne ca  kampati. <br/><br/>[22] upekkhāvajjanāya ceva, upekkhāya ca nikantiyā.. <br/><br/>[21] ``imāni dasa ṭhānāni, paññā yassa paricitā. <br/><br/>[22] dhammuddhaccakusalo hoti, na ca sammoha gacchatī''ti..  (paṭi0 ma0 2.7). -- <br/><br/>[07] idaṃ vipassanāñāṇassa upakkilesajātaṃ  ^b^adhigamasaddhammappatirūpakaṃ^eb^ nāma. tisso pana saṅgītiyo  anāruḷhaṃ dhātukathā ārammaṇakathā asubhakathā ñāṇavatthukathā  vijjākaraṇḍakoti imehi pañcahi kathāvatthūhi paribāhiraṃ guḷhavinayaṃ  guḷhavessantaraṃ guḷhamahosadhaṃ vaṇṇapiṭakaṃ aṅgulimālapiṭakaṃ  raṭṭhapālagajjitaṃ āḷavakagajjitaṃ ^a^P2.0202^ea^ vedallapiṭakanti  abuddhavacanaṃ ^b^pariyattisaddhammappatirūpakaṃ^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^jātarūpappatirūpaka^eb^nti suvaṇṇarasavidhānaṃ ārakūṭamayaṃ  suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ ābharaṇajātaṃ. chaṇakālesu hi manussā  ``ābharaṇabhaṇḍakaṃ gaṇhissāmā''ti āpaṇaṃ gacchanti. atha ne  āpaṇikā evaṃ vadanti, ``sace tumhe ābharaṇatthikā, imāni gaṇhatha.  imāni hi ghanāni ceva vaṇṇavantāni ca appagghāni cā''ti. te  tesaṃ sutvā, ``kāraṇaṃ ime vadanti, imāni piḷandhitvā sakkā  nakkhattaṃ kīḷituṃ, sobhanti ceva appagghāni cā''ti tāni gahetvā  gacchanti. suvaṇṇabhaṇḍaṃ avikkiyamānaṃ nidahitvā ṭhapetabbaṃ hoti.  evaṃ taṃ jātarūpappatirūpake uppanne antaradhāyati nāma.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atha saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ hotī^eb^ti adhigamasaddhammassa  paṭipattisaddhammassa pariyattisaddhammassāti tividhassāpi saddhammassa  antaradhānaṃ hoti. paṭhamabodhiyañhi ^a^M2.0187^ea^ bhikkhū  paṭisambhidappattā ahesuṃ. atha kāle gacchante paṭisambhidā pāpuṇituṃ  na sakkhiṃsu, chaḷabhiññā ahesuṃ. tato cha abhiññā pāpuṇituṃ  asakkontā tisso vijjā pāpuṇiṃsu. idāni kāle gacchante tisso  vijjā pāpuṇituṃ asakkontā āsavakkhayamattaṃ pāpuṇissanti. tampi  asakkontā anāgāmiphalaṃ, tampi asakkontā sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, tampi  asakkontā sotāpattiphalaṃ. gacchante kāle sotāpattiphalampi pattuṃ na  sakkhissanti. atha ^a^V2.0178^ea^ nesaṃ yadā vipassanā imehi  upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhā āraddhamattāva ṭhassati, tadā adhigamasaddhammo  antarahito nāma bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03] paṭhamabodhiyañhi bhikkhū catunnaṃ paṭisambhidānaṃ anucchavikaṃ  paṭipattiṃ pūrayiṃsu. gacchante kāle taṃ asakkontā channaṃ abhiññānaṃ,  tampi asakkontā tissannaṃ vijjānaṃ, tampi asakkontā  arahattaphalamattassa. gacchante pana kāle arahattassa anucchavikaṃ  paṭipattiṃ pūretuṃ asakkontā anāgāmiphalassa anucchavikaṃ paṭipattiṃ  pūressanti ^a^P2.0203^ea^, tampi asakkontā sakadāgāmiphalassa,  tampi asakkontā sotāpattiphalassa. yadā pana sotāpattiphalassapi  anucchavikaṃ paṭipadaṃ pūretuṃ asakkontā sīlapārisuddhimatteva ṭhassanti,  tadā paṭipattisaddhammo antarahito nāma bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03] yāva pana tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ vattati, na tāva sāsanaṃ  antarahitanti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. tiṭṭhantu tīṇi vā, abhidhammapiṭake  antarahite itaresu dvīsu tiṭṭhantesupi antarahitanti na vattabbameva.  dvīsu antarahitesu vinayapiṭakamatte ṭhitepi, tatrāpi khandhakaparivāresu  antarahitesu ubhatovibhaṅgamatte, mahāvinaye antarahite dvīsu  pātimokkhesu vattamānesupi sāsanaṃ anantarahitameva. yadā pana dve  pātimokkhā antaradhāyissanti, atha pariyattisaddhammassa antaradhānaṃ  bhavissati. tasmiṃ antarahite sāsanaṃ antarahitaṃ nāma hoti.  pariyattiyā hi antarahitāya paṭipatti antaradhāyati, paṭipattiyā  antarahitāya adhigamo antaradhāyati. kiṃ kāraṇā? ayañhi  pariyatti paṭipattiyā paccayo hoti, paṭipatti adhigamassa. iti  paṭipattitopi pariyattimeva pamāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] nanu ^a^M2.0188^ea^ ca kassapasammāsambuddhakāle kapilo nāma  anārādhakabhikkhu ``pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmī''ti bījaniṃ gahetvā  āsane nisinno ``atthi imasmiṃ vattantā''ti pucchi, atha tassa  bhayena yesampi pātimokkho vattati, tepi ``mayaṃ vattāmā''ti avatvā  ``na vattāmā''ti vadiṃsu, so bījaniṃ ṭhapetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā gato,  tadā sammāsambuddhassa sāsanaṃ osakkitanti? kiñcāpi osakkitaṃ,  pariyatti pana ekanteneva pamāṇaṃ. yathā hi mahato taḷākassa  pāḷiyā thirāya udakaṃ na ṭhassatīti na vattabbaṃ, udake sati  padumādīni pupphāni na pupphissantīti na vattabbaṃ, evameva  mahātaḷākassa thirapāḷisadise tepiṭake buddhavacane ^a^V2.0179^ea^ sati  mahātaḷāke udakasadisā paṭipattipūrakā kulaputtā natthīti na vattabbā,  tesu sati mahātaḷāke padumādīni pupphāni viya sotāpannādayo  ariyapuggalā natthīti ^a^P2.0204^ea^ na vattabbāti evaṃ  ekantato pariyattiyeva pamāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pathavīdhātū^eb^ti dve satasahassāni cattāri ca nahutāni  bahalā mahāpathavī. ^b^āpodhātū^eb^ti pathavito paṭṭhāya yāva  subhakiṇhabrahmalokā uggataṃ kappavināsakaṃ udakaṃ. ^b^tejodhātū^eb^ti  pathavito paṭṭhāya yāva ābhassarabrahmalokā uggato kappavināsako  aggi. ^b^vāyodhātū^eb^ti pathavito paṭṭhāya yāva vehapphalabrahmalokā  uggato kappavināsako vāyu. etesu hi ekadhammopi satthu sāsanaṃ  antaradhāpetuṃ na sakkoti, tasmā evamāha. ^b^idheva te  uppajjantī^eb^ti lohato lohakhādakaṃ malaṃ viya imasmiṃ mayhaṃyeva  sāsane te uppajjanti. ^b^moghapurisā^eb^ti tucchapurisā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ādikeneva opilavatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādikenā^eb^ti  ādānena gahaṇena. ^b^opilavatī^eb^ti nimujjati. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti  -- yathā udakacarā nāvā bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhantī nimujjati, evaṃ  pariyattiādīnaṃ pūraṇena saddhammassa antaradhānaṃ na hoti.  pariyattiyā hi hāyamānāya paṭipatti hāyati, paṭipattiyā hāyamānāya  adhigamo hāyati. pariyattiyā pūrayamānāya pariyattidharā puggalā  paṭipattiṃ pūrenti, paṭipattipūrakā adhigamaṃ pūrenti. iti navacando  ^a^M2.0189^ea^ viya pariyattiyādīsu vaḍḍhamānāsu mayhaṃ sāsanaṃ vaḍḍhati  yevāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03] idāni yehi dhammehi saddhammassa antaradhānañceva ṭhiti ca  hoti, te dassento ^b^pañca kho^eb^tiādimāha. tattha  ^b^okkamanīyā^eb^ti avakkamanīyā, heṭṭhāgamanīyāti attho.  ^b^satthari agāravā^eb^tiādīsu ^b^agāravā^eb^ti gāravarahitā.  ^b^appatissā^eb^ti appatissayā anīcavuttikā. tattha yo  cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ ārohanto chattaṃ dhāreti, upāhanaṃ dhāreti, aññato  oloketvā kathaṃ kathento gacchati, ayaṃ ^b^satthari agāravo^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03] yo dhammassavanassa kāle saṅghuṭṭhe daharasāmaṇerehi parivārito  nisīdati, aññāni vā navakammādīni karoti, dhammassavanagge  nisinno niddāyati, vikkhitto vā aññaṃ kathento nisīdati, ayaṃ  ^b^dhamme agāravo^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03] yo ^a^V2.0180^ea^ therupaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā, avanditvā nisīdati,  hatthapallatthikaṃ dussapallatthikaṃ karoti, aññaṃ vā pana hatthapādakukkuccaṃ  ^a^P2.0205^ea^ karoti, vuḍḍhānaṃ santike anajjhiṭṭho katheti,  ayaṃ ^b^saṅghe agāravo^eb^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03] tisso pana sikkhā apūrentova ^b^sikkhāya agāravo^eb^ nāma  hoti. aṭṭha samāpattiyo anibbattento tāsaṃ vā pana nibbattanatthāya  payogaṃ akaronto ^b^samādhismiṃ agāravo^eb^ nāma. sukkapakkho  vuttavipallāseneva veditabboti. terasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] kassapasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 41
item: 120
title: upassayasuttavaṇṇanā^cīvarasuttavaṇṇanā^lābhasakkārasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^dāruṇasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 157^b^.^eb^ lābhasakkārasaṃyuttassa ^a^V2.0181^ea^ ^a^P2.0206^ea^  ^a^M2.0190^ea^ paṭhame ^b^dāruṇo^eb^ti thaddho.  ^b^lābhasakkārasiloko^eb^ti ettha ^b^lābho^eb^ nāma catupaccayalābho.  ^b^sakkāro^eb^ti tesaṃyeva sukatānaṃ susaṅkhatānaṃ lābho.  ^b^siloko^eb^ti vaṇṇaghoso. ^b^kaṭuko^eb^ti tikhiṇo.  ^b^pharuso^eb^ti kharo. ^b^antarāyiko^eb^ti antarāyakaro. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 121
title: cīvarasuttavaṇṇanā^lābhasakkārasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^dāruṇasuttavaṇṇanā^baḷisasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 158^b^.^eb^ dutiye ^b^bāḷisiko^eb^ti baḷisaṃ gahetvā  caramāno macchaghātako. ^b^āmisagata^eb^nti āmisamakkhitaṃ.  ^b^āmisacakkhū^eb^ti āmise cakkhu dassanaṃ assāti āmisacakkhu.  ^b^gilabaḷiso^eb^ti gilitabaḷiso. ^b^anayaṃ āpanno^eb^ti  dukkhaṃ patto. ^b^byasanaṃ āpanno^eb^ti vināsaṃ patto.  ^b^yathākāmakaraṇīyo^eb^ti yathākāmena yathāruciyā yatheva naṃ  bāḷisiko icchati, tathevassa kattabboti attho.  ^b^yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato^eb^ti yathā kilesamārassa kāmo, evaṃ  kattabbo, nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā pāpetabbo.  dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 122
title: lābhasakkārasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^dāruṇasuttavaṇṇanā^baḷisasuttavaṇṇanā^kummasuttādivaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 159-160^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^b^mahākummakula^eb^nti mahantaṃ  aṭṭhikacchapakulaṃ. ^b^agamāsī^eb^ti ``ettha addhā kiñci  khāditabbaṃ atthi, taṃ maccharāyanto maṃ esa nivāretī''ti saññāya  agamāsi. ^b^papatāyā^eb^ti ^a^P2.0207^ea^ papatā vuccati  dīgharajjukabaddho ayakantakosake daṇḍakaṃ pavesetvā gahito ^a^V2.0182^ea^  kaṇṇikasallasaṇṭhāno, ayakaṇṭako, yasmiṃ vegena patitvā kaṭāhe  laggamatte daṇḍako nikkhamati, rajjuko ekābaddho gacchateva. ^b^so  kummo^eb^ti so ^a^M2.0191^ea^ viddhakummo. ^b^yena so kummo^eb^ti  udakasaddaṃ sutvā sāsaṅkaṭṭhānaṃ bhavissatīti nivattitvā yena so  atthakāmo kummo. ^b^na dāni tvaṃ amhāka^eb^nti idāni tvaṃ  amittahatthaṃ gato, na amhākaṃ santakoti attho. evaṃ sallapantānaṃyeva  ca nesaṃ nāvāya ṭhito luddo rajjukaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā kummaṃ gahetvā  yathākāmaṃ akāsi. sesamettha ito anantarasutte ca uttānameva.  tatiyacatutthāni. 


volume: 41
item: 123
title: paṭhamavaggo^dāruṇasuttavaṇṇanā^baḷisasuttavaṇṇanā^kummasuttādivaṇṇanā^mīḷhakasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 161^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^b^mīḷhakā^eb^ti gūthapāṇakā.  ^b^gūthādī^eb^ti gūthabhakkhā. ^b^gūthapūrā^eb^ti anto gūthena bharitā.  ^b^puṇṇā gūthassā^eb^ti idaṃ purimasseva atthadīpanaṃ.  ^b^atimaññeyyā^eb^ti pacchimapāde bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā purimapāde gūthassa  upari āropetvā ṭhitā ``ahamhi gūthādī''ti bhaṇantī atimaññeyya.  ^b^piṇḍapāto cassa pūro^eb^ti aparopissa pattapūro  paṇītapiṇḍapāto bhaveyya. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 124
title: dāruṇasuttavaṇṇanā^baḷisasuttavaṇṇanā^kummasuttādivaṇṇanā^mīḷhakasuttavaṇṇanā^asanisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 162^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^b^kaṃ, bhikkhave, asanivicakka^eb^nti,  bhikkhave, kaṃ puggalaṃ matthake patitvā maddamānaṃ sukkāsanicakkaṃ  āgacchatu ^a^P2.0208^ea^. ^b^appattamānasa^eb^nti  anadhigatārahattaṃ. iti bhagavā na sattānaṃ dukkhakāmatāya, ādīnavaṃ  pana dassetuṃ evamāha. asanicakkañhi matthake patitaṃ ekameva  attabhāvaṃ nāseti, lābhasakkārasilokena pariyādiṇṇacitto nirayādīsu  anantadukkhaṃ anubhoti. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 125
title: baḷisasuttavaṇṇanā^kummasuttādivaṇṇanā^mīḷhakasuttavaṇṇanā^asanisuttavaṇṇanā^diddhasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 163^b^.^eb^ sattame ^b^diddhagatenā^eb^ti gatadiddhena.  ^b^visallenā^eb^ti visamakkhitena. ^b^sallenā^eb^ti sattiyā.  sattamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 126
title: kummasuttādivaṇṇanā^mīḷhakasuttavaṇṇanā^asanisuttavaṇṇanā^diddhasuttavaṇṇanā^siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 164^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^a^V2.0183^ea^ ^a^M2.0192^ea^ ^b^siṅgālo^eb^ti  jarasiṅgālo. yathā hi suvaṇṇavaṇṇopi kāyo pūtikāyo tveva,  taṃkhaṇaṃ gaḷitampi ca muttaṃ pūtimuttantveva vuccati, evaṃ tadahujātopi  siṅgālo jarasiṅgālotveva vuccati. ^b^ukkaṇṭakena nāmā^eb^ti  evaṃnāmakena rogena. so kira sītakāle uppajjati. tasmiṃ uppanne  sakalasarīrato lomāni patanti, sakalasarīraṃ nillomaṃ hutvā,  samantato phuṭati, vātabbhāhatā vaṇā rujjanti. yathā  ummattakasunakhena daṭṭho puriso anavaṭṭhitova bhamati, evaṃ tasmiṃ uppanne  bhamitabbo hoti, asukaṭṭhāne sotthi bhavissatīti na paññāyati.  aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 127
title: mīḷhakasuttavaṇṇanā^asanisuttavaṇṇanā^diddhasuttavaṇṇanā^siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā^verambhasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 165^b^.^eb^ navame ^b^verambhavātā^eb^ti evaṃnāmakā mahāvātā.  kīdise pana ṭhāne te vātā vāyantīti? yattha ṭhitassa cattāro  ^a^P2.0209^ea^ dīpā uppalinipattamattā hutvā paññāyanti.  ^b^yo pakkhī gacchatī^eb^ti navavuṭṭhe deve viravanto vātasakuṇo tattha  gacchati, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^arakkhiteneva kāyenā^eb^tiādīsu  hatthapāde kīḷāpento khandhaṭṭhiṃ vā nāmento kāyaṃ na rakkhati nāma,  nānāvidhaṃ duṭṭhullakathaṃ kathento vācaṃ na rakkhati nāma, kāmavitakkādayo  vitakkento cittaṃ na rakkhati nāma. ^b^anupaṭṭhitāya satiyā^eb^ti  kāyagatāsatiṃ anupaṭṭhapetvā. navamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 128
title: asanisuttavaṇṇanā^diddhasuttavaṇṇanā^siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā^verambhasuttavaṇṇanā^sagāthakasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 166^b^.^eb^ dasame ^b^asakkārena cūbhaya^eb^nti asakkārena ca  ubhayena. ^b^samādhī^eb^ti arahattaphalasamādhi. so hi tena na  vikampati. ^b^appamāṇavihārino^eb^ti appamāṇena phalasamādhinā  viharantassa. ^b^sātatika^eb^nti satatakāriṃ.  ^b^sukhumaṃdiṭṭhivipassaka^eb^nti arahattamaggadiṭṭhiyā  sukhumadiṭṭhiphalasamāpattiatthāya vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā āgatattā vipassakaṃ.  ^b^upādānakkhayārāma^eb^nti upādānakkhayasaṅkhāte nibbāne rataṃ.  ^b^āhu sappuriso itī^eb^ti sappurisoti kathentīti. dasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] paṭhamo vaggo. 


volume: 41
item: 129
title: diddhasuttavaṇṇanā^siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā^verambhasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^suvaṇṇapātisuttādivaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 167-168^b^.^eb^ dutiyavaggassa ^a^V2.0184^ea^ ^a^M2.0193^ea^ paṭhame  ^b^sampajānamusā bhāsanta^eb^nti appamattakenapi kāraṇena sampajānameva  musā bhāsantaṃ. ``sīlaṃ pūressāmī''ti saṃvihitabhikkhuṃ  sinerumattopi paccayarāsi cāletuṃ na sakkoti. yadā pana sīlaṃ  pahāya sakkāranissito hoti, tadā kuṇḍakamuṭṭhihetupi musā bhāsati,  aññaṃ vā akiccaṃ karoti. dutiyaṃ uttānamevāti. paṭhamadutiyāni. 


volume: 41
item: 130
title:
  siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā^verambhasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^suvaṇṇapātisuttādivaṇṇanā^suvaṇṇanikkhasuttādivaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 169^b^.^eb^ tatiyādīsu ^a^P2.0210^ea^  ^b^suvaṇṇanikkhassā^eb^ti ekassa kañcananikkhassa.  ^b^siṅgīnikkhassā^eb^ti siṅgīsuvaṇṇanikkhassa. ^b^pathaviyā^eb^ti  cakkavāḷabbhantarāya mahāpathaviyā. ^b^āmisakiñcikkhahetū^eb^ti  kassacideva āmisassa hetu antamaso kuṇḍakamuṭṭhinopi.  ^b^jīvitahetū^eb^ti aṭaviyaṃ corehi gahetvā jīvite voropiyamāne  tassapi hetu. ^b^janapadakalyāṇiyā^eb^ti janapade uttamitthiyā.  tatiyādīni. <br/><br/>[06] dutiyo vaggo. 


volume: 41
item: 131
title: verambhasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^suvaṇṇapātisuttādivaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^mātugāmasuttādivaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 170-171^b^.^eb^ tatiyavaggassa paṭhame ^b^na tassa, bhikkhave,  mātugāmo^eb^ti na tassa raho ekakassa nisinnassa tena dhammena  atthikopi mātugāmo cittaṃ pariyādātuṃ sakkoti, yassa  lābhasakkārasiloko ^a^V2.0185^ea^ cittaṃ pariyādātuṃ sakkotīti, attho.  dutiyaṃ uttānamevāti. paṭhamadutiyāni. 


volume: 41
item: 132
title: dutiyavaggo^suvaṇṇapātisuttādivaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^mātugāmasuttādivaṇṇanā^ekaputtakasuttādivaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 172-175^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^b^saddhā^eb^ti sotāpannā. sesamettha  uttānameva. tathā catutthe pañcame chaṭṭhe ca. tatiyādīni. 


volume: 41
item: 133
title:
  suvaṇṇapātisuttādivaṇṇanā^tatiyavaggo^mātugāmasuttādivaṇṇanā^ekaputtakasuttādivaṇṇanā^tatiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 176^b^.^eb^ sattame ^a^M2.0194^ea^ ^b^samudaya^eb^ntiādīsu saha  pubbakammena attabhāvo kolaputtiyaṃ vaṇṇapokkharatā kalyāṇavākkaraṇatā  dhutaguṇāvīkaraṇaṃ cīvaradhāraṇaṃ parivārasampattīti evamādi  lābhasakkārassa samudayo nāma, taṃ samudayasaccavasena nappajānāti,  nirodho ca paṭipadā ca nirodhasaccamaggasaccavaseneva veditabbā.  sattamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 134
title:
  tatiyavaggo^mātugāmasuttādivaṇṇanā^ekaputtakasuttādivaṇṇanā^tatiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^chavisuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 177^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^a^P2.0211^ea^ yasmā  lābhasakkārasiloko narakādīsu, nibbattento sakalampi imaṃ attabhāvaṃ  nāseti, idhāpi maraṇampi maraṇamattampi dukkhaṃ āvahati, tasmā  ^b^chaviṃ chindatī^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 135
title:
  mātugāmasuttādivaṇṇanā^ekaputtakasuttādivaṇṇanā^tatiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^chavisuttavaṇṇanā^rajjusuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 178^b^.^eb^ navame ^b^vāḷarajjuyā^eb^ti suttādimayā rajju  mudukā hoti vāḷarajju kharā pharusā, tasmā ayameva gahitā. navamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 136
title:
  ekaputtakasuttādivaṇṇanā^tatiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^chavisuttavaṇṇanā^rajjusuttavaṇṇanā^bhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 179^b^.^eb^ dasame ^b^diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārā^eb^ti  phalasamāpattisukhavihārā. ^b^tesāhamassā^eb^ti tesaṃ ahaṃ assa  ^a^V2.0186^ea^. khīṇāsavo hi lābhī puññasampanno yāgukhajjakādīni  gahetvā āgatāgatānaṃ anumodanaṃ karonto dhammaṃ desento pañhaṃ  vissajjento phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdituṃ okāsaṃ na labhati, taṃ  sandhāya vuttanti. dasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] tatiyo vaggo. 


volume: 41
item: 137
title:
  tatiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^chavisuttavaṇṇanā^rajjusuttavaṇṇanā^catutthavaggo^bhindisuttādivaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 180-183^b^.^eb^ catutthavaggassa paṭhamaṃ uttānameva. dutiyādīsu  ^b^kusalamūla^eb^nti alobhāditividhakusaladhammo. ^b^sukko  dhammo^eb^ti tasseva pariyāyadesanā ^a^M2.0195^ea^. ayaṃ panettha  saṅkhepattho -- yassa kusalamūlādisaṅkhātassa anavajjadhammassa  asamucchinnattā devadatto sagge vā nibbatteyya, maggaphalāni vā  adhigaccheyya, svāssa ^b^samucchedamagamā^eb^ sabbaso samucchinno  vinaṭṭho. paṭhamādīni. 


volume: 41
item: 138
title: chavisuttavaṇṇanā^rajjusuttavaṇṇanā^catutthavaggo^bhindisuttādivaṇṇanā^acirapakkantasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 184^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^b^parābhavāyā^eb^ti avaḍḍhiyā  vināsāya. ^b^assatarī^eb^ti vaḷavāya kucchismiṃ gadrabhassa jātā.  ^b^attavadhāya gabbhaṃ gaṇhātī^eb^ti taṃ assena saddhiṃ sampayojenti,  sā ^a^P2.0212^ea^ gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā kāle sampatte vijāyituṃ na  sakkoti, pādehi bhūmiyaṃ paharantī tiṭṭhati, athassā cattāro pāde  catūsu khāṇukesu bandhitvā kucchiṃ phāletvā potaṃ nīharanti, sā  tattheva marati. tenetaṃ vuttaṃ. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 139
title:
  rajjusuttavaṇṇanā^catutthavaggo^bhindisuttādivaṇṇanā^acirapakkantasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcarathasatasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 185^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^b^bhattābhihāro^eb^ti abhiharitabbaṃ bhattaṃ.  tassa pana pamāṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^pañca ca thālipākasatānī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0187^ea^  vuttaṃ. tattha eko thālipāko dasannaṃ purisānaṃ bhattaṃ gaṇhāti.  ^b^nāsāya pittaṃ bhindeyyu^eb^nti acchapittaṃ vā macchapittaṃ vāssa  nāsapuṭe pakkhipeyyaṃ. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 140
title:
  catutthavaggo^bhindisuttādivaṇṇanā^acirapakkantasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcarathasatasuttavaṇṇanā^mātusuttādivaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 186-187^b^.^eb^ sattame ^b^mātupi hetū^eb^ti ``sace musā  bhaṇasi, mātaraṃ te vissajjessāma. no ce bhaṇasi, na  vissajjessāmā''ti evaṃ corehi aṭaviyaṃ pucchamāno tassā  corahatthagatāya mātuyāpi hetu sampajānamusā na bhāseyyāti attho.  ito paresupi eseva nayoti. sattamādīni. <br/><br/>[06] lābhasakkārasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 41
item: 141
title: bhindisuttādivaṇṇanā^acirapakkantasuttavaṇṇanā^rāhulasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 188-195^b^.^eb^ rāhulasaṃyuttassa ^a^V2.0188^ea^ ^a^P2.0213^ea^  ^a^M2.0196^ea^ paṭhame ^b^eko^eb^ti catūsu iriyāpathesu ekavihārī.  ^b^vūpakaṭṭho^eb^ti vivekaṭṭho nissaddo. ^b^appamatto^eb^ti satiyā  avippavasanto. ^b^ātāpī^eb^ti vīriyasampanno. ^b^pahitatto  vihareyya^eb^nti visesādhigamatthāya pesitatto hutvā vihareyyaṃ.  ^b^anicca^eb^nti hutvā abhāvākārena aniccaṃ. atha vā  uppādavayavantatāya tāvakālikatāya vipariṇāmakoṭiyā  niccapaṭikkhepatoti imehipi kāraṇehi aniccaṃ. ^b^dukkha^eb^nti  catūhi kāraṇehi dukkhaṃ dukkhamanaṭṭhena dukkhavatthukaṭṭhena  satatasampīḷanaṭṭhena sukhapaṭikkhepenāti. ^b^kalla^eb^nti yuttaṃ.  ^b^etaṃ mamā^eb^ti taṇhāgāho. ^b^esohamasmī^eb^ti mānagāho.  ^b^eso me attā^eb^ti diṭṭhigāho. taṇhāgāho cettha  aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritavasena, mānagāho navavidhamānavasena, diṭṭhigāho  dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhivasena veditabbo. ^b^nibbindaṃ virajjatī^eb^ti ettha  virāgavasena cattāro maggā kathitā, ^b^virāgā vimuccatī^eb^ti ettha  vimuttivasena cattāri sāmaññaphalāni. <br/><br/>[01] ettha ca pañcasu dvāresu pasādāva gahitā, ^b^mano^eb^ti  iminā tebhūmakaṃ sammasanacāracittaṃ. dutiye ^a^P2.0214^ea^  pañcasu dvāresu ārammaṇameva. tatiye pañcasu dvāresu  pasādavatthukacittameva, manoviññāṇena tebhūmakaṃ sammasanacāracittaṃ  gahitaṃ. evaṃ sabbattha nayo netabbo. chaṭṭhe tebhūmakadhammā. aṭṭhame  pana ^b^taṇhā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ dvāre javanappattāva labbhati.  paṭhamādīni. 


volume: 41
item: 142
title: acirapakkantasuttavaṇṇanā^rāhulasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā^dhātusuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 196^b^.^eb^ navame ^a^V2.0189^ea^ viññāṇadhātuvasena nāmaṃ,  sesāhi rūpanti nāmarūpaṃ kathitaṃ. navamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 143
title: rāhulasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā^dhātusuttavaṇṇanā^khandhasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 197^b^.^eb^ dasame ^a^M2.0197^ea^ rūpakkhandho kāmāvacaro, sesā  cattāro sabbasaṅgāhikaparicchedena catubhūmakā. idha pana tebhūmakāti  gahetabbā. dasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] paṭhamo vaggo. 


volume: 41
item: 145
title: cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā^dhātusuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā^anusayasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 200^b^.^eb^ ekādasame ^b^imasmiñca saviññāṇake  kāye^eb^ti attano saviññāṇakakāyaṃ dasseti, ^b^bahiddhā cā^eb^ti  parassa saviññāṇakaṃ vā aviññāṇakaṃ vā. purimena vā attano ca  parassa ca viññāṇameva ^a^P2.0215^ea^ dasseti, pacchimena  bahiddhā anindriyabaddharūpaṃ. ^b^ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā^eb^ti  ahaṃkāradiṭṭhi ca mamaṃkārataṇhā ca mānānusayā ca. ^b^na  hontī^eb^ti ete kilesā kathaṃ jānantassa etesu vatthūsu na hontīti  pucchati. ^b^sammappaññāya passatī^eb^ti saha vipassanāya  maggapaññāya suṭṭhu passati. ekādasamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 146
title: dhātusuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā^anusayasuttavaṇṇanā^apagatasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 201^b^.^eb^ dvādasame ^a^V2.0190^ea^  ^b^ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagata^eb^nti ahaṃkārato ca mamaṃkārato ca  mānato ca apagataṃ. ^b^vidhā samatikkanta^eb^nti mānakoṭṭhāse suṭṭhu  atikkantaṃ. ^b^santaṃ suvimutta^eb^nti kilesavūpasamena santaṃ,  kileseheva suṭṭhu vimuttaṃ. sesaṃ uttānamevāti. dvādasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] dutiyo vaggo.<br/><br/>[03] dvīsupi ^a^M2.0198^ea^ asekkhabhūmi kathitā. paṭhamo panettha  āyācantassa desito, dutiyo anāyācantassa. sakalepi pana  rāhulasaṃyutte therassa vimuttiparipācanīyadhammāva kathitāti. <br/><br/>[06] rāhulasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 41
item: 147
title: dutiyavaggo^cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^aṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 202^b^.^eb^ lakkhaṇasaṃyutte ^a^V2.0191^ea^ ^a^P2.0216^ea^  ^a^M2.0199^ea^ yvāyaṃ ^b^āyasmā ca lakkhaṇo^eb^ti lakkhaṇatthero vutto,  esa jaṭilasahassabbhantare ehibhikkhūpasampadāya upasampanno  ādittapariyāyāvasāne arahattaṃ patto eko mahāsāvakoti veditabbo.  yasmā panesa lakkhaṇasampannena sabbākāraparipūrena brahmasamena  attabhāvena samannāgato, tasmā ``lakkhaṇo''ti saṅkhaṃ gato.  mahāmoggallāno pana pabbajitadivasato sattame divase arahattaṃ patto  dutiyo aggasāvako.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sitaṃ pātvākāsī^eb^ti mandahasitaṃ pātuakāsi, pakāsayi  dassesīti vuttaṃ hoti. kiṃ pana disvā thero sitaṃ pātvākāsīti?  upari pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ ekaṃ petaloke nibbattaṃ  sattaṃ disvā. tañca kho dibbena cakkhunā, na pasādacakkhunā.  pasādacakkhussa hi ete attabhāvā na āpāthaṃ āgacchanti. evarūpaṃ  pana attabhāvaṃ disvā kāruññe kattabbe kasmā sitaṃ pātvākāsīti?  attano ca buddhañāṇassa ca sampattiṃ samanussaraṇato. tañhi disvā  thero ``adiṭṭhasaccena nāma puggalena paṭilabhitabbā evarūpā attabhāvā  mutto ahaṃ, lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me''ti attano ca sampattiṃ  anussaritvā -- ``aho buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇasampatti, `yo  kammavipāko, bhikkhave, acinteyyo na cintetabbo'ti desesi,  paccakkhaṃ vata katvā buddhā desenti, suppaṭividdhā buddhānaṃ dhammadhātū''ti  evaṃ buddhañāṇasampattiñca anussaritvā sitaṃ pātvākāsīti.<br/><br/>[03] atha ^a^P2.0217^ea^ lakkhaṇatthero kasmā na addasa,  kimassa dibbacakkhu natthīti? no natthi, mahāmoggallāno ^a^V2.0192^ea^  pana āvajjento addasa, itaro pana anāvajjanena na addasa. yasmā  pana khīṇāsavā nāma na akāraṇā sitaṃ karonti, tasmā taṃ  lakkhaṇatthero pucchi ^b^ko nu kho, āvuso moggallāna, hetu, ko  paccayo sitassa pātukammāyā^eb^ti? thero pana ^a^M2.0200^ea^ yasmā yehi  ayaṃ upapatti sāmaṃ adiṭṭhā, te dussaddhāpayā honti, tasmā bhagavantaṃ  sakkhiṃ katvā byākātukāmatāya ^b^akālo kho,  āvuso^eb^tiādimāha. tato bhagavato santike puṭṭho ^b^idhāhaṃ,  āvuso^eb^tiādinā nayena byākāsi. <br/><br/>[01] tattha ^b^aṭṭhikasaṅkhalika^eb^nti setaṃ nimmaṃsalohitaṃ  aṭṭhisaṅghātaṃ. ^b^gijjhāpi kākāpi kulalāpī^eb^ti etepi  yakkhagijjhā ceva yakkhakākā ca yakkhakulalā ca paccetabbā.  pākatikānaṃ pana gijjhādīnaṃ āpāthampi etaṃ rūpaṃ nāgacchati.  ^b^anupatitvā anupatitvā^eb^ti anubandhitvā anubandhitvā.  ^b^vitudentī^eb^ti asidhārūpamehi tikhiṇehi lohatuṇḍakehi  vijjhitvā vijjhitvā ito cito ca caranti gacchanti. ^b^sā  sudaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karotī^eb^ti ettha ^b^suda^eb^nti nipāto, sā  aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā aṭṭassaraṃ āturassaraṃ karotīti attho.  akusalavipākānubhavanatthaṃ kira yojanappamāṇāpi tādisā attabhāvā  nibbattanti, pasādussadā ca honti pakkagaṇḍasadisā. tasmā sā  aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikā balavavedanāturā tādisaṃ saddamakāsīti.<br/><br/>[03] evañca pana vatvā puna āyasmā mahāmoggallāno  ``vaṭṭagāmisattā nāma evarūpā attabhāvā na muccantī''ti sattesu  kāruññaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ dhammasaṃvegaṃ dassento ^b^tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso,  etadahosi acchariyaṃ vata bho^eb^tiādimāha. tato bhagavā therassa  ānubhāvaṃ pakāsento ^b^cakkhubhūtā vata, bhikkhave^eb^ ^a^P2.0218^ea^,  ^b^sāvakā viharantī^eb^tiādimāha. tattha cakkhu bhūtaṃ  jātaṃ uppannaṃ etesanti ^b^cakkhubhūtā,^eb^ bhūtacakkhukā uppannacakkhukā  cakkhuṃ uppādetvā viharantīti attho. dutiyapadepi eseva nayo.  ^b^yatra hi nāmā^eb^ti ettha ^b^yatrā^eb^ti kāraṇavacanaṃ. tatrāyaṃ  atthayojanā -- yasmā nāma sāvakopi evarūpaṃ ñassati vā dakkhati  vā sakkhiṃ vā karissati, tasmā avocumha -- ``cakkhubhūtā vata,  bhikkhave, sāvakā viharanti, ñāṇabhūtā vata, bhikkhave, sāvakā  viharantī''ti. ^b^pubbeva me so, bhikkhave, satto diṭṭho^eb^ti  bodhimaṇḍe sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭivedhena appamāṇesu cakkavāḷesu appamāṇe  sattanikāye bhavagatiyoniṭhitinivāse ca paccakkhaṃ karontena mayā  pubbeva so satto diṭṭhoti vadati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^goghātako^eb^ti ^a^V2.0193^ea^ ^a^M2.0201^ea^ gāvo vadhitvā aṭṭhito  maṃsaṃ mocetvā vikkiṇitvā jīvikaṃ kappanakasatto. ^b^tasseva  kammassa vipākāvasesenā^eb^ti tassa nānācetanāhi āyūhitassa  aparāpariyakammassa. tatra hi yāya cetanāya narake paṭisandhi  janitā, tassā vipāke parikkhīṇe avasesakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā  ārammaṇaṃ katvā puna petādīsu paṭisandhi nibbattati, tasmā sā  paṭisandhi kammasabhāgatāya ārammaṇasabhāgatāya vā ``tasseva kammassa  vipākāvaseso''ti vuccati. ayañca satto evaṃ uppanno. tenāha --  ``tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesenā''ti. tassa kira narakā  cavanakāle nimmaṃsakatānaṃ gunnaṃ aṭṭhirāsiyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. so  paṭicchannampi taṃ kammaṃ viññūnaṃ pākaṭaṃ viya karonto  aṭṭhisaṅkhalikapeto jāto. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 148
title: cakkhusuttādivaṇṇanā^lakkhaṇasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^aṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^pesisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 203^b^.^eb^ maṃsapesivatthusmiṃ ^b^goghātako^eb^ti  gomaṃsapesiyo katvā sukkhāpetvā vallūravikkayena anekāni vassāni  jīvikaṃ kappesi, tenassa narakā cavanakāle maṃsapesiyeva nimittaṃ  ahosi. so maṃsapesipeto jāto. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 149
title: lakkhaṇasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^aṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^pesisuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 204^b^.^eb^ maṃsapiṇḍavatthusmiṃ ^a^P2.0219^ea^  ^b^sākuṇiko^eb^ti sakuṇe gahetvā vikkiṇanakāle nippakkhacamme  maṃsapiṇḍamatte katvā vikkiṇanto jīvikaṃ kappesi, tenassa narakā  cavanakāle maṃsapiṇḍova nimittaṃ ahosi. so maṃsapiṇḍapeto jāto.  tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 150
title: paṭhamavaggo^aṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^pesisuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 205^b^.^eb^ nicchavivatthusmiṃ tassa orabbhikassa eḷake  vadhitvā vadhitvā niccamme katvā kappitajīvikassa purimanayeneva  niccammaṃ eḷakasarīraṃ nimittaṃ ahosi. so nicchavipeto jāto.  catutthaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 151
title: aṭṭhisuttavaṇṇanā^pesisuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavisuttavaṇṇanā^asilomasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 206^b^.^eb^ asilomavatthusmiṃ ^a^V2.0194^ea^ ^a^M2.0202^ea^ so  sūkariko dīgharattaṃ nivāpapuṭṭhe sūkare asinā vadhitvā vadhitvā  dīgharattaṃ jīvikaṃ kappesi, tassa ukkhittāsikabhāvova nimittaṃ  ahosi. tasmā asilomapeto jāto. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 152
title: pesisuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavisuttavaṇṇanā^asilomasuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 207^b^.^eb^ sattilomavatthusmiṃ so māgaviko ekaṃ migañca  sattiñca gahetvā vanaṃ gantvā tassa migassa samīpaṃ āgatāgate mige  sattiyā vijjhitvā māresi, tassa sattiyā vijjhanakabhāvoyeva  nimittaṃ ahosi. tasmā sattilomapeto jāto. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 153
title: piṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavisuttavaṇṇanā^asilomasuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^usulomasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 208^b^.^eb^ usulomavatthusmiṃ ^b^kāraṇiko^eb^ti  rājāparādhike anekāhi kāraṇāhi pīḷetvā avasāne kaṇḍena  vijjhitvā māraṇakapuriso. so kira ``amukasmiṃ padese viddho  maratī''ti ñatvāva vijjhati. tassevaṃ jīvikaṃ kappetvā narake  uppannassa tato pakkāvasesena idhūpapattikāle usunā vijjhanabhāvoyeva  nimittaṃ ahosi. tasmā usulomapeto jāto. sattamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 154
title: nicchavisuttavaṇṇanā^asilomasuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^usulomasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 209^b^.^eb^ sūcilomavatthusmiṃ ^a^P2.0220^ea^  ^b^sūto^eb^ti assadamako. godamakotipi vadantiyeva. tassa  patodasūciyā vijjhanabhāvoyeva nimittaṃ ahosi. tasmā  sūcilomapeto jāto. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 155
title:
  asilomasuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^usulomasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 210^b^.^eb^ dutiye sūcilomavatthusmiṃ ^b^sūcako^eb^ti  pesuññakārako. so kira manusse aññamaññañca bhindi, rājakule ca  ``imassa imaṃ nāma atthi, iminā idaṃ nāma kata''nti sūcetvā  ^a^V2.0195^ea^ sūcetvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpesi. tasmā yathā tena sūcetvā  manussā bhinnā, tathā sūcīhi bhedanadukkhaṃ ^a^M2.0203^ea^ paccanubhotuṃ  kammameva nimittaṃ katvā sūcilomapeto jāto. navamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 156
title:
  sattisuttavaṇṇanā^usulomasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^kumbhaṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 211^b^.^eb^ aṇḍabhārivatthusmiṃ ^b^gāmakūṭako^eb^ti  vinicchayāmacco. tassa kammasabhāgatāya kumbhamattā mahāghaṭappamāṇā  aṇḍā ahesuṃ. so hi yasmā raho paṭicchanne ṭhāne lañjaṃ gahetvā  kūṭavinicchayena pākaṭaṃ dosaṃ karonto sāmike assāmike akāsi,  tasmāssa rahassaṃ aṅgaṃ pākaṭaṃ nibbattaṃ. yasmā daṇḍaṃ paṭṭhapento paresaṃ  asayhaṃ bhāraṃ āropesi, tasmāssa rahassaṃ aṅgaṃ asayhabhāro hutvā  nibbattaṃ. yasmā yasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitena samena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmiṃ ṭhatvā  visamo ahosi, tasmāssa rahassaṅge visamā nisajjāva ahosīti.  dasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] paṭhamo vaggo. 


volume: 41
item: 157
title:
  usulomasuttavaṇṇanā^sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^sasīsakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 212^b^.^eb^ pāradārikavatthusmiṃ so satto parassa  rakkhitagopitaṃ sassāmikaṃ phassaṃ phusanto mīḷhasukhena kāmasukhena  cittaṃ ramayitvā kammasabhāgatāya gūthaphassaṃ phusanto dukkhamanubhavituṃ  tattha nibbatto. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 158
content: [03] 213^b^.^eb^ duṭṭhabrāhmaṇavatthu ^a^P2.0221^ea^ pākaṭameva. dutiyaṃ.
title:
  sūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^sasīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^gūthakhādasuttavaṇṇanā


volume: 41
item: 159
title:
  dutiyasūcilomasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^sasīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^gūthakhādasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavitthisuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 214^b^.^eb^ nicchavitthivatthusmiṃ ^a^V2.0196^ea^ yasmā mātugāmo  nāma attano phasse anissaro, sā ca taṃ sāmikassa santakaṃ phassaṃ  thenetvā paresaṃ abhiratiṃ uppādesi, tasmā kammasabhāgatāya  sukhasamphassā vaṭṭitvā dukkhasamphassaṃ anubhavituṃ nicchavitthī hutvā  uppannā. tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 160
title:
  dutiyavaggo^sasīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^gūthakhādasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavitthisuttavaṇṇanā^maṅgulitthisuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 215^b^.^eb^ maṅgulitthivatthusmiṃ ^a^M2.0204^ea^ ^b^maṅguli^eb^nti  virūpaṃ duddasikaṃ bībhacchaṃ. sā kira yakkhadāsikammaṃ karontī  ``iminā ca iminā ca evaṃ balikamme kate ayaṃ nāma tumhākaṃ  vaḍḍhi bhavissatī''ti mahājanassa gandhapupphādīni vañcanāya gahetvā  mahājanaṃ duddiṭṭhiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāpesi, tasmā tāya kammasabhāgatāya  gandhapupphādīnaṃ thenitattā duggandhā, duddassanassa gāhitattā duddasikā  virūpā bībhacchā hutvā nibbattā. catutthaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 161
title:
  sasīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^gūthakhādasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavitthisuttavaṇṇanā^maṅgulitthisuttavaṇṇanā^okilinīsuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 216^b^.^eb^ okilinīvatthusmiṃ ^b^uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ  okirini^eb^nti sā kira aṅgāracitake nipannā vipphandamānā  viparivattamānā paccati, tasmā uppakkā ceva hoti uṇhena agginā  pakkasarīrā, okilinī ca kilinnasarīrā, bindūnissā sarīrato  paggharanti, okirinī ca aṅgārasamparikiṇṇā. tassā hi heṭṭhatopi  kiṃsukapupphavaṇṇā aṅgārā, ubhayapassesupi, ākāsatopissā upari  patanti. tena vuttaṃ -- ``uppakkaṃ okiliniṃ ^a^P2.0222^ea^  okirini''nti. ^b^sā issāpakatā sapattiṃ aṅgārakaṭāhena  okirī^eb^ti tassa kira rañño ekā nāṭakinī aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ samīpe  ṭhapetvā gattato udakaṃ puñchati, pāṇinā ca sedaṃ karoti. rājāpi  tāya saddhiṃ kathañca karoti, parituṭṭhākārañca dasseti. aggamahesī  taṃ asahamānā issāpakatā hutvā acirapakkantassa rañño taṃ  aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ gahetvā tassā upari aṅgāre okiri. sā taṃ kammaṃ  katvā tādisaṃyeva vipākaṃ paccanubhavituṃ petaloke nibbattā. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 162
title:
  gūthakhādasuttavaṇṇanā^nicchavitthisuttavaṇṇanā^maṅgulitthisuttavaṇṇanā^okilinīsuttavaṇṇanā^asīsakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 217^b^.^eb^ coraghātavatthusmiṃ ^a^V2.0197^ea^ so rañño āṇāya  dīgharattaṃ corānaṃ sīsāni chinditvā petaloke nibbattanto asīsakaṃ  kabandhaṃ hutvā nibbatti. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 163
title:
  nicchavitthisuttavaṇṇanā^maṅgulitthisuttavaṇṇanā^okilinīsuttavaṇṇanā^asīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^pāpabhikkhusuttādivaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 218-222^b^.^eb^ bhikkhuvatthusmiṃ ^a^M2.0205^ea^ ^b^pāpabhikkhū^eb^ti  lāmakabhikkhu. so kira lokassa saddhādeyye cattāro paccaye  paribhuñjitvā kāyavacīdvārehi asaṃyato bhinnājīvo cittakeḷiṃ kīḷanto  vicari. tato ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ niraye paccitvā petaloke nibbattanto  bhikkhusadiseneva attabhāvena nibbatti.  bhikkhunīsikkhamānāsāmaṇerasāmaṇerīvatthūsupi ayameva vinicchayo.  sattamādīni. <br/><br/>[06] lakkhaṇasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 41
item: 164
title: maṅgulitthisuttavaṇṇanā^okilinīsuttavaṇṇanā^opammasaṃyuttaṃ^^kūṭasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 223^b^.^eb^ opammasaṃyuttassa ^a^V2.0198^ea^ ^a^P2.0223^ea^  ^a^M2.0206^ea^ paṭhame kūṭaṃ gacchantīti ^b^kūṭaṅgamā^eb^. kūṭaṃ samosarantīti  ^b^kūṭasamosaraṇā. kūṭasamugghātā^eb^ti kūṭassa samugghātena.  ^b^avijjāsamugghātā^eb^ti arahattamaggena avijjāya samugghātena.  ^b^appamattā^eb^ti satiyā avippavāse ṭhitā hutvā. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 165
title: okilinīsuttavaṇṇanā^opammasaṃyuttaṃ^^kūṭasuttavaṇṇanā^nakhasikhasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 224^b^.^eb^ dutiye ^b^manussesu paccājāyantī^eb^ti ye  manussalokato cutā manussesu jāyanti, te evaṃ appakāti adhippāyo.  ^b^aññatra manussehī^eb^ti ye pana manussalokato cutā ṭhapetvā  manussalokaṃ catūsu apāyesu paccājāyanti, te mahāpathaviyaṃ paṃsu viya  bahutarā. imasmiñca sutte devāpi manusseheva saṅgahitā. tasmā  yathā manussesu jāyantā appakā, evaṃ devesupīti veditabbā. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 166
title: opammasaṃyuttaṃ^^kūṭasuttavaṇṇanā^nakhasikhasuttavaṇṇanā^kulasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 225^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^b^suppadhaṃsiyānī^eb^ti suviheṭhiyāni.  ^b^kumbhatthenakehī^eb^ti ye paragharaṃ pavisitvā dīpālokena  oloketvā parabhaṇḍaṃ haritukāmā ghaṭe dīpaṃ katvā pavisanti, te  kumbhatthenakā nāma, tehi kumbhatthenakehi. ^b^suppadhaṃsiyo hoti  amanussehī^eb^ti mettābhāvanārahitaṃ paṃsupisācakā vidhaṃsayanti, pageva  uḷārā amanussā. ^b^bhāvitā^eb^ti vaḍḍhitā. ^b^bahulīkatā^eb^ti  punappunaṃ katā. ^b^yānīkatā^eb^ti yuttayānaṃ viya katā.  ^b^vatthukatā^eb^ti patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena ^a^P2.0224^ea^ vatthu viya katā.  ^b^anuṭṭhitā^eb^ti adhiṭṭhitā ^a^V2.0199^ea^. ^b^paricitā^eb^ti samantato  citā suvaḍḍhitā. ^b^susamāraddhā^eb^ti cittena suṭṭhu samāraddhā.  tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 167
title: ^kūṭasuttavaṇṇanā^nakhasikhasuttavaṇṇanā^kulasuttavaṇṇanā^okkhāsuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 226^b^.^eb^ catutthe ^b^okkhāsata^eb^nti mahāmukhaukkhalīnaṃ  sataṃ. ^b^dānaṃ dadeyyā^eb^ti paṇītabhojanabharitānaṃ mahāukkhalīnaṃ  sataṃ dānaṃ dadeyya. ``ukkāsata''ntipi pāṭho ^a^M2.0207^ea^, tassa  daṇḍadīpikāsatanti attho. ekāya pana dīpikāya yattake ṭhāne  āloko hoti, tato sataguṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ sattahi ratanehi pūretvā dānaṃ  dadeyyāti attho. ^b^gadduhanamatta^eb^nti goduhanamattaṃ, gāviyā  ekavāraṃ aggathanākaḍḍhanamattanti attho. gandhaūhanamattaṃ vā, dvīhi  aṅgulīhi gandhapiṇḍaṃ gahetvā ekavāraṃ ghāyanamattanti attho.  ettakampi hi kālaṃ yo pana gabbhapariveṇavihārūpacāra paricchedena vā  cakkavāḷaparicchedena vā aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu vā sabbasattesu  hitapharaṇaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāvetuṃ sakkoti, idaṃ tato ekadivasaṃ tikkhattuṃ  dinnadānato mahapphalataraṃ. catutthaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 168
title: kūṭasuttavaṇṇanā^nakhasikhasuttavaṇṇanā^kulasuttavaṇṇanā^okkhāsuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 227^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^b^paṭileṇissāmī^eb^tiādīsu agge  paharitvā kappāsavaṭṭiṃ viya nāmento niyyāsavaṭṭiṃ viya ca ekato  katvā alliyāpento ^b^paṭileṇeti^eb^ nāma. majjhe paharitvā  nāmetvā dhārāya ^a^P2.0225^ea^ vā paharitvā dvepi dhārā ekato  alliyāpento ^b^paṭikoṭṭeti^eb^ nāma. kappāsavaṭṭanakaraṇīyaṃ viya  pavattento cirakālaṃ saṃvellitakilañjaṃ pasāretvā puna saṃvellento viya ca  ^b^paṭivaṭṭeti^eb^ nāma. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 169
title: nakhasikhasuttavaṇṇanā^kulasuttavaṇṇanā^okkhāsuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^dhanuggahasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 228^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^b^daḷhadhammā dhanuggahā^eb^ti daḷhadhanuno  issāsā. daḷhadhanu nāma dvisahassathāmaṃ vuccati, dvisahassathāmaṃ  nāma yassa āropitassa jiyābaddho lohasīsādīnaṃ bhāro daṇḍe  gahetvā yāva kaṇḍappamāṇā ukkhittassa pathavito muccati.  ^b^susikkhitā^eb^ti dasadvādasavassāni ācariyakule ^a^V2.0200^ea^  uggahitasippā. ^b^katahatthā^eb^ti yo sippameva uggaṇhāti, so  katahattho na hoti, ime pana katahatthā ciṇṇavasībhāvā.  ^b^katūpāsanā^eb^ti rājakulādīsu dassitasippā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tassa purisassa javo^eb^ti evarūpo añño puriso nāma na  bhūtapubbo, bodhisattasseva pana javanahaṃsakālo nāma āsi. tadā  bodhisatto cattāri ^a^M2.0208^ea^ kaṇḍāni āhari. tadā kirassa  kaniṭṭhabhātaro ``mayaṃ, bhātika, sūriyena saddhiṃ javissāmā''ti  ārocesuṃ. bodhisatto āha -- ``sūriyo sīghajavo, na  sakkhissatha tumhe tena saddhiṃ javitu''nti. te dutiyaṃ tatiyampi  tatheva vatvā ekadivasaṃ ``gacchāmā''ti yugandharapabbataṃ āruhitvā  nisīdiṃsu. bodhisatto ``kahaṃ me bhātaro''ti? pucchitvā,  ``sūriyena saddhiṃ javituṃ gatā''ti vutte, ``vinassissanti  tapassino''ti te anukampamāno sayampi gantvā tesaṃ santike  nisīdi. atha sūriye uggacchante dvepi bhātaro sūriyena saddhiṃyeva  ākāsaṃ pakkhantā, bodhisattopi tehi saddhiṃyeva pakkhanto. tesu  ekassa apatteyeva antarabhattasamaye pakkhantaresu ^a^P2.0226^ea^  aggi uṭṭhahi, so bhātaraṃ pakkositvā ``na sakkomī''ti āha.  tamenaṃ bodhisatto ``mā bhāyī''ti samassāsetvā pakkhapañjarena  paliveṭhetvā darathaṃ vinodetvā ``gacchā''ti pesesi. <br/><br/>[01] dutiyo yāva antarabhattā javitvā pakkhantaresu  aggimhi uṭṭhahite tathevāha. tampi so tatheva katvā ``gacchā''ti  pesesi. sayaṃ pana yāva majjhanhikā javitvā, ``ete bālāti  mayāpi bālena na bhavitabba''nti nivattitvā -- ``adiṭṭhasahāyakaṃ  bārāṇasirājaṃ passissāmī''ti bārāṇasiṃ agamāsi. tasmiṃ  nagaramatthake paribbhamante dvādasayojanaṃ nagaraṃ pattakaṭāhena otthaṭapatto  viya ahosi. atha paribbhamantassa paribbhamantassa tattha tattha  chiddāni paññāyiṃsu. sayampi anekahaṃsasahassasadiso paññāyi.  so vegaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā rājagehābhimukho ahosi. rājā oloketvā  -- ``āgato kira me piyasahāyo javanahaṃso''ti vātapānaṃ  vivaritvā ratanapīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā olokento aṭṭhāsi. bodhisatto  ratanapīṭhe nisīdi. <br/><br/>[01] athassa rājā sahassapākena telena pakkhantarāni  makkhetvā, madhulāje ceva madhurapānakañca adāsi. tato naṃ  kataparibhogaṃ ``samma, kahaṃ agamāsī''ti? pucchi. so taṃ pavattiṃ  ārocetvā ``athāhaṃ, mahārāja, yāva majjhanhikā javitvā --  `natthi javitena attho'ti nivatto''ti ācikkhi. atha rājā  āha -- ``ahaṃ, sāmi, tumhākaṃ sūriyena saddhiṃ javanavegaṃ ^a^M2.0209^ea^  passitukāmo''ti ^a^V2.0201^ea^. dukkaraṃ, mahārāja, na sakkā tayā  passitunti. tena hi, sāmi, sarikkhakamattampi dassehīti. āma,  mahārāja, dhanuggahe sannipātehīti. rājā sannipātesi. haṃso tato  cattāro gahetvā nagaramajjhe toraṇaṃ kāretvā attano gīvāya ghaṇḍaṃ  piḷandhāpetvā toraṇassa upari nisīditvā -- ``cattāro janā  toraṇaṃ nissāya catudisābhimukhā ekekaṃ kaṇḍaṃ khipantū''ti vatvā,  sayaṃ paṭhamakaṇḍeneva saddhiṃ uppatitvā, taṃ kaṇḍaṃ aggahetvāva,  dakkhiṇābhimukhaṃ gatakaṇḍaṃ dhanuto ratanamattāpagataṃ ^a^P2.0227^ea^  gaṇhi. dutiyaṃ dviratanamattāpagataṃ, tatiyaṃ tiratanamattāpagataṃ, catutthaṃ  bhūmiṃ appattameva gaṇhi. atha naṃ cattāri kaṇḍāni gahetvā toraṇe  nisinnakāleyeva addasaṃsu. so rājānaṃ āha -- ``passa, mahārāja,  evaṃsīgho amhākaṃ javo''ti. evaṃ bodhisatteneva javanahaṃsakāle tāni  kaṇḍāni āharitānīti veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^purato dhāvantī^eb^ti aggato javanti. na panetā  sabbakālaṃ puratova honti, kadāci purato, kadāci pacchato honti.  ākāsaṭṭhakavimānesu hi uyyānānipi honti pokkharaṇiyopi, tā  tattha nahāyanti, udakakīḷaṃ kīḷamānā pacchatopi honti, vegena pana  gantvā puna puratova dhāvanti. ^b^āyusaṅkhārā^eb^ti  rūpajīvitindriyaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. tañhi tato sīghataraṃ khīyati.  arūpadhammānaṃ pana bhedo na sakkā paññāpetuṃ. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 170
title: kulasuttavaṇṇanā^okkhāsuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^dhanuggahasuttavaṇṇanā^āṇisuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 229^b^.^eb^ sattame ^b^dasārahāna^eb^nti evaṃnāmakānaṃ  khattiyānaṃ. te kira satato dasabhāgaṃ gaṇhiṃsu, tasmā  ``dasārahā''ti paññāyiṃsu. ^b^ānako^eb^ti evaṃladdhanāmo mudiṅgo.  himavante kira mahākuḷīradaho ahosi. tattha mahanto kuḷīro  otiṇṇotiṇṇaṃ hatthiṃ khādati. atha hatthī upaddutā ekaṃ kareṇuṃ  sakkariṃsu ``imissā puttaṃ nissāya amhākaṃ sotthi bhavissatī''ti.  sāpi mahesakkhaṃ puttaṃ vijāyi. te tampi sakkariṃsu. so  vuddhippatto mātaraṃ pucchi, ``kasmā maṃ ete sakkarontī''ti? sā taṃ  pavattimācikkhi. so ``kiṃ mayhaṃ kuḷīro pahoti? etha  gacchāmā''ti mahāhatthiparivāro ^a^M2.0210^ea^ tattha gantvā paṭhamameva  otari. kuḷīro udakasaddeneva āgantvā taṃ aggahesi. mahanto  kuḷīrassa aḷo, so taṃ ito vā etto vā cāletuṃ asakkonto mukhe  soṇḍaṃ pakkhipitvā viravi. hatthino ``yaṃnissāya mayaṃ `sotthi  bhavissatī'ti ^a^P2.0228^ea^ amaññimhā, so paṭhamataraṃ  gahito''ti tato tato palāyiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] athassa ^a^V2.0202^ea^ mātā avidūre ṭhatvā ``mayaṃ thalanāgā, tumhe  udakanāgā nāma, nāgehi nāgo na viheṭhetabbo''ti kuḷīraṃ  piyavacanena vatvā imaṃ gāthamāha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``ye kuḷīrā samuddasmiṃ, gaṅgāya yamunāya ca. <br/><br/>[22] tesaṃ tvaṃ vārijo seṭṭho, muñca rodantiyā paja''nti..<br/><br/>[03] mātugāmasaddo nāma purise khobhetvā tiṭṭhati, tasmā so gahaṇaṃ  sithilamakāsi. hatthipoto vegena ubho pāde ukkhipitvā taṃ  piṭṭhiyaṃ akkami. saha akkamanā piṭṭhi mattikabhājanaṃ viya bhijji.  atha naṃ dantehi vijjhitvā ukkhipitvā thale chaḍḍetvā tuṭṭharavaṃ ravi.  atha naṃ hatthī ito cito ca āgantvā maddiṃsu. tassa eko aḷo  paṭikkamitvā pati, taṃ sakko devarājā gahetvā gato.<br/><br/>[03] itaro pana aḷo vātātapena sukkhitvā pakkalākhārasavaṇṇo  ahosi, so deve vuṭṭhe udakoghena vuyhanto dasabhātikānaṃ rājūnaṃ  uparisote jālaṃ pasārāpetvā gaṅgāya kīḷantānaṃ āgantvā jāle laggi.  te kīḷāpariyosāne jālamhi ukkhipiyamāne taṃ disvā pucchiṃsu  ``kiṃ eta''nti? ``kuḷīrāḷo sāmī''ti. ``na sakkā esa  ābharaṇatthāya upanetuṃ, pariyonandhāpetvā bheriṃ karissāmā''ti?  pariyonandhāpetvā pahariṃsu. saddo dvādasayojanaṃ nagaraṃ avatthari.  tato āhaṃsu -- ``na sakkā idaṃ divase divase vādetuṃ,  chaṇadivasatthāya maṅgalabherī hotū''ti maṅgalabheriṃ akaṃsu. tasmiṃ  vādite mahājano anhāyitvā apiḷandhitvā hatthiyānādīni āruyha  sīghaṃ sannipatanti. iti mahājanaṃ pakkositvā viya ānetīti  ^b^ānako^eb^ tvevassa nāmaṃ ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^aññaṃ^eb^ ^a^M2.0211^ea^ ^b^āṇiṃ odahiṃsū^eb^ti aññaṃ  suvaṇṇarajatādimayaṃ āṇiṃ ghaṭayiṃsu. ^b^āṇisaṅghāṭova  avasissī^eb^ti suvaṇṇādimayānaṃ āṇīnaṃ saṅghāṭamattameva avasesaṃ  ahosi. athassa ^a^P2.0229^ea^ dvādasayojanappamāṇo saddo  antosālāyampi dukkhena suyyittha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^gambhīrā^eb^ti pāḷivasena gambhīrā sallasuttasadisā.  ^b^gambhīratthā^eb^ti atthavasena gambhīrā mahāvedallasuttasadisā (ma0  ni0 1.449 ādayo). ^b^lokuttarā^eb^ti lokuttarātthadīpakā.  ^b^suññatappaṭisaṃyuttā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0203^ea^ sattasuññatadhammamattameva pakāsakā  saṃkhittasaṃyuttasadisā. ^b^uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabba^eb^nti  uggahetabbe ca pariyāpuṇitabbe ca. ^b^kavikatā^eb^ti kavīhi katā.  itaraṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^cittakkharā^eb^ti vicitrākkharā.  itaraṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^bāhirakā^eb^ti sāsanato bahibhūtā.  ^b^sāvakabhāsitā^eb^ti tesaṃ tesaṃ sāvakehi bhāsitā.  ^b^sussūsissantī^eb^ti akkharacittatāya ceva savanasampattiyā ca  attamanā hutvā sāmaṇeradaharabhikkhumātugāmamahāgahapatikādayo ``esa  dhammakathiko''ti sannipatitvā sotukāmā bhavissanti.  ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā tathāgatabhāsitā suttantā anuggayhamānā  antaradhāyanti, tasmā. sattamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 171
title: okkhāsuttavaṇṇanā^sattisuttavaṇṇanā^dhanuggahasuttavaṇṇanā^āṇisuttavaṇṇanā^kaliṅgarasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 230^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^b^kaliṅgarūpadhānā^eb^ti kaliṅgaraghaṭikaṃ  sīsūpadhānañceva pādūpadhānañca katvā. ^b^appamattā^eb^ti sippuggahaṇe  appamattā. ^b^ātāpino^eb^ti uṭṭhānavīriyātāpena yuttā.  ^b^upāsanasmi^eb^nti sippānaṃ abhiyoge ācariyānañca payirupāsane.  te kira tadā pātova uṭṭhāya sippasālaṃ gacchanti, tattha sippaṃ  uggahetvā sajjhāyādīhi abhiyogaṃ katvā mukhaṃ dhovitvā yāgupānāya  gacchanti. yāguṃ pivitvā puna sippasālaṃ gantvā sippaṃ gaṇhitvā  sajjhāyaṃ karontā pātarāsāya gacchanti. katapātarāsā samānā  ``mā pamādena ciraṃ niddokkamanaṃ ahosī''ti khadiraghaṭikāsu sīse  ca pāde ca upadahitvā ^a^P2.0230^ea^ thokaṃ nipajjitvā puna  sippasālaṃ gantvā sippaṃ gahetvā sajjhāyanti. sāyaṃ sajjhāyaṃ  karontā ca gehaṃ gantvā bhuttasāyamāsā paṭhamayāmaṃ sajjhāyaṃ katvā  sayanakāle tatheva kaliṅgaraṃ ^a^M2.0212^ea^ upadhānaṃ katvā sayanti. evaṃ  te akkhaṇavedhino vālavedhino ca ahesuṃ. idaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^otāra^eb^nti vivaraṃ. ^b^ārammaṇa^eb^nti paccayaṃ.  ^b^padhānasmi^eb^nti padhānabhūmiyaṃ vīriyaṃ kurumānā. paṭhamabodhiyaṃ  kira bhikkhū bhattakiccaṃ katvāva kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karonti. tesaṃ  manasikarontānaṃyeva sūriyo atthaṃ gacchati. te nhāyitvā puna  caṅkamaṃ otaritvā paṭhamayāmaṃ caṅkamanti. tato ``mā ciraṃ  niddāyimhā''ti sarīradarathavinodanatthaṃ nipajjantā kaṭṭhakhaṇḍaṃ  upadahitvā nipajjanti, te puna pacchimayāme vuṭṭhāya caṅkamaṃ otaranti.  te sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ. ayampi dīpo tiṇṇaṃ rājūnaṃ kāle  ekaghaṇḍinigghoso ekapadhānabhūmi ahosi. nānāmukhe pahaṭaghaṇḍi  pilicchikoḷiyaṃ osarati, kalyāṇiyaṃ pahaṭaghaṇḍi nāgadīpe osarati  ^a^V2.0204^ea^. ``ayaṃ bhikkhu puthujjano, ayaṃ puthujjano''ti aṅguliṃ  pasāretvā dassetabbo ahosi. ekadivasaṃ sabbe arahantova ahesuṃ.  ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā kaliṅgarūpadhānānaṃ māro ārammaṇaṃ na labhati,  tasmā. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 172
title: sattisuttavaṇṇanā^dhanuggahasuttavaṇṇanā^āṇisuttavaṇṇanā^kaliṅgarasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 231^b^.^eb^ navame ^b^ativela^eb^nti atikkantavelaṃ kālaṃ  atikkantappamāṇaṃ kālaṃ. ^b^kimaṅgaṃ panāha^eb^nti ahaṃ pana kiṃkāraṇā  na upasaṅkamissāmi? ^b^bhisamuḷāla^eb^nti ^a^P2.0231^ea^  bhisañceva muḷālañca. ^b^abbuhetvā^eb^ti uddharitvā.  ^b^bhiṅkacchāpā^eb^ti hatthipotakā. te kira abhiṇhaṃ bhiṅkārasaddaṃ  karonti, tasmā bhiṅkacchāpāti vuccanti. ^b^pasannākāraṃ  karontī^eb^ti pasannehi kattabbākāraṃ karonti, cattāro paccaye denti.  ^b^dhammaṃ bhāsantī^eb^ti ekaṃ dve jātakāni vā suttante vā uggaṇhitvā  asambhinnena sarena dhammaṃ desenti. ^b^pasannākāraṃ karontī^eb^ti tesaṃ  tāya desanāya pasannā gihī paccaye denti. ^b^neva vaṇṇāya hoti  na balāyā^eb^ti neva guṇavaṇṇāya, na ñāṇabalāya hoti, guṇavaṇṇe pana  parihāyante sarīravaṇṇopi sarīrabalampi parihāyati, tasmā sarīrassa  neva vaṇṇāya na balāya hoti. navamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 173
title: dhanuggahasuttavaṇṇanā^āṇisuttavaṇṇanā^kaliṅgarasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgasuttavaṇṇanā^biḷārasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 232^b^.^eb^ dasame ^a^M2.0213^ea^ ^b^sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīre^eb^ti  ettha ^b^sandhī^eb^ti bhinnagharānaṃ sandhi, ^b^samalo^eb^ti gāmato  gūthanikkhamanamaggo, ^b^saṃkaṭīra^eb^nti saṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ.  ^b^mudumūsi^eb^nti mudukaṃ mūsikaṃ. ^b^vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyatī^eb^ti desanā  paññāyati. dasamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 174
title: āṇisuttavaṇṇanā^kaliṅgarasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgasuttavaṇṇanā^biḷārasuttavaṇṇanā^siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 233^b^.^eb^ ekādasame ^b^yena yena icchatī^eb^ti so  jarasiṅgālo icchiticchitaṭṭhāne iriyāpathakappanena sītavātūpavāyanena  ca antarantarā cittassādampi labhatīti dasseti.  ^b^sakyaputtiyapaṭiñño^eb^ti idaṃ devadattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. so hi  ettakampi cittassādaṃ anāgate attabhāve na labhissatīti. ekādasamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 175
title:
  kaliṅgarasuttavaṇṇanā^nāgasuttavaṇṇanā^biḷārasuttavaṇṇanā^siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasiṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 234^b^.^eb^ dvādasame ^a^V2.0205^ea^ ^a^P2.0232^ea^  ^b^kataññutā^eb^ti katajānanaṃ. ^b^kataveditā^eb^ti katavisesajānanaṃ.  tatridaṃ jarasiṅgālassa kataññutāya vatthu -- satta kira bhātaro  khettaṃ kasanti. tesaṃ sabbakaniṭṭho khettapariyante ṭhatvā gāvo  rakkhati. athekaṃ jarasiṅgālaṃ ajagaro gaṇhi, so taṃ disvā yaṭṭhiyā  pothetvā vissajjāpesi. ajagaro siṅgālaṃ vissajjetvā tameva gaṇhi.  siṅgālo cintesi -- ``mayhaṃ iminā jīvitaṃ dinnaṃ, ahampi  imassa dassāmī''ti yāgughaṭassa upari ṭhapitaṃ vāsiṃ mukhena ḍaṃsitvā  tassa santikaṃ agamāsi. itare bhātaro disvā, ``siṅgālo vāsiṃ  haratī''ti anubandhiṃsu. so tehi diṭṭhabhāvaṃ ñatvā vāsiṃ tassa  santike chaḍḍetvā palāyi. itare āgantvā kaniṭṭhaṃ ajagarena gahitaṃ  disvā vāsiyā ajagaraṃ chinditvā taṃ gahetvā agamaṃsu. evaṃ  jarasiṅgāle siyā yā kāci kataññutā kataveditā.  ^b^sakyaputtiyapaṭiññe^eb^ti idampi devadattassa ācārameva sandhāya  vuttanti. dvādasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] opammasaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 41
item: 176
title: nāgasuttavaṇṇanā^biḷārasuttavaṇṇanā^bhikkhusaṃyuttaṃ^^kolitasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 235^b^.^eb^ bhikkhusaṃyuttassa ^a^V2.0206^ea^ ^a^P2.0233^ea^  ^a^M2.0214^ea^ paṭhame, ^b^āvuso^eb^ti sāvakānaṃ ālāpo. buddhā hi  bhagavanto sāvake ālapantā, ``bhikkhave''ti ālapanti, sāvakā pana  ``buddhehi sadisā mā homā''ti, ``āvuso''ti paṭhamaṃ vatvā pacchā,  ``bhikkhave''ti bhaṇanti. buddhehi ca ālapite bhikkhusaṅgho,  ``bhante''ti paṭivacanaṃ deti sāvakehi, ``āvuso''ti. ^b^ayaṃ  vuccatī^eb^ti yasmā dutiyajjhāne vitakkavicārā nirujjhanti, yesaṃ  nirodhā saddāyatanaṃ appavattiṃ gacchati, tasmā yadetaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ  nāma, ayaṃ vuccati ``ariyānaṃ tuṇhībhāvo''ti. ayamettha yojanā.  ``dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo''ti ettha pana  kammaṭṭhānamanasikāropi paṭhamajjhānādīnipi ariyo tuṇhībhāvotveva  saṅkhaṃ gatāni.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vitakkasahagatā^eb^ti vitakkārammaṇā.  ^b^saññāmanasikārā^eb^ti saññā ca manasikāro ca.  ^b^samudācarantī^eb^ti pavattanti. therassa kira dutiyajjhānaṃ na  paguṇaṃ. athassa tato vuṭṭhitassa vitakkavicārā na santato upaṭṭhahiṃsu.  iccassa dutiyajjhānampi saññāmanasikārāpi hānabhāgiyāva ahesuṃ,  taṃ dassento evamāha. ^b^saṇṭhapehī^eb^ti sammā ṭhapehi.  ^b^ekodibhāvaṃ karohī^eb^ti ekaggaṃ karohi. ^b^samādahā^eb^ti  sammā ādaha āropehi. ^b^mahābhiññata^eb^nti chaḷabhiññataṃ. satthā  kira iminā upāyena satta divase therassa hānabhāgiyaṃ samādhiṃ  vaḍḍhetvā theraṃ chaḷabhiññataṃ pāpesi. paṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 177
title: biḷārasuttavaṇṇanā^bhikkhusaṃyuttaṃ^^kolitasuttavaṇṇanā^upatissasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 236^b^.^eb^ dutiye ^a^P2.0234^ea^ ^b^atthi nu kho  taṃ kiñci lokasmi^eb^nti idaṃ atiuḷārampi sattaṃ vā saṅkhāraṃ  ^a^V2.0207^ea^ vā sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^satthupi kho^eb^ti idaṃ yasmā  ānandattherassa satthari adhimatto chando ca pemañca, tasmā ``kiṃ nu  kho imassa therassa satthu vipariṇāmenapi sokādayo nuppajjeyyu''nti  jānanatthaṃ pucchati? ^b^dīgharatta^eb^nti sūkarakhataleṇadvāre  dīghanakhaparibbājakassa vedanāpariggahasuttantaṃ desitadivasato paṭṭhāya  atikkantakālaṃ sandhāyāha. tasmiñhi ^a^M2.0215^ea^ divase therassa ime  vaṭṭānugatakilesā samūhatāti. dutiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 178
title: bhikkhusaṃyuttaṃ^^kolitasuttavaṇṇanā^upatissasuttavaṇṇanā^ghaṭasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 237^b^.^eb^ tatiye ^b^ekavihāre^eb^ti ekasmiṃ gabbhe.  tadā kira bahū āgantukā bhikkhū sannipatiṃsu. tasmiṃ pariveṇaggena  vā vihāraggena vā senāsanesu apāpuṇantesu dvinnaṃ therānaṃ eko gabbho  sampatto. te divā pāṭiyekkesu ṭhānesu nisīdanti, rattiṃ pana nesaṃ  antare cīvarasāṇiṃ pasārenti. te attano attano pattapattaṭṭhāneyeva  nisīdanti. tena vuttaṃ ``ekavihāre''ti. ^b^oḷārikenā^eb^ti  idaṃ oḷārikārammaṇataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.  dibbacakkhudibbasotadhātuvihārena hi so vihāsi, tesañca  rūpāyatanasaddāyatanasaṅkhātaṃ oḷārikaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. iti  dibbacakkhunā rūpassa diṭṭhattā dibbāya ca sotadhātuyā saddassa  sutattā so vihāro oḷāriko nāma jāto. ^b^dibbacakkhu  visujjhī^eb^ti bhagavato rūpadassanatthāya visuddhaṃ ahosi. ^b^dibbā  ca sotadhātū^eb^ti sāpi bhagavato saddasuṇanatthaṃ visujjhi ^a^P2.0235^ea^.  bhagavatopi therassa rūpadassanatthañceva saddasuṇanatthañca  tadubhayaṃ visujjhi. tadā kira thero ``kathaṃ nu kho etarahi satthā  viharatī''ti ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dibbena cakkhunā satthāraṃ jetavane  vihāre gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinnaṃ disvā tassa dibbāya sotadhātuyā saddaṃ  suṇi. satthāpi tatheva akāsi. evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ passiṃsu ceva,  saddañca assosuṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^āraddhavīriyo^eb^ti paripuṇṇavīriyo paggahitavīriyo.  ^b^yāvadeva upanikkhepanamattāyā^eb^ti tiyojanasahassavitthārassa  himavato santike ṭhapitā sāsapamattā pāsāṇasakkharā ``himavā nu  kho mahā, ayaṃ nu kho pāsāṇasakkharā''ti evaṃ yāva  upanikkhepanamattasseva atthāya bhaveyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. paratopi  eseva nayo. ^b^kappa^eb^nti āyukappaṃ. ^b^loṇaghaṭāyā^eb^ti  cakkavāḷamukhavaṭṭiyā ādhārakaṃ katvā mukhavaṭṭiyā brahmalokaṃ āhacca  ṭhitāya loṇacāṭiyāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03] ime ^a^V2.0208^ea^ ^a^M2.0216^ea^ pana therā upamaṃ āharantā  sarikkhakeneva ca vijjamānaguṇena ca āhariṃsu. kathaṃ? ayañhi  iddhi nāma accuggataṭṭhena ceva vipulaṭṭhena ca himavantasadisā, paññā  catubhūmakadhamme anupavisitvā ṭhitaṭṭhena sabbabyañjanesu  anupaviṭṭhaloṇarasasadisā. evaṃ tāva sarikkhakaṭṭhena āhariṃsu.  samādhilakkhaṇaṃ pana mahāmoggallānattherassa vibhūtaṃ pākaṭaṃ. kiñcāpi  sāriputtattherassa avijjamānaiddhi nāma natthi, bhagavatā pana  ``etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ iddhimantānaṃ yadidaṃ  mahāmoggallāno''ti ayameva etadagge ṭhapito. vipassanālakkhaṇaṃ  pana sāriputtattherassa vibhūtaṃ pākaṭaṃ. kiñcāpi  mahāmoggallānattherassāpi paññā atthi, bhagavatā pana ``etadaggaṃ,  bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ mahāpaññānaṃ yadidaṃ sāriputto''ti  (a0 ni0  1.189) ayameva etadagge ṭhapito. tasmā yathā ete  aññamaññassa dhuraṃ na pāpuṇanti, evaṃ vijjamānaguṇena āhariṃsu.  samādhilakkhaṇasmiñhi mahāmoggallāno nipphattiṃ gato,  vipassanālakkhaṇe sāriputtatthero, dvīsupi etesu sammāsambuddhoti.  tatiyaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 179
title: ^kolitasuttavaṇṇanā^upatissasuttavaṇṇanā^ghaṭasuttavaṇṇanā^navasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 238^b^.^eb^ catutthe ^a^P2.0236^ea^ ^b^appossukko^eb^ti  nirussukko. ^b^saṅkasāyatī^eb^ti viharati. ^b^veyyāvacca^eb^nti  cīvare kattabbakiccaṃ. ^b^ābhicetasikāna^eb^nti abhicittaṃ uttamacittaṃ  nissitānaṃ. ^b^nikāmalābhī^eb^ti icchiticchitakkhaṇe  samāpajjanasamatthatāya nikāmalābhī. ^b^akicchalābhī^eb^ti  jhānapāripanthike sukhena vikkhambhetvā samāpajjanasamatthatāya  adukkhalābhī. ^b^akasiralābhī^eb^ti yathāparicchedena  vuṭṭhānasamatthatāya vipulalābhī, paguṇajjhānoti attho.  ^b^sithilamārabbhā^eb^ti sithilavīriyaṃ pavattetvā. catutthaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 180
title: kolitasuttavaṇṇanā^upatissasuttavaṇṇanā^ghaṭasuttavaṇṇanā^navasuttavaṇṇanā^sujātasuttavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 239^b^.^eb^ pañcame ^b^abhirūpo^eb^ti aññāni rūpāni  atikkantarūpo. ^b^dassanīyo^eb^ti daṭṭhabbayutto.  ^b^pāsādiko^eb^ti dassanena cittaṃ pasādetuṃ samattho.  ^b^vaṇṇapokkharatāyā^eb^ti chavivaṇṇasundaratāya. pañcamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 181
title:
  upatissasuttavaṇṇanā^ghaṭasuttavaṇṇanā^navasuttavaṇṇanā^sujātasuttavaṇṇanā^lakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 240^b^.^eb^ chaṭṭhe ^a^V2.0209^ea^ ^a^M2.0217^ea^ ^b^dubbaṇṇa^eb^nti  virūpasarīravaṇṇaṃ. ^b^okoṭimaka^eb^nti rassaṃ.  ^b^paribhūtarūpa^eb^nti pamāṇavasena paribhūtajātikaṃ. taṃ kira  chabbaggiyā bhikkhū, ``āvuso bhaddiya, āvuso, bhaddiyā''ti tattha  tattha parāmasitvā nānappakāraṃ kīḷanti ākaḍḍhanti parikaḍḍhanti.  tena vuttaṃ ``paribhūtarūpa''nti. kasmā panesa evarūpo jāto? ayaṃ  kira atīte eko mahārājā ahosi, tassa mahallakā ca  mahallakitthiyo ca paṭikūlā honti. so sace mahallake passati,  tesaṃ ^a^P2.0237^ea^ cūḷaṃ ṭhapāpetvā kacchaṃ bandhāpetvā yathāruci  kīḷāpeti. mahallakitthiyopi disvā tāsampi icchiticchitaṃ  vippakāraṃ katvā yathāruci kīḷāpeti. tesaṃ puttadhītādīnaṃ santike  mahāsārajjaṃ uppajjati. tassa pāpakiriyā pathavito paṭṭhāya  chadevaloke ekakolāhalaṃ akāsi.<br/><br/>[03] atha sakko cintesi -- ``ayaṃ andhabālo mahājanaṃ viheṭheti,  karissāmissa niggaha''nti. so mahallakagāmiyavaṇṇaṃ katvā yānake  ekaṃ takkacāṭiṃ āropetvā yānaṃ pesento nagaraṃ pavisati. rājāpi  hatthiṃ āruyha nagarato nikkhanto taṃ disvā -- ``ayaṃ mahallako  takkayānakena amhākaṃ abhimukho āgacchati, vāretha vārethā''ti āha.  manussā ito cito ca pakkhandantāpi na passanti. sakko hi  ``rājāva maṃ passatu, mā aññe''ti evaṃ adhiṭṭhahi. atha tesu  manussesu ``kahaṃ, deva, kahaṃ devā''ti vadantesu eva rājā saha  hatthinā vaccho viya dhenuyā yānassa heṭṭhā pāvisi. sakko takkacāṭiṃ  bhindi.<br/><br/>[03] rājā sīsato paṭṭhāya takkena kilinnasarīro ahosi. so  sarīraṃ ubbaṭṭāpetvā uyyānapokkharaṇiyaṃ nhatvā alaṅkatasarīro nagaraṃ  pavisanto puna taṃ addasa. disvā ``ayaṃ so amhehi diṭṭhamahallako  puna dissati. vāretha vāretha na''nti āha. manussā ``kahaṃ,  deva, kahaṃ, devā''ti ito cito ca vidhāviṃsu. so  paṭhamavippakārameva puna pāpuṇi. tasmiṃ khaṇe sakko goṇe ca yānañca  antaradhāpetvā ākāse ^a^M2.0218^ea^ ṭhatvā āha, ``andhabāla, tvaṃ mayi  takkavāṇijako eso''ti saññaṃ karosi, sakkohaṃ devarājā, ``tavetaṃ  pāpakiriyaṃ nivāressāmī''ti āgato, ``mā puna evarūpaṃ  akāsī''ti santajjetvā agamāsi. iminā kammena so dubbaṇṇo  ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] vipassīsammāsambuddhakāle ^a^V2.0210^ea^ panesa cittapattakokilo  nāma hutvā kheme migadāye vasanto ekadivasaṃ himavantaṃ gantvā madhuraṃ  ambaphalaṃ tuṇḍena gahetvā āgacchanto bhikkhusaṅghaparivāraṃ satthāraṃ  disvā cintesi -- ``ahaṃ aññesu divasesu rittako tathāgataṃ  passāmi. ajja pana me imaṃ ambapakkaṃ atthi, dasabalassa taṃ  dassāmī''ti otaritvā ākāse carati. satthā tassa cittaṃ ñatvā  upaṭṭhākaṃ ^a^P2.0238^ea^ olokesi. so pattaṃ nīharitvā  dasabalaṃ vanditvā satthu hatthe ṭhapesi. kokilo dasabalassa patte  ambapakkaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. satthā tattheva nisīditvā taṃ paribhuñji.  kokilo pasannacitto punappunaṃ dasabalassa guṇe āvajjetvā dasabalaṃ  vanditvā attano kulāvakaṃ gantvā sattāhaṃ pītisukheneva vītināmesi.  iminā kammena saro madhuro ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] kassapasammāsambuddhakāle pana cetiye āraddhe ``kiṃpamāṇaṃ  karoma? sattayojanappamāṇaṃ. atimahantaṃ etaṃ, chayojanappamāṇaṃ  karoma. idampi atimahantaṃ, pañcayojanaṃ karoma, catuyojanaṃ,  tiyojanaṃ, dviyojana''nti. ayaṃ tadā jeṭṭhakavaḍḍhakī hutvā, ``evaṃ,  bho, anāgate sukhapaṭijaggitaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī''ti vatvā rajjuṃ ādāya  parikkhipanto gāvutamattake ṭhatvā, ``ekekaṃ mukhaṃ gāvutaṃ hotu, cetiyaṃ  yojanāvaṭṭaṃ yojanubbedhaṃ bhavissatī''ti āha. te tassa vacane aṭṭhaṃsu.  cetiyaṃ sattadivasasattamāsādhikehi sattahi saṃvaccharehi niṭṭhitaṃ.  iti appamāṇassa buddhassa pamāṇaṃ akāsīti. tena kammena  okoṭimako jāto.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^hatthayo pasadā migā^eb^ti hatthino ca pasadamigā ca.  ^b^natthi kāyasmiṃ tulyatā^eb^ti kāyasmiṃ pamāṇaṃ nāma natthi,  akāraṇaṃ kāyapamāṇanti attho. chaṭṭhaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 182
title:
  ghaṭasuttavaṇṇanā^navasuttavaṇṇanā^sujātasuttavaṇṇanā^lakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttavaṇṇanā^visākhasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 241^b^.^eb^ sattame ^a^M2.0219^ea^ ^b^poriyā vācāyā^eb^ti  puravāsīnaṃ nagaramanussānaṃ vācāsadisāya aparihīnakkharapadāya  madhuravācāya. ^b^vissaṭṭhāyā^eb^ti asandiddhāya apalibuddhāya,  pittasemhehi ^a^P2.0239^ea^ anupahatāyāti attho.  ^b^anelagalāyā^eb^ti yathā dandhamanussā mukhena kheḷaṃ gaḷantena vācaṃ  bhāsanti, na evarūpāya, atha kho niddosāya visadavācāya.  ^b^pariyāpannāyā^eb^ti catusaccapariyāpannāya ^a^V2.0211^ea^ cattāri saccāni  amuñcitvā pavattāya. ^b^anissitāyā^eb^ti vaṭṭanissitaṃ katvā  akathitāya. ^b^dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo^eb^ti navavidhalokuttaradhammo  isīnaṃ dhajo nāmāti. sattamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 183
title:
  navasuttavaṇṇanā^sujātasuttavaṇṇanā^lakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttavaṇṇanā^visākhasuttavaṇṇanā^nandasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 242^b^.^eb^ aṭṭhame ^b^ākoṭitapaccākoṭitānī^eb^ti ekasmiṃ  passe pāṇinā vā muggarena vā ākoṭanena ākoṭitāni, parivattetvā  ākoṭanena paccākoṭitāni. ^b^añjetvā^eb^ti añjanena pūretvā.  ^b^acchaṃ patta^eb^nti vippasannavaṇṇaṃ mattikāpattaṃ. kasmā pana thero  evamakāsīti? satthu ajjhāsayajānanatthaṃ. evaṃ kirassa ahosi  ``sace satthā `sobhati vata me ayaṃ kaniṭṭhabhātiko'ti vakkhati,  yāvajīvaṃ iminā vākārena carissāmi. sace ettha dosaṃ dassati,  imaṃ ākāraṃ pahāya saṅkāracoḷaṃ gahetvā cīvaraṃ katvā dhārento  pariyantasenāsane vasanto carissāmī''ti. ^b^assasī^eb^ti  bhavissasi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^aññātuñchenā^eb^ti abhilakkhitesu issarajanagehesu  kaṭukabhaṇḍasambhāraṃ sugandhaṃ bhojanaṃ pariyesantassa uñcho ñātuñcho nāma.  gharapaṭipāṭiyā pana dvāre ṭhitena laddhaṃ missakabhojanaṃ aññātuñcho  nāma. ayamidha adhippeto. ^b^kāmesu anapekkhina^eb^nti  vatthukāmakilesakāmesu nirapekkhaṃ. ^b^āraññiko cā^eb^tiādi  sabbaṃ samādānavaseneva vuttaṃ. ^b^kāmesu ca anapekkho^eb^ti idaṃ suttaṃ  devaloke accharāyo dassetvā āgatena aparabhāge kathitaṃ. imassa  kathitadivasato paṭṭhāya thero ghaṭento vāyamanto katipāheneva arahatte  patiṭṭhāya sadevake loke aggadakkhiṇeyyo jāto. aṭṭhamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 184
title:
  sujātasuttavaṇṇanā^lakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttavaṇṇanā^visākhasuttavaṇṇanā^nandasuttavaṇṇanā^tissasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 243^b^.^eb^ navame ^a^M2.0220^ea^ ^a^P2.0240^ea^  ^b^dummano^eb^ti uppannadomanasso. kasmā panāyaṃ evaṃ dukkhī  dummano jātoti? khattiyapabbajito hesa, tena naṃ pabbājetvā  dupaṭṭasāṭakaṃ nivāsāpetvā varacīvaraṃ pārupetvā akkhīni añjetvā  manosilātelena sīsaṃ makkhesuṃ. so bhikkhūsu rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānaṃ  gatesu ``bhikkhunā nāma vivittokāse nisīditabba''nti ajānanto  bhojanasālaṃ gantvā mahāpīṭhaṃ āruhitvā nisīdi. disāvacarā  āgantukā paṃsukūlikā bhikkhū āgantvā, ``imināva ^a^V2.0212^ea^  nīhārena rajokiṇṇehi gattehi na sakkā dasabalaṃ passituṃ. bhaṇḍakaṃ  tāva ṭhapessāmā''ti bhojanasālaṃ agamaṃsu. so tesu mahātheresu  āgacchantesu niccalo nisīdiyeva. aññe bhikkhū ``pādavattaṃ  karoma, tālavaṇṭena bījāmā''ti āpucchanti. ayaṃ pana nisinnakova  ``kativassatthā''ti? pucchitvā, ``mayaṃ avassikā. tumhe pana  kativassatthā''ti? vutte, ``mayaṃ ajja pabbajitā''ti āha. atha  naṃ bhikkhū, ``āvuso, adhunā chinnacūḷosi, ajjāpi te sīsamūle  ūkāgandho vāyatiyeva, tvaṃ nāma ettakesu vuḍḍhataresu vattaṃ āpucchantesu  nissaddo niccalo nisinno, apacitimattampi te natthi, kassa  sāsane pabbajitosī''ti? parivāretvā taṃ vācāsattīhi paharantā  ``kiṃ tvaṃ iṇaṭṭo vā bhayaṭṭo vā jīvituṃ asakkonto pabbajito''ti?  āhaṃsu. so ekampi theraṃ olokesi, tena ``kiṃ maṃ olokesi  mahallakā''ti? vutte aññaṃ olokesi, tenapi tatheva vutte athassa  ``ime maṃ parivāretvā vācāsattīhi vijjhantī''ti khattiyamāno  uppajji. akkhīsu maṇivaṇṇāni assūni sañcariṃsu. tato ne  āha -- ``kassa santikaṃ āgatatthā''ti. te ``kiṃ pana tvaṃ  `mayhaṃ santikaṃ āgatā'ti? amhe maññasi gihibyañjanabhaṭṭhakā''ti  vatvā, ``sadevake loke aggapuggalassa satthu santikaṃ āgatamhā''ti  āhaṃsu. so ``mayhaṃ bhātu santike āgatā tumhe, yadi evaṃ idāni  vo āgatamaggeneva gamanaṃ ^a^P2.0241^ea^ karissāmī''ti  kujjhitvā nikkhanto antarāmagge cintesi -- ``mayi imināva  nīhārena gate satthā ete na nīharāpessatī''ti dukkhī dummano  assūni pavattayamāno agamāsi. iminā kāraṇena esa evaṃ  jātoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vācāsannitodakenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0221^ea^ vacanapatodena.  ^b^sañjambharimakaṃsū^eb^ti sañjambharitaṃ nirantaraṃ phuṭaṃ akaṃsu, upari  vijjhiṃsūti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^vattā^eb^ti pare yadicchakaṃ vadatiyeva.  ^b^no ca vacanakkhamo^eb^ti paresaṃ vacanaṃ khamituṃ na sakkoti.  idāni tāva tvaṃ iminā kopena iminā vuttavācāsannitodakena viddho.  atīte pana raṭṭhato ca pabbājitoti. evaṃ vutte, ``katarasmiṃ  kāle bhagavā''ti? bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ yāciṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] satthā āha -- atīte bārāṇasiyaṃ bārāṇasirājā rajjaṃ  kāresi. atheko jātimā, eko mātaṅgoti dve isayo bārāṇasiṃ  agamaṃsu. tesu jātimā puretaraṃ gantvā kumbhakārasālāyaṃ nisīdi.  mātaṅgo tāpaso pacchā gantvā tattha okāsaṃ yāci kumbhakāro  ``atthettha paṭhamataraṃ ^a^V2.0213^ea^ paviṭṭho pabbajito, taṃ pucchā''ti āha.  so attano parikkhāraṃ gahetvā sālāya dvāramūle ṭhatvā,  ``amhākampi ācariya ekarattivāsāya okāsaṃ dethā''ti āha.  ``pavisa, bho''ti. pavisitvā nisinnaṃ, ``bho, kiṃ gottosī''ti?  pucchi. ``caṇḍālagottomhī''ti. ``na sakkā tayā saddhiṃ  ekaṭṭhāne nisīdituṃ, ekamantaṃ gacchā''ti. so ca tattheva  tiṇasanthārakaṃ pattharitvā nipajji, jātimā dvāraṃ nissāya nipajji.  itaro passāvatthāya nikkhamanto taṃ urasmiṃ akkami. ``ko  eso''ti ca vutte? ``ahaṃ ācariyā''ti āha. ``re caṇḍāla,  kiṃ aññato maggaṃ na passasi? atha me āgantvā akkamasī''ti.  ``ācariya, adisvā me akkantosi, khama mayha''nti. so  mahāpurise bahi nikkhante cintesi -- ``ayaṃ paccāgacchantopi  itova āgamissatī''ti parivattetvā nipajji. mahāpurisopi  ``ācariyo ito sīsaṃ katvā nipanno, pādasamīpena gamissāmī''ti  pavisanto puna urasmiṃyeva akkami. ``ko ^a^P2.0242^ea^  eso''ti ca vutte? ``ahaṃ ācariyā''ti āha. ``paṭhamaṃ tāva te  ajānantena kataṃ, idāni maṃ ghaṭentova akāsi, sūriye te uggacchante  sattadhā muddhā phalatū''ti sapi. mahāpuriso kiñci avatvā  purearuṇeyeva sūriyaṃ gaṇhi, nāssa uggantuṃ adāsi. manussā ca  hatthiassādayo ca pabujjhiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] manussā ^a^M2.0222^ea^ rājakulaṃ gantvā, ``deva, sakalanagare  appabuddho nāma natthi, na ca aruṇuggaṃ paññāyati, kinnu kho  eta''nti? tena hi nagaraṃ parivīmaṃsathāti. te parivīmaṃsantā  kumbhakārasālāyaṃ dve tāpase disvā, ``imesaṃ etaṃ kammaṃ  bhavissatī''ti gantvā rañño ārocesuṃ. raññā ca ``pucchatha ne''ti  vuttā āgantvā jātimantaṃ pucchiṃsu -- ``tumhehi andhakāraṃ kata''nti.  ``na mayā kataṃ, esa pana kūṭajaṭilo chavo anantamāyo, taṃ  pucchathā''ti. te āgantvā mahāpurisaṃ pucchiṃsu -- ``tumhehi, bhante,  andhakāraṃ kata''nti. ``āma ayaṃ ācariyo maṃ abhisapi, tasmā  mayā kata''nti. te gantvā rañño ārocesuṃ. rājāpi āgantvā  mahāpurisaṃ ``tumhehi kataṃ, bhante''ti? pucchi. ``āma,  mahārājā''ti. ``kasmā bhante''ti? ``iminā abhisapitomhi,  sace maṃ eso khamāpessati, sūriyaṃ vissajjessāmī''ti. rājā  ``khamāpetha, bhante, eta''nti āha. itaro ``mādiso jātimā kiṃ  evarūpaṃ caṇḍālaṃ khamāpessati? na khamāpemī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] atha naṃ manussā ``na kiṃ tvaṃ attano ruciyā  khamāpessasī''ti? vatvā hatthesu ca pādesu ^a^V2.0214^ea^ ca gahetvā  pādamūle nipajjāpetvā ``khamāpehī''ti āhaṃsu. so nissaddo  nipajji. punapi naṃ ``khamāpehī''ti āhaṃsu. tato ``khama mayhaṃ,  ācariyā''ti āha. mahāpuriso ``ahaṃ tāva tuyhaṃ khamitvā sūriyaṃ  vissajjessāmi, sūriye pana uggate tava sīsaṃ sattadhā phalissatī''ti  vatvā, ``imassa sīsappamāṇaṃ mattikāpiṇḍaṃ matthake ṭhapetvā etaṃ  nadiyā galappamāṇe udake ṭhapethā''ti āha. manussā tathā akaṃsu.  ettāvatā saraṭṭhakaṃ rājabalaṃ sannipati. mahāpuriso sūriyaṃ muñci.  sūriyarasmi āgantvā mattikāpiṇḍaṃ pahari. so sattadhā bhijji.  tāvadeva so nimujjitvā ekena titthena uttaritvā palāyi. satthā  ^a^P2.0243^ea^ imaṃ vatthuṃ āharitvā, ``idāni tāva tvaṃ  bhikkhūnaṃ santike paribhāsaṃ labhasi, pubbepi imaṃ kodhaṃ nissāya  raṭṭhato pabbājito''ti anusandhiṃ ghaṭetvā atha naṃ ovadanto ^b^na  kho te taṃ tissa patirūpa^eb^ntiādimāha. navamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 185
title:
  lakuṇḍakabhaddiyasuttavaṇṇanā^visākhasuttavaṇṇanā^nandasuttavaṇṇanā^tissasuttavaṇṇanā^theranāmakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 244^b^.^eb^ dasame ^b^vaṇṇavādī^eb^ti ānisaṃsavādī.  ^b^yaṃ atītaṃ taṃ pahīna^eb^nti atīte khandhapañcake chandarāgappahānena taṃ  pahīnaṃ nāma hoti. ^b^anāgata^eb^nti anāgatampi khandhapañcakaṃ tattha  chandarāgapaṭinissaggena paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti ^a^M2.0223^ea^.  ^b^sabbābhibhu^eb^nti sabbā khandhāyatanadhātuyo ca tayo bhave ca  abhibhavitvā ṭhitaṃ. ^b^sabbavidu^eb^nti taṃ vuttappakāraṃ sabbaṃ viditaṃ  pākaṭaṃ katvā ṭhitaṃ. ^b^sabbesu dhammesū^eb^ti tesveva dhammesu  taṇhādiṭṭhilepehi anupalittaṃ. ^b^sabbañjaha^eb^nti tadeva sabbaṃ tattha  chandarāgappahānena jahitvā ṭhitaṃ. ^b^taṇhakkhaye vimutta^eb^nti  taṇhakkhayasaṅkhāte nibbāne tadārammaṇāya vimuttiyā vimuttaṃ. dasamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 186
title:
  visākhasuttavaṇṇanā^nandasuttavaṇṇanā^tissasuttavaṇṇanā^theranāmakasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākappinasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 245^b^.^eb^ ekādasame ^b^mahākappino^eb^ti evaṃnāmako  abhiññābalappatto asītimahāsāvakānaṃ abbhantaro mahāthero. so  kira gihikāle kukkuṭavatīnagare tiyojanasatikaṃ rajjaṃ akāsi.  pacchimabhavikattā pana tathārūpaṃ sāsanaṃ sotuṃ ohitasoto vicarati.  athekadivasaṃ amaccasahassaparivuto uyyānakīḷikaṃ agamāsi. tadā  ca majjhimadesato jaṅghavāṇijā taṃ nagaraṃ gantvā, bhaṇḍaṃ paṭisāmetvā,  ``rājānaṃ passissāmā''ti paṇṇākārahatthā rājakuladvāraṃ gantvā,  ``rājā ^a^V2.0215^ea^ uyyānaṃ gato''ti sutvā, uyyānaṃ gantvā, dvāre  ṭhitā, paṭihārassa ārocayiṃsu. atha rañño nivedite rājā  pakkosāpetvā niyyātitapaṇṇākāre vanditvā ṭhite, ``tātā, kuto  ^a^P2.0244^ea^ āgatatthā''ti? pucchi. ``sāvatthito  devā''ti. ``kacci vo raṭṭhaṃ subhikkhaṃ, dhammiko rājā''ti?  ``āma, devā''ti. ``atthi pana tumhākaṃ dese kiñci  sāsana''nti? ``atthi, deva, na pana sakkā ucchiṭṭhamukhehi  kathetu''nti. rājā suvaṇṇabhiṅgārena udakaṃ dāpesi. te mukhaṃ  vikkhāletvā dasabalābhimukhā añjaliṃ paggaṇhitvā, ``deva, amhākaṃ  dese buddharatanaṃ nāma uppanna''nti āhaṃsu. rañño ``buddho''ti vacane  sutamatte sakalasarīraṃ pharamānā pīti uppajji. tato ``buddhoti,  tātā, vadathā''ti? āha. ``buddhoti deva vadāmā''ti. evaṃ  tikkhattuṃ vadāpetvā, ``buddhoti padaṃ aparimāṇaṃ, nāssa sakkā  parimāṇaṃ kātu''nti tasmiṃyeva pasanno satasahassaṃ datvā puna ``aññaṃ  kiṃ sāsana''nti? pucchi. ``deva dhammaratanaṃ nāma uppanna''nti.  tampi sutvā tatheva tikkhattuṃ paṭiññaṃ gahetvā aparampi satasahassaṃ  datvā puna ``aññaṃ kiṃ sāsana''nti? pucchi. ``saṅgharatanaṃ deva  uppanna''nti. tampi sutvā tatheva tikkhattuṃ paṭiññaṃ gahetvā aparampi  satasahassaṃ ^a^M2.0224^ea^ datvā dinnabhāvaṃ paṇṇe likhitvā, ``tātā,  deviyā santikaṃ gacchathā''ti pesesi. tesu gatesu amacce pucchi,  ``tātā, buddho loke uppanno, tumhe kiṃ karissathā''ti? ``deva  tumhe kiṃ kattukāmā''ti? ``ahaṃ pabbajissāmī''ti. ``mayampi  pabbajissāmā''ti. te sabbepi gharaṃ vā kuṭumbaṃ vā anapaloketvā ye  asse āruyha gatā, teheva nikkhamiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] vāṇijā anojādeviyā santikaṃ gantvā paṇṇaṃ dassesuṃ. sā  vācetvā ``raññā tumhākaṃ bahū kahāpaṇā dinnā, kiṃ tumhehi kataṃ,  tātā''ti? pucchi. ``piyasāsanaṃ devi ānīta''nti.  ``amhepi sakkā, tātā, suṇāpetu''nti. ``sakkā devi,  ucchiṭṭhamukhehi pana vattuṃ na sakkā''ti. sā suvaṇṇabhiṅgārena udakaṃ  dāpesi. te mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā rañño ārocitanayeneva ārocesuṃ.  sāpi sutvā uppannapāmojjā teneva nayena ekekasmiṃ pade tikkhattuṃ  paṭiññaṃ gahetvā paṭiññāgaṇanāya tīṇi tīṇi katvā navasatasahassāni  adāsi. vāṇijā sabbānipi dvādasasatasahassāni labhiṃsu. atha  ne ``rājā kahaṃ, tātā''ti, pucchi. ``pabbajissāmīti ^a^P2.0245^ea^  nikkhanto devī''ti. ``tena hi, tātā, tumhe  gacchathā''ti te uyyojetvā raññā saddhiṃ gatānaṃ amaccānaṃ mātugāme  pakkosāpetvā, ``tumhe attano sāmikānaṃ gataṭṭhānaṃ jānātha ammā''ti  pucchi. ``jānāma ayye, raññā saddhiṃ uyyānakīḷikaṃ ^a^V2.0216^ea^  gatā''ti. āma gatā, tattha pana gantvā, ``buddho uppanno, dhammo  uppanno, saṅgho uppanno''ti sutvā, ``dasabalassa santike  pabbajissāmā''ti gatā. ``tumhe kiṃ karissathā''ti? ``tumhe  pana ayye kiṃ kattukāmā''ti? ``ahaṃ pabbajissāmi, na tehi  vantavamanaṃ jivhagge ṭhapeyya''nti. ``yadi evaṃ, mayampi  pabbajissāmā''ti sabbā rathe yojāpetvā nikkhamiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] rājāpi amaccasahassena saddhiṃ gaṅgāya tīraṃ pāpuṇi.  tasmiñca samaye gaṅgā pūrā hoti. atha naṃ disvā, ``ayaṃ gaṅgā  pūrā caṇḍamacchākiṇṇā, amhehi saddhiṃ āgatā dāsā vā manussā vā  natthi, ye no nāvaṃ vā uḷumpaṃ vā katvā dadeyyuṃ, etassa pana satthu  guṇā nāma heṭṭhā avīcito upari yāva bhavaggā patthaṭā, sace esa  satthā sammāsambuddho, imesaṃ assānaṃ khurapiṭṭhāni mā tementū''ti  udakapiṭṭhena asse pakkhandāpesuṃ ^a^M2.0225^ea^. ekāssassāpi  khurapiṭṭhamattaṃ na temi, rājamaggena gacchantā viya paratīraṃ patvā purato  aññaṃ mahānadiṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. tattha aññā saccakiriyā natthi, tāya  eva saccakiriyāya tampi aḍḍhayojanavitthāraṃ nadiṃ atikkamiṃsu.  atha tatiyaṃ candabhāgaṃ nāma mahānadiṃ patvā tampi tāya eva  saccakiriyāya atikkamiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] satthāpi taṃdivasaṃ paccūsasamaye mahākaruṇāsamāpattito vuṭṭhāya  lokaṃ olokento ``ajja mahākappino tiyojanasatikaṃ rajjaṃ pahāya  amaccasahassaparivāro mama santike pabbajituṃ āgacchatī''ti disvā,  ``mayā tesaṃ paccuggamanaṃ kātuṃ yutta''nti pātova sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ  katvā, bhikkhusaṅghaparivāro sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā, pacchābhattaṃ  ^a^P2.0246^ea^ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sayameva pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā,  ākāse uppatitvā candabhāgāya nadiyā tīre tesaṃ uttaraṇatitthassa  abhimukhe ṭhāne mahānigrodharukkho atthi, tattha pallaṅkena nisīditvā  parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo vissajjesi. te tena  titthena uttarantā ca chabbaṇṇabuddharasmiyo ito cito ca  vidhāvantiyo olokentā dasabalassa puṇṇacandasassirikaṃ mukhaṃ  disvā, ``yaṃ satthāraṃ uddissa mayaṃ pabbajitā, addhā so eso''ti  dassaneneva niṭṭhaṃ gantvā diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya onatā vandamānā āgamma  satthāraṃ vandiṃsu. rājā gopphakesu gahetvā satthāraṃ vanditvā  ekamantaṃ nisīdi saddhiṃ amaccasahassena. satthā tesaṃ dhammaṃ kathesi.  desanāpariyosāne sabbe arahatte patiṭṭhāya satthāraṃ pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu.  satthā ``pubbe ime cīvaradānassa ^a^V2.0217^ea^ dinnattā attano  cīvarāni gahetvāva āgatā''ti suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ hatthaṃ pasāretvā, ``etha  bhikkhavo svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa  antakiriyāyā''ti āha. sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ pabbajjā ca  upasampadā ca ahosi, vassasaṭṭhikattherā viya satthāraṃ parivārayiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] anojāpi devī rathasahassaparivārā gaṅgātīraṃ patvā rañño  atthāya ābhataṃ nāvaṃ vā uḷumpaṃ vā adisvā attano byattatāya  cintesi -- ``rājā saccakiriyaṃ katvā gato bhavissati, so pana  satthā na kevalaṃ tesaṃyeva ^a^M2.0226^ea^ atthāya nibbatto, sace so satthā  sammāsambuddho, amhākaṃ rathā mā udake nimujjiṃsū''ti udakapiṭṭhe rathe  pakkhandāpesi. rathānaṃ nemivaṭṭimattampi na temi.  dutiyatatiyanadīpi teneva saccakārena uttaramānāyeva nigrodharukkhamūle  satthāraṃ addasa. satthā ``imāsaṃ attano sāmike passantīnaṃ  chandarāgo uppajjitvā maggaphalānaṃ antarāyaṃ kareyya, so evaṃ kātuṃ na  sakkhissatī''ti yathā aññamaññe na passanti, tathā akāsi. tā  sabbāpi titthato uttaritvā dasabalaṃ vanditvā nisīdiṃsu. satthā  tāsaṃ dhammaṃ kathesi, desanāpariyosāne ^a^P2.0247^ea^ sabbāpi  sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya aññamaññe passiṃsu. satthā ``uppalavaṇṇā  āgacchatū''ti cintesi. therī āgantvā sabbā pabbājetvā ādāya  bhikkhunīnaṃ upassayaṃ gatā. satthā bhikkhusahassaṃ gahetvā ākāsena  jetavanaṃ agamāsi. imaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ -- ``mahākappinoti evaṃ  nāmako abhiññābalappatto asītimahāsāvakānaṃ abbhantaro  mahāthero''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^janetasmi^eb^nti janite pajāyāti attho. ^b^ye  gottapaṭisārino^eb^ti ye ``mayaṃ vāseṭṭhā gotamā''ti gottaṃ paṭisaranti  paṭijānanti, tesaṃ khattiyo seṭṭhoti attho.  ^b^vijjācaraṇasampanno^eb^ti aṭṭhahi vijjāhi ceva pannarasadhammabhedena  caraṇena ca samannāgato. ^b^tapatī^eb^ti virocati. ^b^jhāyī  tapati brāhmaṇo^eb^ti khīṇāsavabrāhmaṇo duvidhena jhānena jhāyamāno  tapati virocati. tasmiṃ pana khaṇe kāludāyitthero duvidhena jhānena  jhāyamāno avidūre nisinno hoti. ^b^buddho tapatī^eb^ti  sabbaññubuddho virocati. sabbamaṅgalagāthā kiresā. bhātikarājā  kira ekaṃ pūjaṃ kāretvā ācariyakaṃ āha -- ``tīhi ratanehi amuttaṃ  ekaṃ jayamaṅgalaṃ vadathā''ti. so tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ sammasitvā imaṃ  gāthaṃ vadanto ``divā tapati ādicco''ti vatvā atthaṅgamentassa  sūriyassa añjaliṃ paggaṇhi. ``rattimābhāti candimā''ti,  uṭṭhahantassa candassa añjaliṃ ^a^V2.0218^ea^ paggaṇhi. ``sannaddho khattiyo  tapatī''ti rañño añjaliṃ paggaṇhi. ``jhāyī tapati brāhmaṇo''ti  bhikkhusaṅghassa añjaliṃ paggaṇhi. ``buddho tapati tejasā''ti vatvā  pana mahācetiyassa añjaliṃ paggaṇhi. atha naṃ rājā ``mā hatthaṃ  otārehī''ti ukkhittasmiṃyeva hatthe sahassaṃ ṭhapesi. ekādasamaṃ. 


volume: 41
item: 187
title:
  nandasuttavaṇṇanā^tissasuttavaṇṇanā^theranāmakasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākappinasuttavaṇṇanā^sahāyakasuttavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] 246^b^.^eb^ dvādasame ^a^M2.0227^ea^ ^b^cirarattaṃsametikā^eb^ti  dīgharattaṃ saṃsanditvā sametvā ṭhitaladdhino. te kira  pañcajātisatāni ekatova vicariṃsu. ^b^sameti nesaṃ saddhammo^eb^ti  idāni imesaṃ ayaṃ sāsanadhammo ^a^P2.0248^ea^ saṃsandati sameti.  ^b^dhamme buddhappavedite^eb^ti buddhena pavedite dhamme etesaṃ  sāsanadhammo sobhatīti attho. ^b^suvinītā kappinenā^eb^ti  attano upajjhāyena ariyappavedite dhamme suṭṭhu vinītā. sesaṃ  sabbattha uttānamevāti. dvādasamaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] bhikkhusaṃyuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] iti sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] nidānavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 0
title: nidānasaṃyuttaṃ^buddhavaggo^paṭiccasamuppādasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dutiyasuttādīnipi ^a^V2.0001^ea^^a^M2.0001^ea^ paṭiccasamuppādavaseneva desitānīti āha ^b^‘‘paṭhamaṃ paṭiccasamuppādasutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti padaṃ ye desakālā idha viharaṇakiriyāya visesanabhāvena vuttā, tesaṃ paridīpananti dassento ^b^‘‘yaṃ samayaṃ…pe… dīpetī’’^eb^ti āha. Taṃ-saddo hi vuttassa atthassa paṭiniddeso, tasmā idha desassa kālassa vā paṭiniddeso bhavituṃ arahati, na aññassa. Ayaṃ tāva tatrasaddassa paṭiniddesabhāve atthavibhāvanā. Yasmā pana īdisesu ṭhānesu tatrasaddo dhammadesanāvisiṭṭhaṃ desaṃ kālañca vibhāveti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhāsitabbayutte vā desakāle’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0002^ea^. Tena ^b^tatrā^eb^ti yattha bhagavā dhammadesanatthaṃ bhikkhū ālapi abhāsi, tādise dese, kāle vāti attho. ^b^Na hī^eb^tiādinā tamevatthaṃ samattheti.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca yattha ṭhito bhagavā ‘‘akālo kho tāvā’’tiādinā bāhiyassa dhammadesanaṃ paṭikkhipi, tattheva antaravīthiyaṃ ṭhitova tassa dhammaṃ ^a^M2.0002^ea^ desesīti? Saccametaṃ. Adesetabbakāle adesanāya hi idaṃ udāharaṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akālo kho tāvā’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ pana tattha vuttaṃ ‘‘antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhā’’ti, tampi tassa akālabhāvasseva pariyāyena dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tassa hi tadā addhānaparissamena rūpakāye akammaññatā ahosi, balavapītivegena nāmakāye. Tadubhayassa vūpasamaṃ āgamento papañcaparihāratthaṃ bhagavā ‘‘akālo kho’’ti pariyāyena paṭikkhipi. Adesetabbadese adesanāya pana udāharaṇaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi, vihārato nikkhamitvā vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdī’’ti evamādikaṃ idha ^b^ādi^eb^saddena saṅgahitaṃ. ‘‘Sa kho so bhikkhave bālo idha pāpāni kammāni karitvā’’ti evamādīsu (ma. ni. 3.248) padapūraṇamatte ^b^kho^eb^-saddo, ‘‘dukkhaṃ kho agāravo viharati appatisso’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.21) avadhāraṇe, ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekaṃ nānusikkhantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.31) ādikālatthe, vākyārambheti attho. Tattha padapūraṇena vacanālaṅkāramattaṃ kataṃ hoti, ādikālatthena vākyassa upaññāsamattaṃ, avadhāraṇatthena pana niyamadassanaṃ. ‘‘Tasmā āmantesi evā’’ti āmantane niyamo dassito hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Bhagavāti lokagarudīpana’’^eb^nti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu pubbe ‘‘bhagavā’’ti padaṃ vuttanti? Yadipi pubbe vuttaṃ, taṃ pana yathāvuttaṭṭhāne viharaṇakiriyāya kattuvisesadassanaparaṃ, na āmantanakiriyāya, idha pana āmantanakiriyāya, tasmā tadatthaṃ puna bhagavāti pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti. Tassatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavāti lokagarudīpana’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Kathāsavanayuttapuggalavacana^eb^nti vakkhamānāya paṭiccasamuppādadesanāya savanayogyapuggalavacanaṃ. Catūsupi parisāsu bhikkhū eva edisānaṃ desanānaṃ visesena bhājanabhūtāti sātisayena sāsanasampaṭiggāhakabhāvadassanatthaṃ idha bhikkhugahaṇanti dassetvā idāni saddatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha ^b^bhikkhakoti bhikkhū^eb^ti bhikkhanasīlattā bhikkhanadhammattā bhikkhūti attho. ^b^Bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagato^eb^ti buddhādīhipi ajjhupagataṃ bhikkhācariyaṃ uñchācariyaṃ ajjhupagatattā anuṭṭhitattā bhikkhu. Yo hi koci appaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, so kasigorakkhādīhi ^a^V2.0003^ea^^a^M2.0003^ea^ jīvikakappanaṃ hitvā liṅgasampaṭicchaneneva bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatattā bhikkhu. Parapaṭibaddhajīvikattā vā vihāramajjhe kājabhattaṃ bhuñjamānopi bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhu piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjāya ussāhajātattā vā bhikkhācariyaṃ ajjhupagatoti bhikkhūti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādinā nayenā^eb^ti ‘‘bhinnapaṭadharoti bhikkhu, bhindati pāpake akusale dhammeti bhikkhu, bhinnattā pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhikkhū’’tiādinā ^b^vibhaṅge^eb^ (vibha. 509) āgatanayena. ^b^Ñāpane^eb^ti avabodhane, paṭivedaneti attho. ^b^Bhikkhanasīlatā,^eb^ na kasivāṇijjādīhi jīvanasīlatā. ^b^Bhikkhanadhammatā^eb^ ‘‘uddissa ariyā tiṭṭhantī’’ti (jā. 1.7.59) evaṃ vuttabhikkhanasabhāvatā, na yācanākohaññasabhāvatā. ^b^Bhikkhane sādhukāritā^eb^ ‘‘uttiṭṭhe nappamajjeyyā’’ti (dha. pa. 168) vacanaṃ anussaritvā tattha appamajjatā. Atha vā ^b^sīlaṃ^eb^ nāma pakatisabhāvo. Idha pana tathādhiṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti vataṃ. Apare pana ^b^‘‘sīlaṃ^eb^ nāma vatavasena samādānaṃ. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ nāma paveṇi-āgataṃ cārittaṃ. ^b^Sādhukāritā^eb^ sakkaccakāritā ādarakiriyā’’ti vaṇṇenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hīnādhikajanasevitavutti^eb^nti ye bhikkhubhāve ṭhitāpi jātimadādivasena uddhatā unnaḷā, ye ca gihibhāve paresu atthikabhāvampi anupagatatāya bhikkhācariyaṃ paramakāpaññaṃ maññanti, tesaṃ ubhayesampi yathākkamaṃ ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti vacanena hīnajanehi daliddehi paramakāpaññataṃ pattehi parakulesu bhikkhācariyāya jīvikaṃ kappentehi sevitaṃ vuttiṃ pakāsento uddhatabhāvaniggahaṃ karoti, adhikajanehi uḷārabhogakhattiyakulādito pabbajitehi buddhādīhi ājīvasodhanatthaṃ sevitaṃ vuttiṃ pakāsento dīnabhāvaniggahaṃ karotīti yojetabbaṃ. Yasmā ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti vacanaṃ āmantanabhāvato abhimukhīkaraṇaṃ, pakaraṇato sāmatthiyato ca sussūsājananaṃ, sakkaccasavanamanasikāraniyojanañca hoti, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhikkhavoti iminā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^sādhukaṃ manasikārepī^eb^ti sādhukaṃ savane sādhukaṃ manasikāre ca. Kathaṃ pavattitā savanādayo sādhukaṃ pavattitā hontīti? ‘‘Addhā imāya ^a^M2.0004^ea^ paṭipattiyā sakalasāsanasampatti hatthagatā bhavissatī’’ti ādaragāravayogena kathādīsu aparibhavādinā ca. Vuttañhi ‘‘pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ. Katamehi pañcahi? Na kathaṃ paribhoti, na kathikaṃ paribhoti, na attānaṃ paribhoti ^a^V2.0004^ea^, avikkhittacitto dhammaṃ suṇāti ekaggacitto, yoniso ca manasi karoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato suṇanto saddhammaṃ bhabbo niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta’’nti (a. ni. 5.151). Tenāha ^b^‘‘sādhukaṃ manasikārāyattā hi sāsanasampattī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sāsanasampatti^eb^ nāma sīlādinipphatti. ^b^Paṭhamaṃ uppannattā^eb^ adhigamavasena. ^b^Satthucariyānuvidhāyakattā^eb^ sīlādiguṇānuṭṭhānena. Tiṇṇaṃ yānānaṃ vasena anudhammapaṭipattisambhavato ^b^sakalasāsanapaṭiggāhakattā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Santikattā^eb^ti samīpabhāvato. ^b^Santikāvacarattā^eb^ti sabbakālaṃ saṃvuttibhāvato. ^b^Yathānusiṭṭha^eb^nti anusāsaniyānurūpaṃ, anusāsaniṃ anavasesato paṭiggahetvāti attho. ^b^Ekacce bhikkhū^eb^ti ye paṭiccasamuppādadhamme desanāpasutā, te. Pubbe ‘‘sabbaparisasādhāraṇā hi bhagavato dhammadesanā’’tiādinā bhikkhūnaṃ eva āmantanakāraṇaṃ dassetvā idāni bhikkhū āmantetvā dhammadesanāya payojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^kimatthaṃ pana bhagavā^eb^ti codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tattha ^b^aññaṃ cintentā^eb^ti aññavihitā. ^b^Vikkhittacittā^eb^ti asamāhitacittā. ^b^Dhammaṃ paccavekkhantā^eb^ti hiyyo tato paradivasesu vā sutadhammaṃ pati manasā avekkhantā. Bhikkhū āmantetvā dhamme desiyamāne ādito paṭṭhāya desanaṃ sallakkhetuṃ sakkotīti imamevatthaṃ byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘te anāmantetvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhikkhavo^eb^ti ca sandhivasena i-kāralopo daṭṭhabbo ‘‘bhikkhavo itī’’ti, ayañhi itisaddo hetuparisamāpanādipadatthavipariyāyapakārāvadhāraṇanidassanādianekatthapabhedo. Tathā hesa ‘‘ruppatīti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā ‘rūpa’nti vuccatī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.79) hetumhi dissati, ‘‘tasmātiha me, bhikkhave, dhammadāyādā bhavatha, mā āmisadāyādā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.29) parisamāpane, ‘‘iti vā evarūpā visūkadassanā paṭivirato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.13) ādiatthe ‘‘māgaṇḍiyoti tassa brāhmaṇassa saṅkhā samaññā paññatti ^a^M2.0005^ea^ vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpo’’tiādīsu (mahāni. 73, 75) padatthavipariyāye, ‘‘iti kho, bhikkhave, sappaṭibhayo bālo, appaṭibhayo paṇḍito. Saupaddavo bālo, anupaddavo paṇḍito’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.124) pakāre, ‘‘atthi idappaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti puṭṭhena satā, ānanda, atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. Kiṃ paccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti ce vadeyya, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iccassa vacanīya’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.96) avadhāraṇe, ‘‘sabbamatthīti kho, kaccāna, ayameko anto, sabbaṃ natthīti ayaṃ dutiyo anto’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.15; 3.90) nidassane ^a^V2.0005^ea^. Idhāpi nidassane eva daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Bhikkhavo^eb^ti āmantanākāro tamesa iti-saddo nidasseti ‘‘bhikkhavoti āmantesī’’ti. Iminā nayena ^b^bhaddante^eb^tiādīsupi yathārahaṃ itisaddassa attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe ‘‘bhagavā āmantesī’’ti vuttattā bhagavato paccassosunti idha bhagavatoti sāmivacanaṃ āmantanameva sambandhīantaraṃ apekkhatīti iminā adhippāyena ^b^‘‘bhagavato āmantanaṃ paṭiassosu’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Bhagavato^eb^ti idaṃ pana paṭissavasambandhena sampadānavacanaṃ. Ettāvatā yaṃ kāladesadesakaparisāpadesapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ nidānaṃ bhāsitanti sambandho. Etthāha – kimatthaṃ pana dhammavinayasaṅgahe kariyamāne nidānavacanaṃ, nanu bhagavatā bhāsitavacanasseva saṅgaho kātabboti? Vuccate – desanāya ṭhitiasammosasaddheyyabhāvasampādanatthaṃ. Kāladesadesakanimittaparisāpadesehi upanibandhitvā ṭhapitā hi desanā ciraṭṭhitikā hoti asammosadhammā saddheyyā ca, desakālakattusotunimittehi upanibandho viya vohāravinicchayo. Teneva cāyasmatā mahākassapena ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādasuttaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’ntiādinā desādipucchāsu katāsu tāsaṃ vissajjanaṃ karontena dhammabhaṇḍāgārikena ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’nti āyasmatā ānandena imassa suttassa nidānaṃ bhāsitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Apica satthu sampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacanaṃ. Tathāgatassa hi bhagavato pubbaracanānumānāgamatakkābhāvato sammāsambuddhabhāvasiddhi. Na hi sammāsambuddhassa ^a^M2.0006^ea^ pubbaracanādīhi attho atthi, sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇacāratāya ekappamāṇattā ca ñeyyadhammesu. Tathā ācariyamuṭṭhidhammamacchariyasatthusāvakānurodhābhāvato khīṇāsavattasiddhi. Na hi sabbaso khīṇāsavassa te sambhavantīti suvisuddhā cassa parānuggahappavatti, evaṃ desakasaṃkilesabhūtānaṃ diṭṭhisīlasampadādūsakānaṃ avijjātaṇhānaṃ accantābhāvasaṃsūcakehi ñāṇasampadāpahānasampadābhibyañjanakehi ca saṃbuddhavisuddhabhāvehi purimavesārajjadvayasiddhi, tato eva ca antarāyikaniyyānikadhammesu sammohābhāvasiddhito pacchimavesārajjadvayasiddhīti bhagavato catuvesārajjasamannāgamo attahitaparahitapaṭipatti ca nidānavacanena pakāsitā hoti, tattha tattha sampattaparisāya ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ ṭhānuppattikapaṭibhānena dhammadesanādīpanato, idha pana mūladvayavasena antadvayarahitassa tisandhikālabandhassa catubbidhanayasaṅkhepagambhīrabhāvayuttassa paṭiccasamuppādassa bodhiyā nidassanato cāti yojetabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘satthu sampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacana’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā ^a^V2.0006^ea^ sāsanasampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacanaṃ. Ñāṇakaruṇāpariggahitasabbakiriyassa hi bhagavato natthi niratthikā pavatti, attahitatthā vā, tasmā paresaṃ eva atthāya pavattasabbakiriyassa sammāsambuddhassa sakalampi kāyavacīmanokammaṃ yathāpavattaṃ vuccamānaṃ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ sattānaṃ anusāsanaṭṭhena sāsanaṃ, na kabbaracanā. Tayidaṃ satthucaritaṃ kāladesadesakaparisāpadesehi saddhiṃ tattha tattha nidānavacanehi yathārahaṃ pakāsīyati, idha pana dvādasapadikapaccayākāravibhāvanena tena. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sāsanasampattipakāsanatthaṃ nidānavacana’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Apica satthu pamāṇabhāvappakāsanena sāsanassa pamāṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ nidānavacanaṃ, tañcassa pamāṇabhāvadassanaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayānusārena ‘‘bhagavā’’ti ca iminā padena vibhāvitanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Bhagavā’’ti ca iminā tathāgatassa rāgadosamohādi-sabbasaṃkilesamaladuccaritādidosappahānadīpanena vacanena anaññasādhāraṇasuparisuddhañāṇakaruṇādiguṇavisesayogaparidīpanena tato eva sabbasattuttamabhāvadīpanena ayamattho sabbathā pakāsito hotīti. Idamettha nidānavacane payojananidassanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nikkhittassā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0007^ea^ desitassa. Desanāpi hi desetabbassa sīlādiatthassa vineyyasantānesu nikkhipanato ‘‘nikkhepo’’ti vuccatīti ‘‘suttanikkhepaṃ tāva vicāretvā vuccamānā pākaṭā hotī’’ti sāmaññato bhagavato desanāya samuṭṭhānassa vibhāgaṃ dassetvā ‘‘etthāyaṃ desanā evaṃsamuṭṭhānā’’ti desanāya samuṭṭhāne dassite suttassa sammadeva nidānaparijānanena vaṇṇanāya suviññeyyattā vuttaṃ. Tato heṭṭhā ‘‘kasmā bhagavatā paṭiccasamuppādavaseneva desanā āraddhā’’ti kenaci codanāya katāya ‘‘parajjhāsayoyaṃ suttanikkhepo’’ti parihāro sukathito hoti. Tattha yathā anekasatānekasahassabhedānipi suttantāni saṃkilesabhāgiyādipadhānanayena soḷasavidhataṃ nātivattanti, evaṃ attajjhāsayādisuttanikkhepavasena catubbidhabhāvanti āha ^b^‘‘cattāro hi suttanikkhepā’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca yathā attajjhāsayassa aṭṭhuppattiyā ca parajjhāsayapucchāhi saddhiṃ saṃsaggabhedo sambhavati ‘‘attajjhāsayo ca parajjhāsayo ca, attajjhāsayo ca pucchāvasiko ca, attajjhāsayo ca parajjhāsayo ca pucchāvasiko ca, aṭṭhuppattiko ca parajjhāsayo ca, aṭṭhuppattiko ca pucchāvasiko ca, aṭṭhuppattiko ca parajjhāsayo ca pucchāvasiko cā’’ti ajjhāsayapucchānusandhisambhavato, evaṃ yadipi aṭṭhuppattiyā ajjhāsayenapi saṃsaggabhedo sambhavati, attajjhāsayādīhi pana purato ṭhitehi aṭṭhuppattiyā saṃsaggo natthīti. Nayidha niravaseso vitthāranayo sambhavatīti ‘‘cattāro hi suttanikkhepā’’ti ^a^V2.0007^ea^ vuttaṃ. Tadantogadhattā vā sambhavantānaṃ sesanikkhepānaṃ mūlanikkhepavasena cattārova dassitā, tathādassanañcettha ayaṃ saṃsaggabhedo gahetabboti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – nikkhipīyatīti nikkhepo, suttaṃ eva nikkhepo ^b^suttanikkhepo^eb^. Atha vā nikkhipanaṃ nikkhepo, suttassa nikkhepo ^b^suttanikkhepo,^eb^ suttadesanāti attho. Attano ajjhāsayo attajjhāsayo, so assa atthi kāraṇabhūtoti ^b^attajjhāsayo^eb^. Attano ajjhāsayo etassāti vā ^b^attajjhāsayo. Parajjhāsayepi^eb^ eseva nayo. Pucchāya vasena pavattadhammo etassa atthīti, ^b^pucchāvasiko^eb^. Suttadesanāya vatthubhūtassa atthassa uppatti atthuppatti, atthuppattiyeva aṭṭhuppatti, sā etassa atthīti ^b^aṭṭhuppattiko^eb^. Atha vā nikkhipīyati ^a^M2.0008^ea^ suttaṃ etenāti suttanikkhepo, attajjhāsayādi eva. Etasmiṃ pana atthavikappe attano ajjhāsayo attajjhāsayo. Paresaṃ ajjhāsayo parajjhāsayo. Pucchīyatīti pucchā, pucchitvā ñātabbo attho. Tassa pucchāvasena pavattaṃ dhammapaṭiggāhakānaṃ vacanaṃ pucchāvasikaṃ, tadeva nikkhepasaddāpekkhāya pulliṅgavasena ‘‘pucchāvasiko’’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā aṭṭhuppatti eva aṭṭhuppattikoti evampettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Apicettha paresaṃ indriyaparipākādikāraṇanirapekkhattā attajjhāsayassa visuṃ suttanikkhepabhāvo yutto kevalaṃ attano ajjhāsayeneva dhammatantiṭhapanatthaṃ pavattitadesanattā. Parajjhāsayapucchāvasikānaṃ pana paresaṃ ajjhāsayapucchānaṃ desanāpavattihetubhūtānaṃ uppattiyaṃ pavattitānaṃ kathaṃ aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ anavarodho, pucchāvasikāṭṭhuppattikānaṃ vā parajjhāsayānurodhena pavattitānaṃ kathaṃ parajjhāsaye anavarodhoti? Na codetabbametaṃ. Paresañhi abhinīhāraparipucchādivinimuttasseva suttadesanākāraṇuppādassa aṭṭhuppattibhāvena gahitattā parajjhāsayapucchāvasikānaṃ visuṃ gahaṇaṃ. Tathā hi brahmajāladhammadāyādasuttādīnaṃ vaṇṇāvaṇṇāamisuppādādidesanānimittaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhuppattī’’ti vuccati. Paresaṃ pucchaṃ vinā ajjhāsayaṃ eva nimittaṃ katvā desito parajjhāsayo, pucchāvasena eva desito pucchāvasikoti pākaṭovāyamatthoti. ^b^Attano ajjhāsayeneva katheti^eb^ dhammatantiṭhapanatthanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Dasabalasuttantahārako^eb^ti dasabalavagge anupubbena nikkhittānaṃ suttānaṃ āvali, tathā ^b^candopamahārakā^eb^dayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā^eb^ saddhindriyādayo. ^b^Ajjhāsaya^eb^nti adhimuttiṃ. ^b^Khanti^eb^nti diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiṃ. ^b^Mana^eb^nti cittaṃ. ^b^Abhinīhāra^eb^nti paṇidhānaṃ. ^b^Bujjhanabhāva^eb^nti bujjhanasabhāvaṃ, paṭivijjhanākāraṃ vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ugghaṭitaññū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0008^ea^^b^ugghaṭanaṃ^eb^ nāma ñāṇugghaṭanaṃ, ñāṇena ugghaṭitamatte eva dhammaṃ jānātīti attho. Vipañcitaṃ vitthāritameva atthaṃ jānātīti ^b^vipañcitaññū^eb^. Uddesādīhi netabboti ^b^neyyo^eb^. Byañjanapadaṃ paramaṃ assāti ^b^padaparamo. Saha udāhaṭavelāyā^eb^ti udāhāradhammassa uddese udāhaṭamatte eva. ^b^Dhammābhisamayo^eb^ti catusaccadhammassa ñāṇena saddhiṃ abhisamāyogo. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’tiādinā nayena saṃkhittena mātikāya ṭhapiyamānāya desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ ^a^M2.0009^ea^ pesetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhituṃ samattho puggalo ‘‘ugghaṭitaññū’’ti vuccati. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ saṃkhittena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā vitthārena atthe vibhajiyamāne arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho puggalo ‘‘vipañcitaññū’’ti vuccati. ^b^Uddesato^eb^ti uddesahetu, uddisantassa uddisāpentassa vāti attho, ‘‘uddisato’’tipi pāṭho, ayamevattho. ^b^Paripucchato^eb^ti paripucchantassa. ^b^Anupubbena dhammābhisamayo hotī^eb^ti anukkamena arahattappatti hoti. ^b^Na tāya jātiyā dhammābhisamayo hotī^eb^ti tena attabhāvena maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā antamaso jhānaṃ vā vipassanaṃ vā nibbattetuṃ na sakkoti. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ puggalo byañjanapadameva paramaṃ katvā ṭhitattā ‘‘padaparamo’’ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekacarā^eb^ti vivekābhiratiyā ekavihārino. ^b^Dvicarā^eb^ti dve ekajjhāsayā hutvā ñāṇacariyādivasena vicarantā. Esa nayo sesesu. Sattasuññatāpakāsanena ^b^suññataṃ^eb^. Tato eva ^b^saṇhaṃ sukhumaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Paresaṃ ajjhāsayavasena bhagavā idaṃ suttaṃ ārabhī’’ti vatvā te pana ‘‘pare’’ti vuttapuggalā aparikammikā suparisodhitapubbabhāgapaṭipadā cāti duvidhā, tadubhayesu satthu paṭipattiṃ upamāmukhena pakāsento ^b^yathā hī^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Rūpaṃ na samuṭṭhāpeti^eb^ likhanavasena na uppādeti. ^b^Akatābhinivesa^eb^nti vipassanābhāvanāya akatānuyogaṃ. ^b^Sīla…pe… sampadāyā^eb^ti asamādinnasīlaṃ sīlasampadāya, suparisuddhasīlaṃ samādhisampadāya, anujukatadiṭṭhijukammaṃ diṭṭhisampadāya yojentoti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ya^eb^nti yaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ sandhāya. ^b^Sīla^eb^nti catupārisuddhisīlaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhi^eb^ cāti kammassakatādiṭṭhi ceva kammapathasammādiṭṭhi ca. ^b^Tividhenā^eb^ti ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ajjhattabahiddhāti evaṃ visayabhāvato tippakārena. Yathāvuttadiṭṭhivisuddhiyā visesapaccayaṃ sīlaṃyeva bhāvanāya adhiṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sīlaṃ nissāya sīle patiṭṭhāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sudhantasuvaṇṇaṃ^eb^ apagatasabbakāḷakaṃ. Caturassādidhoto ^b^suparimajjitamaṇikkhandho^eb^. Paccayadhammānaṃ avijjādīnaṃ tassa tassa paccayuppannassa hetupaccayādibhāvo paccayākāro. So pana atthato ^a^M2.0010^ea^ avijjā evāti ^a^V2.0009^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘paṭiccasamuppādanti paccayākāra’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paccayākāro hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ vo-saddo padaparaṭṭhito paṭiyogīatthavisesavācako, nāmaparabhūto pana taṃ taṃ kattukammakaraṇādisādhanavisiṭṭhameva pabodheti, hi-nipātaparabhūto pana vacanālaṅkāramattamevāti āha ^b^‘‘voti…pe… dissatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Taṃdesana^eb^nti tassa paṭiccasamuppādassa desanaṃ. Sā hi idha ta-saddena paccāmasīyati. ‘‘Suṇāthā’’ti sotaviññeyyatāvacanato na kevalaṃ paṭiccasamuppādo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekatthametaṃ^eb^ padaṃ ka-saddena padavaḍḍhanamattassa katattā, tasmā sādhusaddassa kato atthuddhāro sādhukasaddassapi kato eva hotīti adhippāyo. ^b^Sādhu bhante^eb^ti yācāmahaṃ bhanteti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘āyācane’’^eb^ti. Puna ^b^sādhu bhante^eb^ti evaṃ bhanteti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘sampaṭicchane’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sādhu sādhū^eb^ti aho ahoti ayamettha atthoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sampahaṃsane’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sādhu dhammarucī^eb^ti puññakāmo sundaroti attho. ^b^Paññāṇavā^eb^ti paññavā. ^b^Addubbho^eb^ti adūsako. ^b^Daḷhīkamme^eb^ti thirīkaraṇe sakkaccakiriyāyaṃ. ^b^Āṇattiya^eb^nti āṇāpane. ‘‘Suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’ti hi vutte sādhukasaddena savanamanasikārānaṃ sakkaccakiriyā viya tadāṇāpanampi vuttaṃ hoti. Āyācanatthatā viya cassa āṇāpanatthatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Idānettha evaṃ yojanā veditabbāti sambandho. ^b^Sotindriyavikkhepanivāraṇaṃ^eb^ savane niyojanavasena kiriyantarapaṭisedhanabhāvato, sotaṃ odahathāti hi attho. ^b^Manindriyavikkhepanivāraṇaṃ^eb^ aññacintāpaṭisedhanato. ^b^Purima^eb^nti ‘‘suṇāthā’’ti padaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘suṇātha, manasi karothā’’ti padadvaye, etasmiṃ vā adhikāre. ^b^Byañjanavipallāsaggāhanivāraṇaṃ^eb^ sotadvāre vikkhepapaṭibāhakattā. Na hi yāthāvato suṇantassa saddato vipallāsaggāho hoti. ^b^Atthavipallāsaggāhanivāraṇaṃ^eb^ manindriyavikkhepapaṭibāhakattā. Na hi sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ upadhārentassa atthavipallāsaggāho hoti. ^b^Dhammassavane niyojeti^eb^ ‘‘suṇāthā’’ti vidahanato. ^b^Dhāraṇūpaparikkhāsū^eb^ti ettha upaparikkhaggahaṇeneva tulanatīraṇādike diṭṭhiyā ca suppaṭivedhaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Sabyañjano^eb^ti ettha yathādhippetamatthaṃ byañjayatīti byañjanaṃ, sabhāvanirutti. Saha byañjanehīti ^a^M2.0011^ea^ sabyañjano, byañjanasampannoti attho. Araṇīyato upagantabbato attho, catupārisuddhisīlādiko. Saha atthenāti ^b^sāttho,^eb^ atthasampannoti attho. ^b^Dhammagambhīro^eb^tiādīsu ^b^dhammo^eb^ nāma tanti. ^b^Desanā^eb^ nāma tassā manasā vavatthapitāya tantiyā desanā kathanaṃ. ^b^Attho^eb^ nāma ^a^V2.0010^ea^ tantiyā attho. ^b^Paṭivedho^eb^ nāma tantiyā tantiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Yasmā cete dhammadesanāatthapaṭivedhā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāḷhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā ayaṃ dhammo…pe… sādhukaṃ manasi karothā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca paṭivedhassa dukkarabhāvato dhammatthānaṃ desanāñāṇassa dukkarabhāvato desanāya dukkhogāhatā, paṭivedhassa pana uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā tabbisayañāṇuppattiyā ca dukkarabhāvato dukkhogāhatā veditabbā. ^b^Desanaṃ^eb^ nāma uddisanaṃ saṅkhepadassanasadisaṃ. Tathā hi ^b^vibhaṅgasutte^eb^ ‘‘desessāmī’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘bhāsissāmī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tassa niddisanaṃ bhāsananti idhādhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘vitthāratopi naṃ bhāsissāmīti vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Paribyattaṃ kathanaṃ vā ^b^bhāsanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāḷikāyiva nigghoso^eb^ti sāḷikāya ālāpo viya madhuro kaṇṇasukho pemanīyo. ^b^Paṭibhānaṃ^eb^ saddo. ^b^Udīrayī^eb^ti uccārīyati, vuccatīti attho. ^b^Evaṃ vutte ussāhajātā^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti vutte ‘‘na kira satthā saṅkhepeneva desessati, vitthārenapi bhāsissatī’’ti sañjātussāhā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā hutvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Katamo^eb^ti tassa padassa sāmaññato pucchābhāvo ñāyati, na visesatoti tassa pucchāvisesabhāvaṃ kathento ^b^‘‘kathetukamyatāpucchā’’^eb^ti vatvā teneva pasaṅgena mahāniddese āgatā sabbāpi pucchā atthuddhāranayena dasseti ^b^‘‘pañcavidhā hi pucchā’’^eb^tiādinā. Tattha adiṭṭhaṃ joteti etāyāti ^b^adiṭṭhajotanā^eb^. Diṭṭhaṃ saṃsandīyati etāyāti ^b^diṭṭhasaṃsandanā^eb^. Saṃsandanañcettha sākacchāvasena vinicchayakaraṇaṃ. Vimatiṃ chindati etāyāti ^b^vimaticchedanā^eb^. Anumatiyā pucchanaṃ ^b^anumatipucchā^eb^. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave’’tiādipucchāya hi ‘‘kā tumhākaṃ anumatī’’ti anumati pucchitā hoti. ^b^Kathetukamyatā^eb^ kathetukamyatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lakkhaṇa^eb^nti ^a^M2.0012^ea^ ñātuṃ pucchito yo koci sabhāvo. ^b^Aññāta^eb^nti yena kenaci ñāṇena aññātabhāvamāha. ^b^Adiṭṭha^eb^nti dassanabhūtena ñāṇena cakkhunā viya na diṭṭhataṃ. ^b^Atulita^eb^nti ‘‘ettakaṃ ida’’nti tulanabhūtena ñāṇena na tulitataṃ. ^b^Atīrita^eb^nti tīraṇabhūtena ñāṇena akatañāṇakiriyāsamāpanataṃ. ^b^Avibhūta^eb^nti ñāṇassa apākaṭabhāvaṃ. ^b^Avibhāvita^eb^nti ñāṇena apākaṭīkatabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Pañcasu ^a^V2.0011^ea^ pucchāsu yā buddhānaṃ sabbato na santi, tā dassetvā idhādhippetapucchaṃ nigametuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Taṃ suviññeyyameva. Yadi paṭiccasamuppādo paccayākāro, atha kasmā bhagavatā paṭiccasamuppādadesanāya saṅkhārādayo paccayuppannā kathitāti āha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paccayuppannampi katheti^eb^ paccayuppannadassanena paccayadhammānaṃ paccayabhāvassa kathitabhāvato. ^b^Āhāravaggassā^eb^tiādi ‘‘paccayākāro paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sambhavantī’’ti pāḷiyaṃ parato vuttaṃ kiriyāpadaṃ ānetvā yojeti, aññathā saṅkhārā kiṃ katāti vā karontīti vā na ñāyeyya. Pavattiyā anulomato ‘‘avijjāpaccayā’’tiādikā ^b^anulomapaṭiccasamuppādakathā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Avijjāya tvevā’’tiādikā pana tassa vilomato ^b^paṭilomakathā^eb^. Accantameva saṅkhāre virajjati etenāti ^b^virāgo,^eb^ maggo. ^b^Asesanirodhā^eb^ti asesetvā nirodhā samucchindanā. ^b^Evaṃ nirodhāna^eb^nti evaṃ anuppādanirodhena niruddhānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ nirodhā. Iti avijjādīnaṃ nirodhavacanena arahattaṃ vadati. ^b^Sakalassā^eb^ti anavasesassa. ^b^Sattavirahitassā^eb^ti paraparikappitajīvarahitassa. ^b^Vinivattetvā^eb^ti anuppādanirodhadassanavasena viparivattetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attamanā^eb^ti pītisomanassena gahitacittā. Tathābhūtā ca haṭṭhacittā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘tuṭṭhacittā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Tassa vacanaṃ abhinanditabba’’nti ettha abhinandanasaddo anumodanattho. ‘‘Abhinanditvā’’ti ettha sampaṭicchanattho. Idha pana ubhayatthopi vaṭṭatīti āha ^b^‘‘anumodiṃsu ceva sampaṭicchiṃsu cā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭiccasamuppādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 1
title: buddhavaggo^paṭiccasamuppādasuttavaṇṇanā^vibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dutiyepī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0013^ea^ dutiyasuttepi. ^b^Pi^eb^-saddena tadaññesu suttesupīti attho. ^b^‘‘Visuddhimagge vuttā evā’’^eb^ti vatvāpi tadekadesaṃ idha viniyogakkhamaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti mūlaṃ. ^b^Vitthāradesana^eb^nti ‘‘vibhajissāmī’’ti padassa atthassa dassanavasena pavattaṃ vibhaṅgadesanaṃ. Uddesadesanā paṭhamasutte anulomadesanāsadisāva. ^b^Puna vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ dassento^eb^ti ‘‘iti kho, bhikkhave’’tiādinā pavattiṃ nivattiñca dassento. Paṭhamaṃ uddesavasena vibhajanavasena vivaṭṭaṃ dassitaṃ, tato eva byatirekanayena vivaṭṭampi dassitameva hotīti punaggahaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0012^ea^^b^tesaṃ sattāna^eb^nti idaṃ kiñci pakārato anāmasitvā sabbepi satte sāmaññato byāpetvā gahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘saṅkhepato…pe… niddeso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gatijātivasenā^eb^ti pañcagativasena, tatthāpi ekekāya gatiyā khattiyādibhummadevādihatthiādijātivasena ca. ‘‘Cittaṃ mano’’tiādīsu viya kiccavisesaṃ, ‘‘mānasa’’ntiādīsu viya samāne atthe saddavisesaṃ, ‘‘paṇḍara’’ntiādīsu viya guṇavisesaṃ, ‘‘cetasikaṃ hadaya’’ntiādīsu viya nissayavisesaṃ, ‘‘cittassa ṭhitī’’tiādīsu viya aññassa avatthābhāvavisesaṃ, ‘‘alubbhanā’’tiādīsu viya aññassa kiriyābhāvavisesaṃ, ‘‘alubbhitatta’’ntiādīsu viya aññassa abhāvatāvisesanti evamādikaṃ anapekkhitvā dhammamattaṃ vā dīpanā sabhāvaniddeso. Jiṇṇassa jīraṇavasena pavattanākāro ^b^jīraṇatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘ākāraniddeso’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kālātikkame kiccaniddesā^eb^ti kalalakālato pabhuti purimarūpānaṃ jarāpattakkhaṇe uppajjamānāni pacchimarūpāni paripakkarūpānurūpāni pariṇatapariṇatāni uppajjantīti anukkamena supariṇatarūpānaṃ paripākakāle uppajjamānāni khaṇḍiccādisabhāvāni uppajjantīti ‘‘khaṇḍicca’’ntiādayo kālātikkame jarāya kiccaniddesā. ^b^Pakatiniddesā^eb^ti phalavipaccanapakatiyā niddesā, jarāya vā pāpuṇitabbaphalameva pakati, tassā niddesā, ^b^na ca khaṇḍiccādīneva jarā^eb^ti udakādigatamaggesu tiṇarukkhasaṃbhaggatādayo viya paripākagatamaggasaṅkhātesu paripuṇṇarūpesu labbhamānā khaṇḍiccādayo jarāya gatamaggāicceva veditabbā, na jarāti.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ^a^M2.0014^ea^ jaraṃ pattassa āyu hāyati, indriyāni jajjarāni hontīti āyuhānādayo pakatiniddesā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pacchimā dve pakatiniddesā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imehi panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Aviññāyamānantarattā ^b^avīcijarā^eb^ maṇiādīsu mandadasakādīsu ekekadasakesu ca khaṇe khaṇe jiṇṇavikārādīnaṃ ^b^duviññeyyattā. Tato aññesū^eb^ti maṇiādito aññesu ahicchattakādīsu, pāṇīnaṃ ekabhavapariyāpanne sakalāayusmiṃ gahitataruṇayuvājarākālesu, ekadvittidivasātikkamesu pupphādīsu vāti attho. Tattha hi jarāvisesassa suviññeyyattā ^b^savīcijarā nāma^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cavanakavasenā^eb^ti cavanakānaṃ khandhānaṃ vasena. Ekacatupañcakkhandhāya cutiyā cavanameva cavanatāti āha ^b^‘‘bhāvavacanena lakkhaṇanidassana’’^eb^nti, pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘cutī’’ti vuttassa maraṇassa sabhāvadassananti ^a^V2.0013^ea^ attho. ^b^Bhaṅguppatti^eb^ bhijjamānatā. Tena ‘‘bhedo’’ti iminā khandhānaṃ bhijjamānatā bhedasamaṅgitā vuttāti dasseti. ^b^Ṭhānābhāvaparidīpana^eb^nti kenacipi ākārena avaṭṭhānābhāvadīpanaṃ. ^b^Ghaṭassevā^eb^ti hi visadisūdāharaṇaṃ. Yathā ghaṭe bhinne kapālādiavayavaseso labbhati, na evaṃ cutikkhandhesu bhaṅgesu, na koci viseso tiṭṭhatīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘antaradhāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Maccusaṅkhātaṃ maraṇa^eb^nti maccusaññitaṃ maraṇaṃ. ‘‘Kālamaraṇa’’nti vadanti. Santānassa accantasamucchedabhūtaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ maraṇaṃ ^b^samucchedamaraṇaṃ. Ādi^eb^-saddena khaṇikamaraṇaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Tassa kiriyā^eb^ti antakassa kiriyā, yā loke vuccati ‘‘maccū’’ti, maraṇanti attho. Cavanakālo eva vā anatikkamanīyattā visesena kāloti vuttoti tassa kiriyā atthato cutikkhandhānaṃ bhedapavattiyeva. ‘‘Maccu maraṇa’’nti vā ettha samāsaṃ akatvā yo ‘‘maccū’’ti vuccati bhedo, tameva maraṇaṃ ‘‘pāṇacāgo’’ti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catuvokāravasenā^eb^ti catuvokārabhavavasena. Tattha hi rūpakāyasaññito kaḷevaro natthi, yaṃ nikkhipeyya. Kiñcāpi ekavokārabhavepi kaḷevaranikkhepo natthi, rūpakāyassa pana tattha atthitāmattaṃ gahetvā ^b^‘‘ekavokāravasena kaḷevarassa nikkhepo’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Catuvokāravasena cā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddena ‘‘sesadvayavasena khandhānaṃ bhedo’’ti imamatthaṃ dasseti sabbattheva khandhabhedasabbhāvato. ^b^Sesadvayavasenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0015^ea^ sesabhavadvayavaseneva kaḷevarassa nikkhepo. Yadipi ekavokārabhave rūpakāyo vijjati, kaḷevaranikkhepo pana natthīti ^b^‘‘kaḷevarassa sabbhāvato’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. Yasmā manussādīsu kaḷevaranikkhepo atthi, tasmā manussādīsu kaḷevarassa nikkhepoti yojanā. Kaḷevaraṃ nikkhipīyati etenāti maraṇaṃ ^b^kaḷevarassa nikkhepo. Ekato katvā^eb^ti ekajjhaṃ katvā, ekajjhaṃ gahaṇamattena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jāyanaṭṭhenā^eb^tiādi āyatanavasena yonivasena ca dvīhi padehi sabbasatte pariyādiyitvā pariyādiyitvā jātiṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘kattubhāvavasena padadvayaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti. ^b^‘‘Tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ jāti sañjātī’’^eb^ti pana kattari sāminiddesassa katattā ubhayatthāpi bhāvaniddeso. Sampuṇṇā jāti ^b^sañjāti^eb^. Pākaṭā nibbatti ^b^abhinibbatti. Tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ…pe… abhinibbattī^eb^ti sattavasena pavattattā vohāradesanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatra tatrā^eb^ti ekacatuvokārabhavesu dvinnaṃ sesarūpadhātuyaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe uppajjamānānaṃ pañcannaṃ, kāmadhātuyaṃ vikalāvikalindriyānaṃ vasena sattannaṃ navannaṃ dasannaṃ puna dasannaṃ ekādasannañca ^a^V2.0014^ea^ āyatanānaṃ vasena saṅgaho veditabbo. ^b^Santatiya^eb^nti yena kammunā khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo, tena abhisaṅkhatasantatiyaṃ. Tañca kho paṭisandhikkhaṇavasena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kammaṃyeva ^b^kammabhavo^eb^ ‘‘bhavati etasmā upapattibhavo’’ti katvā. Kammena niyyāditāttabhāvupapattivasena bhavatīti bhavo, tathā tathā nibbattavipāko kaṭattārūpañca. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘bhavatīti katvā bhavo’’ti upapattibhavassa vakkhamānattā ^b^‘‘kammaṃ phalavohārena bhavoti vutta’’^eb^nti kathitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upādiyanti^eb^ sattā daḷhaggāhaṃ gaṇhanti ^b^etena^eb^ kilesakāmena. Na kevalaṃ idha karaṇasādhanameva, atha kho kattusādhanampi labbhatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sayaṃ vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ta^eb^nti vatthukāmaṃ. Kāmo ca so kāmanaṭṭhena, upādānañca bhusamādānaṭṭhenāti ^b^kāmupādānaṃ. Eta^eb^nti kāmupādānapadaṃ. Puna ^b^eta^eb^nti kāmupādānasaṅkhātaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sassato^eb^^a^M2.0016^ea^^b^attā^eb^ti idaṃ purimadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyamānaṃ uttaradiṭṭhiṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā esā diṭṭhi daḷhīkaraṇavasena purimaṃ uttarā upādiyati, evaṃ ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādikāpīti. Attaggahaṇaṃ pana ‘‘attavādupādāna’’nti idaṃ na diṭṭhupādānadassananti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Loko cā^eb^ti attaggahaṇavinimuttaggahaṇaṃ diṭṭhupādānabhūtaṃ idha purimadiṭṭhiuttaradiṭṭhivacanehi vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yena micchābhinivesena gosīlagovatādiṃ samādiyati ceva anutiṭṭhati ca, so gosīlagovatādīnīti adhippetāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gosīla…pe… sayameva upādānānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhinivesato^eb^ti abhinivesanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attavādupādāna^eb^nti ‘‘attā’’ti vādassa paññāpanassa gahaṇassa kāraṇabhūtā diṭṭhīti attho. ^b^Attavādamattamevā^eb^ti attassa abhāvā ‘‘attā’’ti idaṃ vacanamattameva. ^b^Upādiyanti^eb^ daḷhaṃ gaṇhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cakkhudvārādīsu pavattāyā^eb^ti idaṃ taṇhāya rūpataṇhādibhāvassa kāraṇavacanaṃ chadvārārammaṇikadhammānaṃ paṭiniyatārammaṇattā. ^b^Javanavīthiyā pavattāyā^eb^ti idaṃ tassā pavattiṭṭhānadassanaṃ. Sabhāveneva uṭṭhātuṃ asakkontassa veḷu viya nissayo ahutvā olumbhakabhāvena bhāvo upādānassa paccayabhāvato ārammaṇampi taṃsadisaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Rūpe^eb^ti visaye ^a^V2.0015^ea^ bhummaṃ. Sā tividhā hotīti sambandho. ^b^Kāmataṇhā^eb^ kāmassādabhāvena pavattiyā. ^b^Evaṃ assādentī^eb^ti sassatadiṭṭhiyā sahajātanissayasampayuttātthiavigatādipaccayabhūtāya saṃsaṭṭhattā niccadhuvasassatābhinivesamukhena assādentī. Bhavasahagatā taṇhā ^b^bhavataṇhā^eb^. Bhavati tiṭṭhati sabbakālanti hi bhavadiṭṭhi bhavo uttarapadalopena, bhavassādavasena pavattiyā ca. Iminā nayena ^b^vibhavataṇhā^eb^ti ettha attho veditabbo. Vibhavati ucchijjati vinassatīti evaṃ pavattā diṭṭhi vibhavo uttarapadalopena. ^b^Evaṃ tāni aṭṭhārasā^eb^ti yā cha kāmataṇhā, cha bhavataṇhā, cha vibhavataṇhā vuttā, etāni aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritāni taṇhāpaccayo. ^b^Ajjhatta^eb^nti sakasantatiyaṃ. ^b^Bahiddhā^eb^ti tato bahiddhā. Atītārammaṇāni vā hontu itarārammaṇāni vā, sayaṃ pana ^b^atītāni chattiṃsa taṇhāvicaritāni^eb^. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. ‘‘Aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhāvicaritānī’’tiādinā ^a^M2.0017^ea^ sambandho. Idāni aparenapi pakārena aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhāvicaritāni dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ajjhattikassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^ajjhattikassā^eb^ti ajjhattikakhandhapañcakaṃ. Upayogatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Upādāyā^eb^ti gahetvā. ^b^Asmīti hotī^eb^ti yadetaṃ ajjhattikaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ upādāya taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena samudāyaggāhato asmīti gāho hoti, tasmiṃ satīti attho. Idha pana rūpādiārammaṇavasena attho veditabbo. ^b^Itthamasmīti hotī^eb^ti khattiyādīsu ‘‘idaṃpakāro aha’’nti evaṃ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhivasena hotīti attho. Idaṃ tāva anupanidhāya gahaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evamādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘evamasmi, aññathāsmi, ahaṃ bhavissaṃ, itthaṃ bhavissaṃ, evaṃ bhavissaṃ, aññathā bhavissaṃ, asasmi, satasmi, ahaṃ siyaṃ, itthaṃ siyaṃ, evaṃ siyaṃ, aññathā siyaṃ, apāhaṃ siyaṃ, apāhaṃ itthaṃ siyaṃ, apāhaṃ evaṃ siyaṃ, apāhaṃ aññathā siya’’nti etesaṃ saṅgaho. Upanidhāya gahaṇampi duvidhaṃ samato asamato vāti taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘evamasmi, aññathāsmī’’ti ca vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^evamasmī^eb^ti idaṃ samato upanidhāya gahaṇaṃ, yathā ayaṃ khattiyo, evaṃ ahamasmīti attho. ^b^Aññathāsmī^eb^ti idaṃ pana asamato gahaṇaṃ, yathāyaṃ khattiyo tato aññathā ahaṃ hīno vā adhiko vāti attho. Imāni tāva paccuppannavasena cattāri taṇhāvicaritāni. ^b^Bhavissa^eb^ntiādīni pana cattāri anāgatavasena vuttāni, tesaṃ purimacatukke vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. ^b^Asasmī^eb^ti sassato asmi, niccassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ^b^Satasmī^eb^ti asassato asmi, aniccassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Iti imāni dve sassatucchedavasena vuttāni. Ito parāni ^b^siya^eb^ntiādīni cattāri saṃsayaparivitakkavasena vuttāni, tāni purimacatukke vuttanayena atthato veditabbāni. ^b^Apāhaṃ siya^eb^ntiādīni pana cattāri ^a^V2.0016^ea^ ‘‘api nāmāhaṃ bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ patthanākappanavasena vuttāni, tānipi purimacatukke vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Evametesu –<br/><br/>[21]Dve diṭṭhisīsā cattāro, suddhasīsā sīsamūlakā;<br/><br/>[22]Tayo tayoti etāni, aṭṭhārasa vibhāvaye.<br/><br/>[03]Ete hi sassatucchedavasena vuttā dve ^b^diṭṭhisīsā^eb^ nāma, ‘‘asmi, bhavissaṃ siyaṃ, apāhaṃ siya’’nti ete cattāro ^b^suddhasīsā^eb^ nāma, ‘‘itthamasmī’’tiādayo ^a^M2.0018^ea^ tayo tayoti dvādasa ^b^sīsamūlakā^eb^ nāmāti veditabbaṃ. Idha pāḷiyaṃ rūpārammaṇādivasena taṇhā āgatāti āha ^b^‘‘ajjhattikarūpādinissitānī’’^eb^ti. Aṭṭhārasa taṇhāvicaritānīti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Iminā asmī^eb^ti iminā abhisekasenāpaccādinā ‘‘khattiyo aha’’nti mūlabhāvato ‘‘asmī’’ti hoti. Sesaṃ pubbe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Saṅgahe^eb^ti taṇhāya yathāvuttavibhāgassa saṃkhipanavasena saṅgaṇhane kariyamāne. ‘‘Chayime, bhikkhave, taṇhākāyā’’tiādi ^b^niddeso^eb^. ‘‘Rūpe taṇhā rūpataṇhā’’tiādi ^b^niddesattho^eb^. ‘‘Kāmarāgabhāvenā’’tiādiko, ‘‘ajjhattikassupādāyā’’tiādiko ca ^b^niddesavitthāro^eb^. ‘‘Rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu chaḷevā’’tiādiko ^b^saṅgaho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā cakkhudvārādīsu ekekasmiṃ dvāre uppajjanakaviññāṇāni viya anekā eva vedanā, tasmā tā rāsivasena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘cha vedanākāyā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘vedanāsamūhā’’^eb^ti. Nissayabhāvena uppattidvārabhāvena nānāpaccayā honti cakkhudhātuādayo, tā kucchinā dhārentiyo viya posentiyo viya ca hontīti tāsaṃ mātusadisatā vuttā. ^b^Cakkhusamphassahetū^eb^ti nissayādicakkhusamphassapaccayā. ^b^Aya^eb^nti ayaṃ vedanā ‘‘cakkhusamphassajā vedanā’’tiādinā sādhāraṇato vuttā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ vedanāpade. ^b^Sabbasaṅgāhikā^eb^ti kusalākusalavipākakiriyānaṃ vasena sabbasaṅgāhikā. Evaṃ vibhaṅge āgatanayena sādhāraṇato vatvāpi idhādhippetavedanameva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘vipākavasena panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Cakkhumhi samphasso^eb^ti cakkhumhi nissayabhūte uppannaphasso. Esa nayo sesesu. Yasmā cakkhādīni visuddhimagge khandhaniddese lakkhaṇādivibhāgato, āyatananiddese visesato, sāmaññato ca saddatthadassanādivasena vibhāvitāni, tasmā ^b^‘‘yaṃ vattabbaṃ…pe… vuttamevā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Namanalakkhaṇa^eb^nti ārammaṇābhimukhaṃ hutvā namanasabhāvaṃ tena vinā appavattanato. ^b^Ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ^b^Vedanākkhandho^eb^ pana ekāva vedanā. ^b^Sabbadubbalacittāni^eb^ nāma pañcaviññāṇāni ^a^V2.0017^ea^. Nanu tattha jīvitacittaṭṭhitiyo ^a^M2.0019^ea^ ca santīti? Saccaṃ, tāsaṃ pana kiccaṃ na tathā pākaṭaṃ, yathā cetanādīnanti te evettha pāḷiyaṃ uddhaṭā. ^b^Yena^eb^ mahantapātubhāvādinā ^b^kāraṇena. Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ mahābhūtaniddese. ^b^Añño vinicchayanayo^eb^ti ‘‘vacanatthato kalāpato’’tiādinā lakkhaṇādinicchayato añño vinicchayanayo. Nanu so catudhātuvavatthāne vutto, na rūpakkhandhaniddeseti? Tattha vuttepi ‘‘catudhātuvavatthāne vuttānī’’ti atidesavasena vuttattā ^b^‘‘rūpakkhandhaniddese vutto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Upādāyā^eb^ti paṭicca. Bhūtāni hi paṭicca uppajjamānaṃ upādārūpaṃ ‘‘tāni gahetvā’’ti vuttaṃ avissajjanato. ^b^Nissāyātipi eke^eb^ tesaṃ nissayapaccayabhāvato. Pubbakālakiriyā nāma ekaṃsato aparakālakiriyāpekkhāti pāṭhasesena atthaṃ vadati. Vibhattivipallāsena vinā eva atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘samūhatthe vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Samūhasambandhe sāminiddesena samūhattho dīpitoti taṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘samūhaṃ upādāyā’’^eb^ti. Dhammasaṅgaṇiyaṃ (dha. sa. 584) āgatanayena ^b^‘‘tevīsatividha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tattha hi hadayavatthu na niddiṭṭhaṃ, ‘‘yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāyā’’ti vā paṭṭhāne (paṭṭhāna. 1.1.8) āgatattā hadayavatthumpi gahetvā jātirūpabhāvena upacayasantatiyo ekato katvā ^b^‘‘tevīsatividha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Cakkhussa viññāṇanti vā ^b^cakkhuviññāṇaṃ^eb^. Asādhāraṇakāraṇena cāyaṃ niddeso. ‘‘Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti ettha sabbalokiyavipākaviññāṇassa gahetabbattā ^b^‘‘tebhūmakavipākacittassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇo^eb^ti āyūhanasabhāvo. ^b^Copanavasenā^eb^ti viññattisaṃcopanavasena, kāyaviññattiyā samuṭṭhāpanavasenāti attho. ^b^Vacanabhedavasenā^eb^ti vacībheduppādavasena, vacīviññattiyā samuṭṭhāpanavasenāti attho. Evaṃ copanaṃ na bhaveyyāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘raho nisīditvā cintentassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekūnatiṃsā^eb^ti ettha abhiññācetanāvinimuttā eva ekūnatiṃsa cetanā veditabbā tassā vipākaviññāṇassa paccayattābhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dukkhe^eb^ti ekampi idaṃ bhummavacanaṃ saṃsilesananissayavisayabyāpanavasena attānaṃ bhinditvā viniyogaṃ gacchatīti ^b^‘‘catūhi kāraṇehī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ekopi ^a^M2.0020^ea^ hi vibhattiniddeso anekadhā viniyogaṃ gacchati yathā taddhitatthe uttarapadasamāhāreti. ^b^Ta^eb^nti aññāṇaṃ. ^b^Dukkhasacca^eb^nti hadayavatthulakkhaṇaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti aññāṇassa. ^b^Nissayapaccayabhāvenā^eb^ti purejātanissayabhāvena. Sahajātanissayapaccayabhāvena pana taṃsahajātā phassādayo vattabbā. Ārammaṇapaccayabhāvena dukkhasaccaṃ assa ārammaṇanti yojanā. ^b^Dukkhasacca^eb^nti upayogaekavacanaṃ ^a^V2.0018^ea^. ^b^Eta^eb^nti aññāṇaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti dukkhasaccassa. ^b^‘‘Paṭicchādetī’’^eb^ti ettha vuttaṃ paṭicchādanākāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yāthāvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ñāṇavippayuttacittenapi ekadesena yāthāvato lakkhaṇapaṭivedho hotiyevāti ^b^‘‘yāthāvalakkhaṇapaṭivedhanivāraṇenā’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘ñāṇapavattiyā cettha appadānenā’’^eb^ti vuttanti vadanti. Purimaṃ pana paṭivedhañāṇuppattiyā nisedhakathādassanaṃ, pacchimaṃ anubodhañāṇuppattiyā. Evamettha attho veditabbo. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti dukkhasacce.<br/><br/>[03]Sahajātassa aññāṇassa samudayasaccaṃ vatthu hoti nissayapaccayabhāvatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vatthuto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ti ārammaṇapaccayabhāvena. Yasmā samudayasaccaṃ aññāṇassa ārammaṇaṃ hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘dukkhasamudaye aññāṇa’’^eb^nti vuttanti attho. Paṭicchādanaṃ dukkhasacce vuttanayameva ekeneva kāraṇena itaresaṃ tiṇṇaṃ asambhavato, kiṃ pana etaṃ ekaṃ kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘paṭicchādanato’’^eb^ti. Idaṃ vitthārato vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘nirodhapaṭipadānaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tadārabbhā^eb^ti taṃ ārabbha taṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā. ^b^Pacchimañhi saccadvaya^eb^nti nirodho maggo. Tañhi nayagambhīrattā. ^b^Duddasa^eb^nti saṇhasukhumadhammattā sabhāveneva gambhīratāya duddasaṃ duviññeyyaṃ duravaggāhaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti purime saccadvaye. ^b^Andhabhūta^eb^nti andhakārabhūtaṃ. ^b^Na pavattati^eb^ ārammaṇaṃ kātuṃ na visahati. ^b^Vacanīyattenā^eb^ti vācakabhāvena tathā upaṭṭhānato. ^b^Sabhāvalakkhaṇassa duddasattā^eb^ti pīḷanādiāyūhanādivasena ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ayaṃ samudayo’’ti (ma. ni. 484; 3.104) yāthāvato sabhāvalakkhaṇassa duddasattā duviññeyyattā purimadvayaṃ ^b^gambhīraṃ. Tatthā^eb^ti purimasmiṃ saccadvaye. ^b^Vipallāsaggāhavasena pavattatī^eb^ti subhādiviparītaggāhānaṃ paccayabhāvavasena aññāṇaṃ pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni ^a^M2.0021^ea^ ‘‘dukkhe aññāṇa’’ntiādīsu pakārantarenapi atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^dukkheti ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘aññāṇanti vuccamānāya avijjāya dukkhe’’ti ettakena. ^b^Saṅgahato^eb^ti samodhānato. ^b^Kiccato^eb^ti asampaṭivedhakiccato. ^b^Aññāṇamivā^eb^ti visayasabhāvaṃ yāthāvato paṭivijjhituṃ appadānakiccamiva. ‘‘Dukkhe’’tiādinā tattha avijjā pavattati, visesato niddiṭṭhaṃ hotīti katvā sabbattheva tathā avisiṭṭhasabhāvadassanaṃ idanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘avisesato panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Khaṇikanirodhassa idha anadhippetattā ayujjamānattā virāgaggahaṇato ca avijjādīnaṃ paṭipakkhavasena paṭibāhanaṃ idha ‘‘nirodho’’ti adhippeto, so ca nesaṃ sabbaso anuppajjanamevāti ^a^V2.0019^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘nirodho hotīti anuppādo hotī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Avijjā nirujjhati etthāti avijjānirodho, saṅkhārā nirujjhanti etthāti saṅkhāranirodho’’ti evaṃ sabbehi etehi nirodhapadehi nibbānassa desitattā daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vaṭṭavivaṭṭa^eb^nti vaṭṭañca vivaṭṭañca. ^b^‘‘Dvādasahī’’^eb^ti idaṃ paccekaṃ yojetabbaṃ ‘‘anulomato dvādasahi padehi vaṭṭaṃ, paṭilomato dvādasahi vivaṭṭaṃ idha dassita’’nti.<br/><br/>[06]Vibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 2
title: paṭiccasamuppādasuttavaṇṇanā^vibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭipadāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^ Micchā paṭipajjati etāyāti micchāpaṭipadā, vaṭṭagāmimaggo dukkhāvahattā. Taṃ ^b^micchāpaṭipadaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aniyyānikapaṭipadā’’^eb^ti. ^b^So^eb^ puññābhisaṅkhāro ^b^kathaṃ micchāpaṭipadā hotī^eb^ti? Sampattibhave sukhāvahova hotīti adhippāyo. ^b^Vaṭṭasīsattā^eb^ti vaṭṭapakkhiyānaṃ uttamaṅgabhāvato. ^b^Antamaso^eb^ti ukkaṃsapariyantaṃ sandhāya vadati avakaṃsapariyantato. ‘‘Idaṃ me puññaṃ nibbānādhigamāya paccayo hotū’’ti evaṃ ^b^nibbānaṃ patthetvā pavattitaṃ. Paṇṇamuṭṭhidānamatta^eb^nti sākapaṇṇamuṭṭhidānamattaṃ. ^b^Appatvā^eb^ti antogadhahetu esa niddeso, apāpetvāti attho. Yadaggena ^a^M2.0022^ea^ vā paṭipajjanato arahattaṃ pattoti vuccati, tadaggena tadāvahā paṭipadāpi pattāti vuccatīti ^b^‘‘appatvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Anulomavasenā^eb^ti anulomapaṭiccasamuppādavasena. ^b^Paṭilomavasenā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Paṭipadā pucchitā^eb^ti etena paṭipadā desetuṃ āraddhāti ayampi attho saṅgahito yathāraddhassa atthassa kathetukamyatāpucchāya idhāgatattā. Anulomapaṭiccasamuppādadesanāyampettha byatirekamukhena avijjādinirodhā pana vijjāya sati hoti saṅkhārānaṃ asambhavoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ bhājita’’^eb^nti. Sarūpena pana tāya vaṭṭameva pakāsitaṃ. Vakkhati hi pariyosāne ‘‘vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathita’’nti. ^b^Niyyātane^eb^ti nigamane. ^b^Phalenā^eb^ti pattabbaphalena ^b^paṭipadāya^eb^ sampāpakahetuno ^b^dassitattā^eb^. Yathā hi tividho hetu ñāpako, nibbattako, sampāpakoti, evaṃ tividhaṃ phalaṃ ñāpetabbaṃ, nibbattetabbaṃ, sampāpetabbanti. Tasmā pattabbaphalena nibbānena taṃsampāpakahetubhūtāya paṭipadāya dassitattāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘phalena hetthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti evaṃ nibbānaphalā ayaṃ ‘‘sammāpaṭipadā’’ti vuccati. ^b^Asesavirāgā asesanirodhā^eb^ti samucchedappahānavasena avijjāya asesavirajjanato asesanirujjhanato ca. Padadvayenapi anuppādanirodhameva vadati. Tañhi nibbānaṃ. Dutiyavikappe ayaṃ ettha adhippāyo – yena maggena karaṇabhūtena asesanirodho hoti, avijjāya asesanirodho yaṃ āgamma hoti, taṃ maggaṃ dassetunti. ^b^Evañhi satī^eb^ti evaṃ padabhājanassa ^a^V2.0020^ea^ nibbānassa padatthe sati. ^b^Sānubhāvā paṭipadā vibhattā hotī^eb^ti avijjāya asesanirodhahetupaṭipadā tattha sātisayasāmatthiyasamāyogato sānubhāvā vibhattā hoti. Micchāpaṭipadāgahaṇenettha vaṭṭassapi vibhattattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭipadāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 3
title: vibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^paṭipadāsuttavaṇṇanā^vipassīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vipphandantī^eb^ti nimisanavasena. ^b^Animisehī^eb^ti vigatanimisehi ummīlanteheva. ^b^Tena vuttaṃ^eb^ mahāpadāne. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ ‘‘vipassī’’ti pade, etasmiṃ vā ‘‘animisehī’’tiādike yathāgate suttante.<br/><br/>[03]Mahāpurisassa ^a^M2.0023^ea^ animisalocanato ‘‘vipassī’’ti samaññāpaṭilābhassa kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ akāraṇaṃ aññesampi mahāsattānaṃ carimabhave animisalocanattāti codanaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādiṃ vatvā tato pana aññameva kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Palāḷayamānassā^eb^ti tosentassa. Anādare cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭassā^eb^ti atthassa.<br/><br/>[03]Puññussayasaṅkhāto bhago assa atisayena atthīti bhagavāti ^b^‘‘bhāgyasampannassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sammā^eb^ti sammadeva yāthāvato, ñāyena kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nayena hetunā’’^eb^ti. Saṃ-saddo ‘‘sāma’’nti iminā samānatthoti āha ^b^‘‘sāmaṃ paccattapurisakārenā’’^eb^ti, sayambhuñāṇenāti attho. Sammā, sāmaṃ bujjhi etenāti ^b^sambodho^eb^ vuccati maggañāṇaṃ, ‘‘bujjhati etenā’’ti katvā idha sabbaññutaññāṇassapi saṅgaho. ^b^Bodhimā satto bodhisatto,^eb^ purimapade uttarapadalopo yathā ‘‘sākapatthavo’’ti. ^b^Bujjhanakasatto^eb^ti ettha mahābodhiyānapaṭipadāya bujjhatīti bodhi ca so sattavisesayogato satto cāti ^b^bodhisatto. Patthayamāno pavattatī^eb^ti ‘‘kudāssu nāma mahantaṃ bodhiṃ pāpuṇissāmī’’ti sañjātacchando paṭipajjati. ^b^Dukkha^eb^nti jātiādimūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ. Kāmaṃ cutupapātāpi maraṇajātiyo, ‘‘jāyati mīyatī’’ti pana vatvā ‘‘cavati upapajjatī’’ti vacanaṃ na ekabhavapariyāpannānaṃ tesaṃ gahaṇaṃ, atha kho nānābhavapariyāpannānaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahaṇanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘idaṃ…pe… vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tassa nissaraṇa^eb^nti tassa jarāmaraṇassa nissaraṇanti vuccati. Yasmā mahāsatto jiṇṇabyādhimate disvā pabbajito, tasmāssa jarāmaraṇameva ādito upaṭṭhāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upāyamanasikārenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0021^ea^ upāyena vidhinā ñāyena manasikārena pathena manasikārassa pavattanato. ^b^Samāyogo ahosī^eb^ti yāthāvato paṭivijjhanavasena samāgamo ahosi. ^b^Yoniso manasikārā^eb^ti hetumhi nissakkavacananti tassa ‘‘yoniso manasikārenā’’ti hetumhi karaṇavacanena āha. ^b^Jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇa^eb^nti ‘‘kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kiṃ paccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti jarāmaraṇe kāraṇaṃ pariggaṇhantassa bodhisattassa ‘‘yasmiṃ sati yaṃ hoti, asati ca na ^a^M2.0024^ea^ hoti, taṃ tassa kāraṇa’’nti evaṃ abyabhicārajātikāraṇapariggaṇhanena ‘‘jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti yā jarāmaraṇassa kāraṇapariggāhikā paññā uppajji, tāya uppajjantiyā cassa abhisamayo paṭivedho ahosīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Itī^eb^ti vuttappakāraparāmasanaṃ. ^b^Hī^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Ida^eb^nti yathāvuttassa vaṭṭassa paccakkhato gahaṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evamida’’^eb^nti. Idha avijjāya samudayassa āgatattā ^b^‘‘ekādasasu ṭhānesū’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Samudayaṃ sampiṇḍetvā^eb^ti saṅkhārādīnaṃ samudayaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā. Anekavārañhi samudayadassanavasena ñāṇassa pavattattā ‘‘samudayo samudayo’’ti āmeḍitavacanaṃ. Atha vā ‘‘evaṃ samudayo hotī’’ti idaṃ na kevalaṃ nibbattidassanaparaṃ, atha kho paṭiccasamuppādasaddo viya paṭiccasamuppādamukhena idha samudayasaddo nibbattimukhena paccayattaṃ vadati. Viññāṇādayo ca yāvanto idha paccayadhammā niddiṭṭhā, te sāmaññarūpena byāpanicchāvasena gaṇhanto ‘‘samudayo samudayo’’ti avoca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dassanaṭṭhena cakkhū^eb^ti samudayassa paccakkhato dassanabhāvo cakkhu. ^b^Ñātaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ñātabhāvena. ^b^Pajānanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ‘‘avijjāsaṅkhārāditaṃtaṃpaccayadhammapavattiyā etassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo’’ti pakārato vā jānanaṭṭhena. ^b^Paṭivedhanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ avijjādi paccayadhammo imassa saṅkhārādikassa paccayabhāvato samudayo’’ti paṭivijjhanaṭṭhena. ^b^Obhāsanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti samudayabhāvapaṭicchādakassa mohandhakārassa kilesandhakārassa vidhamanavasena avabhāsanavasena. ^b^Taṃ panetaṃ^eb^ ‘‘cakkhu’’ntiādinā vuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ^b^Nirodhavāre^eb^ti paṭilomavāre. So hi ‘‘kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti nirodhakittanavasena āgato.<br/><br/>[06]Vipassīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 4
title: paṭipadāsuttavaṇṇanā^vipassīsuttavaṇṇanā^sikhīsuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^5-10^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na^eb^^a^V2.0022^ea^^b^evaṃ yojetvā^eb^ti ‘‘sikhissapī’’tiādinā samuccayavasena evaṃ na yojetvā. ^b^Kasmā^eb^tiādinā tattha kāraṇaṃ vadati. ^b^Ekāsane adesitattā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0025^ea^ vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘nānāṭhānesu hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadipi tāni visuṃ visuṃ vuttabhāvena desitāni, atthavaṇṇanā pana ekasadisā tadatthassa abhinnattā. ‘‘Buddhā jātā’’ti na añño ācikkhatīti yojanā. Na hi mahābodhisattānaṃ pacchimabhave paropadesena payojanaṃ atthi. ^b^Gatamaggenevā^eb^ti paṭipattigamanena gatamaggeneva pacchimamahābodhisattā gacchanti, ayamettha dhammatā. ^b^Gacchantī^eb^ti catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu patiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yāthāvato bhāvetvā sammāsambodhiyā abhisambujjhanavasena pavattantīti attho. Yathā pana tesaṃ paṭhamavipassanābhiniveso hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sabbabodhisattā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Buddhabhāvānaṃ vipassanā, buddhatthāya vā vipassanā ^b^buddhavipassanā^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Sikhīsuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Buddhavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 5
title: vipassīsuttavaṇṇanā^āhāravaggo^āhārasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^11^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āharantī^eb^ti ānenti uppādenti, upatthambhentīti attho. ^b^Nibbattā^eb^ti pasutā. ^b^Bhūtā nāma^eb^ yasmā tato paṭṭhāya loke jātavohāro paṭisandhiggahaṇato pana paṭṭhāya yāva mātukucchito nikkhanto, tāva sambhavesino, esa tāva gabbhaseyyakesu bhūtasambhavesivibhāgo, itaresu pana paṭhamacittādivasena vutto. ^b^Sambhava^eb^-saddo cettha gabbhaseyyakānaṃ vasena pasūtipariyāyo, itaresaṃ vasena uppattipariyāyo. Paṭhamacittapaṭhamairiyāpathakkhaṇesu hi te sambhavaṃ uppattiṃ esanti upagacchanti nāma, na tāva bhūtā upapattiyā na suppatiṭṭhitattā, bhūtā eva sabbaso bhavesanāya samucchinnattā. ^b^Na puna bhavissantī^eb^ti avadhāraṇena nivattitamatthaṃ dasseti. Yo ca ‘‘kālaghaso bhūto’’tiādīsu bhūta-saddassa khīṇāsavavācitā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Vā-saddo cettha sampiṇḍanattho^eb^ ‘‘agginā vā udakena vā’’tiādīsu viya.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāsakaṃ ^a^V2.0023^ea^^a^M2.0026^ea^ paccayabhāvena attabhāvassa paṭhapanamevettha āhārehi kātabbānuggaho hotīti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘vacanabhedo…pe… eko yevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sattassa uppannadhammāna^eb^nti sattassa santāne uppannadhammānaṃ. Yathā ‘‘vassasataṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti vutte anuppabandhavasena pavattatīti vuttaṃ hoti, evaṃ ṭhitiyāti anuppabandhavasena pavattiyāti attho, sā pana avicchedoti āha ^b^‘‘avicchedāyā’’^eb^ti. Anuppabandhadhammuppattiyā sattasantāno anuggahito nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anuppannānaṃ uppādāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etānī^eb^ti ṭhitianuggahapadāni. ^b^Ubhayattha daṭṭhabbāni^eb^ na yathāsambandhato.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthugatā ojā vatthu viya tena saddhiṃ ajjhoharitabbataṃ gacchatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ajjhoharitabbako āhāro’’^eb^ti, nibbattitaojaṃ pana sandhāya ‘‘kabaḷīkāro āhāro ojaṭṭhamakarūpāni āharatī’’ti vakkhati. ^b^Oḷārikatā^eb^ appojatāya na vatthuno thūlatāya kathinatāya vā, tasmā yasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ parittā ojā hoti, taṃ oḷārikaṃ. Sappādayo dukkhuppādakatāya ^b^oḷārikā^eb^ veditabbā. Visāṇādīnaṃ tivassachaḍḍitānaṃ pūtibhūtattā mudukatāti vadanti. Taracchakheḷatemitatāya pana tathābhūtānaṃ tesaṃ mudukatā. Dhammasabhāvo hesa. ^b^Sasānaṃ āhāro sukhumo^eb^ taruṇatiṇasassakhādanato. ^b^Sakuṇānaṃ āhāro sukhumo^eb^ tiṇabījādikhādanato. ^b^Paccantavāsīnaṃ āhāro sukhumo^eb^ māsamuggakurādibhojanattā. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ. ^b^Sukhumotvevā^eb^ti na kiñci upādāya, atha kho sukhumoicceva niṭṭhaṃ patto tato paramasukhumassa abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthuvasena panettha āhārassa oḷārikasukhumatā vuttā, sā cassa appojamahojatāhi veditabbāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Parissaya^eb^nti khudāvasena uppannaṃ vihiṃsaṃ sarīradarathaṃ. ^b^Vinodetī^eb^ti vatthu tassa vinodanamattaṃ karoti. ^b^Na pana sakkoti pāletu^eb^nti sarīraṃ yāpetuṃ nappahoti nirojattā. ^b^Na sakkoti parissayaṃ vinodetuṃ^eb^ āmāsayassa apūraṇato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chabbidhopī^eb^ti iminā kassaci phassassa anavasesitabbatamāha. Desanakkamenevettha phassādīnaṃ dutiyāditā, na aññena kāraṇenāti āha ^b^‘‘desanānayo eva cesā’’^eb^tiādi. Manaso sañcetanā na ^a^M2.0027^ea^ sattassāti dassanatthaṃ manogahaṇaṃ yathā ‘‘cittassa ṭhiti, cetovimutti cā’’ti āha ^b^‘‘manosañcetanāti cetanāvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Citta^eb^nti yaṃ kiñci cittameva. ^b^Ekarāsiṃ katvā^eb^ti ekajjhaṃ gahetvā vibhāgaṃ akatvā, sāmaññena gahitāti attho. Tattha labbhamānaṃ upādiṇṇakādivibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kabaḷīkāro āhāro’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Āhāratthaṃ na sādhentī^eb^ti tādisassa ^a^V2.0024^ea^ āhārassa anāharaṇato. ^b^Tadāpī^eb^ti bhijjitvā vigatakālepi. ^b^Upādiṇṇakāhāroti vuccantī^eb^ti keci. ^b^Idaṃ pana ācariyānaṃ na ruccati^eb^ tadā upādiṇṇakarūpasseva abhāvato. ^b^Paṭisandhicitteneva sahajātā^eb^ti lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ, sabbāyapi kammajarūpapariyāpannāya ojāya atthibhāvassa avicchedappavattisambhavadassanattho. ^b^Sattamā^eb^ti uppannadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva sattamadivasāpi. Rūpasantatiṃ ^b^pāleti^eb^ paveṇighaṭanavasena. ^b^Ayamevā^eb^ti kammajaojā. Kammajaojaṃ pana paṭicca uppannaojā akammajattā anupādiṇṇāahārotveva veditabbo. Anupādiṇṇakā phassādayo veditabbāti ānetvā sambandho. Lokuttarā phassādayo kathanti āha ^b^‘‘lokuttarā pana ruḷhīvasena kathitā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā tesaṃ kusalānaṃ upetapariyāyo natthi, tasmā vipākānaṃ upādiṇṇapariyāyo natthevāti anupādiṇṇapariyāyopi ruḷhīvasena vuttoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe ‘‘āhārāti paccayā’’ti vuttattā yadi paccayaṭṭho āhāraṭṭhotiādinā codeti, ^b^atha kasmā ime eva cattāro vuttā^eb^ti atha kasmā cattārova vuttā. Ime eva ca vuttāti yojanā. ^b^Visesappaccayattā^eb^ti etena yathā aññe paccayadhammā attano paccayuppannassa paccayāva honti, ime pana tathā ca hoti aññathā cāti samānepi paccayatte atirekapaccayā honti, tasmā ‘‘āhārāti vuttā’’ti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Idāni taṃ atirekapaccayataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘visesapaccayo hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Visesappaccayo rūpakāyassa kabaḷīkāro āhāro upathambhakabhāvato. Tenāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘rūpārūpānaṃ upathambhakattena upakārakā cattāro āhārā āhārapaccayo’’ti (visuddhi. 2.608; paṭṭhā. aṭṭha. paccayuddesavaṇṇanā). Upathambhakattañhi satīpi janakatte arūpīnaṃ āhārānaṃ āhārajarūpasamuṭṭhānakarūpāhārassa ^a^M2.0028^ea^ ca hoti, asati pana upathambhakatte āhārānaṃ janakattaṃ natthīti upathambhakattaṃ padhānaṃ. Janayamānopi hi āhāro avicchedavasena upathambhayamāno eva janetīti upathambhakabhāvo eva āhārabhāvo. ^b^Vedanāya phasso^eb^ visesapaccayo. ‘‘Phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti vacanato ^b^viññāṇassa manosañcetanā^eb^. ‘‘Cetanā tividhaṃ bhavaṃ janetī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti pana vacanato ^b^nāmarūpassa viññāṇaṃ^eb^ visesapaccayo. Na hi okkantaviññāṇābhāve nāmarūpassa atthi sambhavo. Yathāha ‘‘viññāṇañca hi, ānanda, mātukucchismiṃ na okkamissatha, api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ mātukucchismiṃ samuccissathā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 2.115). Vuttamevatthaṃ suttena sādhetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ yadipi paccayattho āhārattho, visesapaccayattā pana imeva āhārāti vuttāti taṃ nesaṃ ^a^V2.0025^ea^ visesapaccayataṃ avibhāgato dassetvā idāni vibhāgato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ko panetthā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Mukhe ṭhapitamatto eva^eb^ asaṅkhādito, tattakenāpi abbhantarassa āhārassa paccayo hoti eva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṭṭha rūpāni samuṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti. Sukhavedanāya hito ^b^sukhavedanīyo. Sabbathāpī^eb^ti cakkhusamphassādivasena. Yattakā phassassa pakārabhedā, tesaṃ vasena sabbappakāropi ^b^phassāhāro^eb^ yathārahaṃ ^b^tisso vedanā āharati,^eb^ anāhārako natthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbathāpī^eb^ti idhāpi phassāhāre vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. ^b^Tisantativasenā^eb^ti kāyadasakaṃ bhāvadasakaṃ vatthudasakanti tividhasantativasena. ^b^Sahajātādipaccayanayenā^eb^ti sahajātādipaccayavidhinā. Paṭisandhiviññāṇañhi attanā sahajātanāmassa sahajātāññamaññavipākindriyasampayuttātthiavigatapaccayehi paccayo hontoyeva āhārapaccayatāya taṃ āhāreti vuttaṃ, sahajātarūpesu pana vatthuno sampayuttapaccayaṃ ṭhapetvā vippayuttapaccayena, sesarūpānaṃ aññamaññapaccayañca ṭhapetvā itaresaṃ paccayānaṃ vasena yojanā kātabbā. ^b^Tānī^eb^ti napuṃsakaniddeso anapuṃsakānampi napuṃsakehi saha vacanato. ^b^Sāsavakusalākusalacetanāva vuttā^eb^ visesapaccayabhāvadassanaṃ hetanti, tenāha ^b^‘‘avisesena panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paṭisandhiviññāṇameva vutta^eb^nti etthāpi ^a^M2.0029^ea^ eseva nayo. Yathā tassa tassa phalassa visesato paccayatāya etesaṃ āhārattho, evaṃ avisesatopīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘avisesenā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^taṃsampayuttataṃsamuṭṭhānadhammāna^eb^nti tehi phassādīhi sampayuttadhammānañceva taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpadhammānañca. Tattha ^b^sampayutta^eb^ggahaṇaṃ yathārahato daṭṭhabbaṃ, ^b^samuṭṭhāna^eb^ggahaṇaṃ pana avisesato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upatthambhento āhārakiccaṃ sādhetī^eb^ti upatthambhento eva rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, ojaṭṭhamakasamuṭṭhāpaneneva panassa upathambhanakiccasiddhi. ^b^Phusantoyevā^eb^ti phusanakiccaṃ karonto eva. ^b^Āyūhamānāvā^eb^ti cetayamānā eva abhisandahantī eva. ^b^Vijānantamevā^eb^ti upapattiparikappanavasena vijānantameva āhārakiccaṃ sādhetīti yojanā. Sabbattha āhārakiccasādhanañca tesaṃ vedanādiuppattihetutāya attabhāvassa pavattanameva. ^b^Kāyaṭṭhapanenā^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu kammajādirūpaṃ kammādināva pavattatīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘kammajanitopī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Upādiṇṇarūpasantatiyā upatthambhaneneva utucittajarūpasantatīnampi upatthambhanasiddhi hotīti ^b^‘‘dvinnaṃ rūpasantatīna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Upatthambhanameva sandhāya ^b^‘‘anupālako hutvā’’^eb^ti ca vuttaṃ. Rūpakāyassa ṭhitihetutā hi yāpanā anupālanā. ^b^Sukhādivatthubhūta^eb^nti sukhādīnaṃ pavattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. Ārammaṇampi hi vasati ettha ārammaṇakaraṇavasena tadārammaṇā dhammāti vatthūti ^a^V2.0026^ea^ vuccati. ^b^Phusantoyevā^eb^ti idaṃ phassassa phusanasabhāvattā vuttaṃ. Na hi dhammānaṃ sabhāvena vinā pavatti atthi, vedanāpavattiyā vinā sattānaṃ sandhāvanatā natthīti āha ^b^‘‘sukhādi…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti. Na cettha saññībhavakathāyaṃ asaññībhavo dassetabbo, tassāpi vā kāraṇabhūtavedanāpavattivaseneva ṭhitiyā hetuno abyāpitattā, tathā hi ^b^‘‘manosañcetanā…pe… bhavamūlanipphādanato sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā hotī’’^eb^ti vuttā. Tato eva ^b^viññāṇaṃ vijānantamevā^eb^ti upapattiparikappanavasena vijānantamevāti vuttovāyamattho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cattāri bhayāni daṭṭhabbāni^eb^ ādīnavavibhāvanato. ^b^Nikantī^eb^ti nikāmanā, rasataṇhaṃ sandhāya vadati. Sā hi kabaḷīkāre āhāre balavatī, tenevettha avadhāraṇaṃ kataṃ. Bhāyati etasmāti bhayaṃ, ^b^nikantiyeva^eb^^a^M2.0030^ea^^b^bhayaṃ^eb^ mahānatthahetuto. Upagamanaṃ visayindriyaviññāṇesu visayaviññāṇesu ca saṅgativasena pavatti, taṃ vedanādiuppattihetutāya ‘‘bhaya’’nti vuttaṃ. Avadhāraṇe payojanaṃ vuttanayameva. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Āyūhanaṃ^eb^ abhisandahanaṃ, saṃvidhānantipi vadanti. Taṃ bhavūpapattihetutāya ^b^‘‘bhaya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhinipāto^eb^ tattha tattha bhave paṭisandhiggahaṇavasena viññāṇassa nibbatti. So bhavūpapattihetukānaṃ sabbesaṃ anatthānaṃ mūlakāraṇatāya ^b^‘‘bhaya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Idāni nikantiādīnaṃ sappaṭibhayataṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiṃ kāraṇā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^nikantiṃ katvā^eb^ti ālayaṃ janetvā, taṇhaṃ uppādetvāti attho. ^b^Sītādīnaṃ purakkhatā^eb^ti sītādīnaṃ purato ṭhitā, sītādīhi bādhiyamānāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phassaṃ upagacchantā^eb^ti cakkhusamphassādibhedaṃ phassaṃ pavattentā. ^b^Phassassādino^eb^ti kāyasamphassavasena phoṭṭhabbasaṅkhātassa assādanasīlā. Kāyasamphassavasena hi sattānaṃ phoṭṭhabbataṇhā pavattatīti dassetuṃ phassāhārādīnavadassane phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ uddhaṭaṃ ^b^‘‘paresaṃ rakkhitagopitesū’’^eb^tiādinā. ^b^Phassassādino^eb^ti vā phassāhārassādinoti attho. Sati hi phassāhāre sattānaṃ phassārammaṇe assādo, nāsati, tenāha ^b^‘‘phassassādamūlaka’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Jātinimittassa bhayassa abhinipātasabhāvena gahitattā ^b^‘‘tammūlaka’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Kammāyūhananimittanti attho. ^b^Bhayaṃ sabba^eb^nti pañcavīsati, tividhamahābhayaṃ, aññañca sabbabhayaṃ ^b^āgatameva hoti^eb^ bhayādhiṭṭhānassa attabhāvassa nipphādanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhinipatatī^eb^ti abhinibbattati. Paṭhamābhinibbatti hi sattānaṃ tattha tattha aṅgārakāsusadise ^a^V2.0027^ea^ bhave abhinipātasadisī. ^b^Tammūlakattā^eb^ti nāmarūpanibbattimūlakattā. Sabbabhayānaṃ ^b^abhinipātoyeva bhayaṃ^eb^ bhāyati etasmāti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appeti viyā^eb^ti phalassa attalābhahetubhāvato kāraṇaṃ, taṃ niyyādeti viya. ^b^Ta^eb^nti phalaṃ. ^b^Tato^eb^ti kāraṇato. ^b^Etesa^eb^nti āhārānaṃ ^a^M2.0031^ea^. ^b^Yathāvuttenā^eb^ti ‘‘phalaṃ nidetī’’tiādinā vuttappakārena ^b^atthena. Sabbapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘vedanānirodhenā’’tiādīsu sabbesu padesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭisandhiṃ ādiṃ katvā^eb^ti paṭisandhikkhaṇaṃ ādiṃ katvā. Upādiṇṇakāahāre sandhāya ^b^‘‘attabhāvasaṅkhātānaṃ āhārāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Te hi nippariyāyato taṇhānidānā. ^b^Paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ sattānaṃ sattasantativasenā^eb^ti paripuṇṇāyatanānaṃ sabhāvakānaṃ cakkhu sotaṃ ghānaṃ jivhā kāyo bhāvo vatthūti imesaṃ sattannaṃ santatīnaṃ vasena. ^b^Sesānaṃ^eb^ aparipuṇṇāyatanānaṃ andhabadhirābhāvakānaṃ. ^b^Ūnaūnasantativasenā^eb^ti cakkhunā, sotena, tadubhayena, bhāvena ca ūnaūnasantativasena. Paṭisandhiyaṃ jātā ^b^paṭisandhikā. Paṭhamabhavaṅgacittakkhaṇādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena tadārammaṇacittassa saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Taṇhāyapi nidānaṃ jānātīti yojanā. Taṇhānidānantipi pāṭho. ^b^Vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti sarūpato nayato ca sakalameva vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārato vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘imasmiñca pana ṭhāne’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Atītābhimukhaṃ desanaṃ katvā^eb^ti paccuppannabhavato paṭṭhāya atītadhammābhimukhaṃ tabbisayaṃ desanaṃ katvā tathākāraṇena. ^b^Atītena vaṭṭaṃ dassetī^eb^ti atītabhavena kammakilesavipākavaṭṭaṃ dasseti. ^b^Attabhāvo^eb^ti paccuppanno attabhāvo. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘atītena vaṭṭaṃ dassetī’’ti vuttanti? Nāyaṃ doso ‘‘atītenevā’’ti anavadhāraṇato, evañca katvā atītābhimukhaggahaṇaṃ janakakammaṃ gahitaṃ, taṇhāsīsena nānantariyabhāvato. Na hi kammunā vinā taṇhā bhavanetti yujjati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ kamma^eb^nti taṇhāsīsena vuttakammaṃ. ^b^Dassetu^eb^nti taṃ atītaṃ attabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ. ^b^Tassattabhāvassa janakaṃ kamma^eb^nti tassa yathāvuttassa attabhāvassa janakaṃ. Tato parampi attabhāvaṃ āyūhitaṃ kammaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Avijjā ca nāma taṇhā viya kammattāti kammasseva gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Dvīsu ṭhānesū^eb^ti āhāraggahaṇena vedanādiggahaṇenāti dvīsu ṭhānesu. ^b^Attabhāvo^eb^ti paccuppannakāliko atītakāliko ca attabhāvo. Puna ^b^dvīsū^eb^ti taṇhāggahaṇe avijjāsaṅkhāraggahaṇeti dvīsu ṭhānesu. ^b^Tassa janaka^eb^nti paccuppannassa ceva atītassa ca attabhāvassa ^a^V2.0028^ea^ janakaṃ kammaṃ vuttanti yojanā ^a^M2.0032^ea^. Kammaggahaṇena cettha yattha taṃ kammaṃ āyūhitaṃ, sā atītā jāti atthato dassitā hoti. Tena saṃsāravaṭṭassa anamataggataṃ dīpeti. ^b^Saṅkhepenā^eb^ti saṅkhepena hetupañcakaphalapañcakaggahaṇampi hi saṅkhepo eva hetuphalabhāvena saṅgahetabbadhammānaṃ anekavidhattā.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi atītena vaṭṭaṃ dassitaṃ, evaṃ sati sappadesā paṭiccasamuppādadhammadesanā hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘tatrāya’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tena hi yadipi sarūpato anāgatena vaṭṭaṃ idha na dassitaṃ, nayato pana tassapi dassitattā nippadesā eva paṭiccasamuppādadesanāti dasseti. Idāni tamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Udakapiṭṭhe nipanna^eb^nti udakaṃ pariplavavasena nipannaṃ. ^b^Parabhāga^eb^nti parauttamaṅgabhāgaṃ. ^b^Orato^eb^ti tato aparabhāgato olokento. ^b^Aparipuṇṇo^eb^ti vikalāvayavo. ^b^Evaṃsampada^eb^ntiādi upamāya saṃsandanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā hi gīvā sarīrasandhārakakaṇḍarānaṃ mūlaṭṭhānabhūtā, evaṃ attabhāvasandhārakānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ mūlabhūtā taṇhāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘gīvāya diṭṭhakālo’’^eb^ti. Yathā vedanādianekāvayavasamudāyabhūto attabhāvo, evaṃ phāsukapiṭṭhikaṇḍakādianekāvayavasamudāyabhūtā piṭṭhīti ^b^‘‘piṭṭhiyā…pe… tassa diṭṭhakālo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāsaṅkhāta^eb^nti taṇhāya kathitaṃ. Idha desanāya paccayā avijjāsaṅkhārā veditabbāti ‘‘naṅguṭṭhamūlassa diṭṭhakālo viyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi pariyosāne ‘‘naṅguṭṭhamūlaṃ passeyyā’’ti upamādassanaṃ kataṃ. Nayato paripuṇṇabhāvaggahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ anāgatassāpi paccayavaṭṭassa hetuvasena phalavasena vā paripuṇṇabhāvassa mukhamattadassanīyattā ādito phalahetusandhi, majjhe hetuphalasandhi, antepi phalahetusandhīti evaṃ tisandhikattā ^b^catusaṅkhepameva vaṭṭaṃ dassita^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Āhārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 6
title: āhāravaggo^āhārasuttavaṇṇanā^moḷiyaphaggunasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imasmiṃyeva ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘cattārome bhikkhu…pe… āhārā’’ti evaṃ cattāro āhāre sarūpato dassetvā ‘‘ime kho bhikkhave…pe… anuggahāyā’’ti nigamanavasena dassite imasmiṃyeva ṭhāne. ^b^Desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi^eb^^a^M2.0033^ea^ catuāhāravibhāgadīpakaṃ desanaṃ uddesavaseneva niṭṭhāpesi, upari āvajjetvā tuṇhī nisīdi. ^b^Diṭṭhigatiko^eb^ti attadiṭṭhivasena diṭṭhigatiko. ^b^Varagandhavāsita^eb^nti sabhāvasiddhena candanagandhena ceva tadaññanānāgandhena ca paribhāvitattā varagandhavāsitaṃ ^a^V2.0029^ea^. ^b^Ratanacaṅkoṭavarenā^eb^ti ratanamayena uttamacaṅkoṭakena. ^b^Desanānusandhiṃ ghaṭento^eb^ti yathādesitāya desanāya anusandhiṃ ghaṭento, yathā uparidesanā vaddheyya, evaṃ ussāhaṃ karonto. ^b^Viññāṇāhāraṃ āhāretī^eb^ti tassa āhāraṇakiriyāya vuttapucchāya taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppāṭento ^b^‘‘yo etaṃ…pe… bhuñjati vā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Viññāṇāhāre nāma icchite tassa upabhuñjakenapi bhavitabbaṃ, so ‘‘ko nu kho’’ti ayaṃ pucchāya adhippāyo. ^b^Utusamaye^eb^ti gabbhavuṭṭhānasamaye. So hi utusamayassa mattakasamayattā tathā vutto. ‘‘Udakena aṇḍāni mā nassantū’’ti ^b^mahāsamuddato nikkhamitvā^eb^. Gijjhapotakā viya āhārasañcetanāya tāni kacchapaṇḍāni manosañcetanāhārena yāpentīti ayaṃ tassa therassa laddhi. ^b^Kiñcāpi ayaṃ laddhī^eb^ti phassamanosañcetanāhāresu kiñcāpi therassa yuttā ayuttā vā ayaṃ laddhi. ^b^Imaṃ pañha^eb^nti ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, viññāṇāhāraṃ āhāretī’’ti imaṃ pañhaṃ etāya yathāvuttāya laddhiyā na pana pucchati, atha kho sattupaladdhiyā pucchatīti adhippāyo. ^b^So^eb^ti diṭṭhigatiko. ^b^Na niggahetabbo^eb^ ummattakasadisattā adhippāyaṃ ajānitvā pucchāya katattā. Tenāha ‘‘āhāretīti nāhaṃ vadāmī’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ mayā evaṃ vutte^eb^ti tasmiṃ vacane mayā ‘‘āhāretī’’ti evaṃ vutte sati. ^b^Ayaṃ pañho^eb^ti ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, viññāṇāhāraṃ āhāretī’’ti ayaṃ pañho yutto bhaveyya. ^b^Evaṃ pucchite pañhe^eb^ti sattupaladdhiṃ anādāya ‘‘katamassa dhammassa paccayo’’ti evaṃ dhammapavattavaseneva pañhe pucchite. ^b^Teneva viññāṇenā^eb^ti teneva paṭisandhiviññāṇena saha uppannaṃ nāmañca rūpañca atītabhave diṭṭhigatikassa vasena āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattīti idhādhippetaṃ. ^b^Nāmarūpe jāte satī^eb^ti nāmarūpe nibbatte tappaccayabhūtaṃ bhinditvā saḷāyatanaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatrāyaṃ paccayavibhāgo – nāmanti vedanādikhandhattayaṃ idhādhippetaṃ, rūpaṃ pana sattasantatipariyāpannaṃ, niyamato cattāri bhūtāni cha vatthūni jīvitindriyaṃ ^a^M2.0034^ea^ āhāro ca. Tattha vipākanāmaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe hadayavatthuno sahāyo hutvā chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa sahajātāññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākātthiavigatapaccayehi sattadhā paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena kiñci āhārapaccayenāti evaṃ ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo. Itaresaṃ pana pañcāyatanānaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ sahāyo hutvā sahajātanissayavipākavippayuttātthiavigatavasena chadhā paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena kiñci āhārapaccayenāti sabbaṃ purimasadisaṃ. Pavatte vipākanāmaṃ vipākassa chaṭṭhāyatanassa vuttanayena sattadhā ^a^V2.0030^ea^ paccayo hoti, avipākaṃ pana avipākassa chaṭṭhassa tato vipākapaccayaṃ apanetvā paccayo hoti. Cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ pana paccuppannaṃ cakkhupasādādivatthukampi itarampi vipākanāmaṃ pacchājātavippayuttātthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayo hoti, tathā avipākampi veditabbaṃ. Rūpato pana vatthurūpaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ chaṭṭhassa sahajātāññamaññanissayavippayuttātthiavigatapaccayehi chadhā paccayo hoti. Cattāri pana bhūtāni cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ sahajātanissayātthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayo hoti. Rūpajīvitaṃ atthiavigatindriyavasena tidhā paccayo hotīti ayañhettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimaggato (visuddhi. 2.594) gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañhassa okāsaṃ dento^eb^ti ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, phusatī’’ti imassa diṭṭhigatikapañhassa okāsaṃ dento. Tato vivecetukāmoti adhippāyo. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti diṭṭhigatikena bhagavatā ca vuttapadesu. ^b^Satto^eb^ti attā. So pana ucchedavādinopi yāva na ucchijjati, tāva atthevāti laddhi, pageva sassatavādino. ^b^Bhūto^eb^ti vijjamāno. ^b^Nipphatto^eb^ti nipphanno. Na tassa dāni nipphādetabbaṃ kiñci atthīti laddhi. ^b^Idappaccayā ida^eb^nti imasmā viññāṇāhārapaccayā idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Puna ^b^idappaccayā ida^eb^nti imasmā nāmarūpapaccayā idaṃ saḷāyatananti evaṃ bahūsu ṭhānesu bhagavatā kathitattā yathā paccayato nibbattaṃ saṅkhāramattamidanti saññattiṃ upagato. ^b^Tenāpī^eb^ti saññattupagatenāpi. ^b^Ekābaddhaṃ katvā^eb^ti yathā pucchāya avasaro na hoti, tathā ekābaddhaṃ katvā. ^b^Desanāruḷha^eb^nti yato saḷāyatanapadato paṭṭhāya ‘‘saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’tiādinā desanā paṭiccasamuppādavīthiṃ āruḷhameva. ^b^Tamevā^eb^ti saḷāyatanapadameva ^a^M2.0035^ea^ gahetvā. ^b^Vivajjento^eb^ti vivaṭṭento. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘channaṃtvevā’’tiādiākārena evaṃ desite, ‘‘vineyyajano paṭivijjhatī’’ti evamāha. Viññāṇāhāro āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyāti evaṃ purimabhavato āyatibhavassa paccayavasena mūlakāraṇavasena ca desitattā ^b^‘‘viññāṇanāmarūpānaṃ antare eko sandhī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tadaminā viññāṇaggahaṇena abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇassāpi gahaṇaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Moḷiyaphaggunasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 7
title: āhārasuttavaṇṇanā^moḷiyaphaggunasuttavaṇṇanā^samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^13^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ye paccayasamavāye tenattabhāvena saccāni paṭivijjhituṃ samatthā, te bāhirakaliṅge ṭhitāpi teneva tattha samatthatāyogena bhāvinaṃ samitabāhitapāpataṃ apekkhitvā samaṇasammatāyeva brāhmaṇasammatāyevāti ^a^V2.0031^ea^ te nivattetuṃ ^b^‘‘saccāni paṭivijjhituṃ asamatthā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Dukkhasaccavasenā^eb^ti dukkhāriyasaccavasena. Aññathā kathaṃ bāhirakāpi jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhanti na jānanti. Saccadesanābhāvato ‘‘saha taṇhāyā’’ti vuttanti keci. Taṃ na suṭṭhu. Yasmā tattha tattha bhave paṭhamābhinibbatti, idha jātīti adhippetā, sā ca taṇhā eva santānena, taṇheva sā jāti. Jarāmaraṇañcettha pākaṭameva adhippetaṃ, na khaṇikaṃ, tasmā sataṇhā eva jātijarāmaraṇassa samudayoti bhūtakathanametaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Samudayasaccavasena na jānantīti yojanā. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti yattha taṇhā visesanabhāvena vattabbā, tesu sabbapadesu. Yena samannāgatattā puggalo paramatthato samaṇo brāhmaṇoti vuccati, taṃ sāmaññaṃ brahmaññañcāti āha ^b^‘‘ariya…pe… brahmaññañcā’’^eb^ti. Yena hi pavattinimittena samaṇa-saddo brāhmaṇa-saddo ca sake atthe niruḷho, tassa vasena abhinnopi veneyyajjhāsayato dvidhā katvā vattuṃ arahatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ubhayatthāpī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekādasasu ṭhānesu cattāri saccāni kathesi^eb^ avijjāsamudayassa anuddhaṭattā.<br/><br/>[06]Samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 8
title: moḷiyaphaggunasuttavaṇṇanā^samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ime^eb^^a^M2.0036^ea^^b^dhamme katame dhamme^eb^ti ca ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. Tena ‘‘imesaṃ dhammānaṃ katamesaṃ dhammāna’’nti imesaṃ padānaṃ saṅgaho. Etāni hi padāni jarāmaraṇādīnaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvena vuttāni imissā desanāya papañcabhūtānīti āha ^b^‘‘ettakaṃ papañcaṃ katvā kathitaṃ, desanaṃ…pe… ajjhāsayenā’’^eb^ti. Iminā tāneva jarāmaraṇādīni gahetvā puggalajjhāsayavasena ādito ‘‘ime dhamme’’tiādinā sabbapadasādhāraṇato desanā āraddhā. Yathānulomasāsanañhi suttantadesanā, na yathādhammasāsananti.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 9
title: samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^kaccānagottasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā idha jānantāpi ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti vadanti ajānantāpi bāhirakāpi sāsanikāpi anussavādivasenapi attapaccakkhenapi, tasmā taṃ bahūnaṃ vacanaṃ upādāya āmeḍitavasena ^b^‘‘sammādiṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhīti, bhante, vuccatī’’^eb^ti āha. Tathāniddiṭṭhatādassanatthaṃ hissa ayaṃ āmeḍitapayogo. Ayañhettha adhippāyo – ‘‘aparehipi sammādiṭṭhīti vuccati, sā ^a^V2.0032^ea^ panāyaṃ evaṃ vuccamānā atthañca lakkhaṇañca upādāya kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, sammādiṭṭhi hotī’’ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti vacane yasmā viññū eva pamāṇaṃ, na aviññū, tasmā ^b^‘‘yaṃ paṇḍitā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Dve avayavā assāti dvayaṃ, duvidhaṃ diṭṭhigāhavatthu, dvayaṃ diṭṭhigāhavasena nissito apassitoti ^b^dvayanissito^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dve koṭṭhāse nissito’’^eb^ti. Yāya diṭṭhiyā ‘‘sabboyaṃ loko atthi vijjati sabbakālaṃ upalabbhatī’’ti diṭṭhigatiko gaṇhāti, sā diṭṭhi atthitā, sā eva sadā sabbakālaṃ loko atthīti pavattagāhatāya sassato, taṃ ^b^sassataṃ^eb^. Yāya diṭṭhiyā ‘‘sabboyaṃ loko natthi na hoti ucchijjatī’’ti diṭṭhigatiko gaṇhāti, sā diṭṭhi natthitā, sā eva ucchijjatīti uppannagāhatāya ucchedo, taṃ ^b^ucchedaṃ. Loko ^a^M2.0037^ea^ nāma saṅkhāraloko^eb^ tamhi gahetabbato. ^b^Sammappaññāyā^eb^ti aviparītapaññāya yathābhūtapaññāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘savipassanā maggapaññā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nibbattesu dhammesū^eb^ti yathā paccayuppannesu rūpārūpadhammesu. ^b^Paññāyante svevā^eb^ti santānanibandhanavasena paññāyamānesu eva. ^b^Yā natthī^eb^ti yā ucchedadiṭṭhi tattha tattheva sattānaṃ ucchijjanato vinassanato koci ṭhito nāma satto dhammo vā natthīti saṅkhāraloke uppajjeyya. ‘‘Natthi sattā opapātikā’’ti pavattamānāpi micchādiṭṭhi tathāpavattasaṅkhārārammaṇāva. ^b^Sā na hotī^eb^ti kammāvijjātaṇhādibhedaṃ paccayaṃ paṭicca saṅkhāralokassa samudayanibbattiṃ sammappaññāya passato, sā ucchedadiṭṭhi, na hoti, nappavattati avicchedena saṅkhārānaṃ nibbattidassanato. ^b^Lokanirodha^eb^nti saṅkhāralokassa khaṇikanirodhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅkhārānaṃ bhaṅga’’^eb^nti. ^b^Yā atthī^eb^ti hetuphalasambandhena pavattamānassa santānānupacchedassa ekattaggahaṇena saṅkhāraloke yā sassatadiṭṭhi sabbakālaṃ loko atthīti uppajjeyya. ^b^Sā na hotī^eb^ti uppannuppannānaṃ nirodhassa navanavānañca uppādassa dassanato, sā sassatadiṭṭhi na hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Loko samudeti etasmāti lokasamudayoti āha ^b^‘‘anulomapaccayākāra’’^eb^nti. Paccayadhammānañhi attano phalassa paccayabhāvo anulomapaccayākāro. Paṭilomaṃ paccayākāranti ānetvā sambandho. Taṃtaṃhetunirodhato taṃtaṃphalanirodho hi paṭilomapaccayākāro. Yo hi avijjādīnaṃ paccayadhammānaṃ hetuādipaccayabhāvo, so nippariyāyato lokasamudayo. ^b^Paccayuppannassa^eb^ saṅkhārādikassa. ^b^Anucchedaṃ passato^eb^ti anucchedadassanassa hetu. ^b^Ayampī^eb^ti na kevalaṃ khaṇato udayavayanīharaṇanayo, atha kho paccayato udayavayanīharaṇanayopi.<br/><br/>[03]Upagamanaṭṭhena taṇhāva ^b^upayo^eb^. Tathā ^b^diṭṭhupayo. Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā upayehi upādānādīnaṃ anatthantarataṃ atidisati. Tathā ca pana tesu duvidhatā upādīyati. Nanu ca cattāri ^a^V2.0033^ea^ upādānāni aññattha vuttānīti? Saccaṃ vuttāni, tāni ca kho atthato dve evāti idha evaṃ vuttaṃ. Kāmaṃ ^b^‘‘ahaṃ mama’’^eb^nti ayathānukkamena vuttaṃ, yathānukkamaṃyeva pana attho veditabbo. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena paroparassa subhaṃ asubhantiādīnañca saṅgaho veditabbo. ^b^Te dhamme^eb^ti tebhūmakadhamme. ^b^Vinivisantī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0038^ea^ virūpaṃ nivisanti, abhinivisantīti attho. ^b^Tāhī^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi. ^b^Vinibaddho^eb^ti virūpaṃ vimuccituṃ vā appadānavasena niyametvā baddho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Abhiniveso’’ti upayupādānānaṃ pavattiākāraviseso vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘tañcāyanti tañca upayupādāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Cittassā^eb^ti akusalacittassa. ^b^Patiṭṭhānabhūta^eb^nti ādhārabhūtaṃ. Dosamohavasenapi akusalacittappavatti taṇhādiṭṭhābhinivesūpanissayā evāti taṇhādiṭṭhiyo akusalassa cittassa adhiṭṭhānanti vuttā. ^b^Tasmi^eb^nti akusalacitte. ^b^Abhinivisantī^eb^ti ‘‘etaṃ mama, eso me attā’’tiādinā abhinivesanaṃ pavattenti. ^b^Anusentī^eb^ti thāmagatā hutvā appahānabhāvena anusenti. ^b^Tadubhaya^eb^nti taṇhādiṭṭhidvayaṃ. ^b^Na upagacchatī^eb^ti ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā taṇhādiṭṭhigatiyā na upasaṅkamati na allīyati. ^b^Na upādiyatī^eb^ti na daḷhaggāhaṃ gaṇhāti. ^b^Na adhiṭṭhātī^eb^ti na taṇhādiṭṭhigāhena adhiṭṭhāya pavattati. Attaniyagāho nāma sati attagāhe hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘attā me’’^eb^ti. Idaṃ dukkhaggahaṇaṃ upādānakkhandhāpassayaṃ tabbinimuttassa dukkhassa abhāvāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dukkhamevāti pañcupādānakkhandhamattamevā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Saṃkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.387; ma. ni. 1.120; 3.373; vibha. 190) hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Kaṅkhaṃ na karotī^eb^ti saṃsayaṃ na uppādeti sabbaso vicikicchāya samucchindanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na parappaccayenā^eb^ti parassa asaddahanena. ^b^Missakasammādiṭṭhiṃ āhā^eb^ti nāmarūpaparicchedato paṭṭhāya sammādiṭṭhiyā vuttattā lokiyalokuttaramissakaṃ sammādiṭṭhiṃ avoca. ^b^Nikūṭanto^eb^ti nihīnanto. Nihīnapariyāyo hi ayaṃ nikūṭa-saddo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lāmakanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭhamaka^eb^nti ca garahāyaṃ ^b^ka^eb^-saddo. ^b^Sabbaṃ natthī^eb^ti yathāsaṅkhataṃ bhaṅguppattiyā natthi eva, sabbaṃ natthi ucchijjati vinassatīti adhippāyo. Sabbamatthīti ca yathā asaṅkhataṃ atthi vijjati, sabbakālaṃ upalabbhatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Sabba^eb^nti cettha sakkāyasabbaṃ veditabbaṃ ‘‘sabbadhammamūlapariyāya’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.1) viya. Tañhi pariññāñāṇānaṃ paccayabhūtaṃ. ^b^Iti^eb^-saddo nidassane. Kiṃ nidasseti? Atthi-saddena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Atthita’’nti niccataṃ. Sassataggāho hi idha paṭhamo antoti adhippeto. Ucchedaggāho dutiyoti tadubhayavinimuttā ca idappaccayatā. Ettha ca uppannanirodhakathanato sassatataṃ, nirujjhantānaṃ asati ^a^M2.0039^ea^ nibbānappattiyaṃ yathāpaccayaṃ punūpagamanakathanato ^a^V2.0034^ea^ ucchedatañca anupagamma majjhimena bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti idappaccayatānayena. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ete…pe… ante’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Kaccānagottasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 10
title: dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^kaccānagottasuttavaṇṇanā^dhammakathikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nibbindanatthāyā^eb^ti nibbidānupassanāpaṭilābhāya. Sā hi jarāmaraṇasīsena vuttesu saṅkhatadhammesu nibbindanākārena pavattati. ^b^Virajjanatthāyā^eb^ti virāgānupassanāpaṭilābhāya. ^b^Sīlato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti vivaṭṭasannissitasīlasamādānato paṭṭhāya. Sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato vivaṭṭasannissitasīle patiṭṭhito upāsakopi pageva catupārisuddhisīle patiṭṭhito bhikkhu sammāpaṭipanno nāma. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yāva arahattamaggā paṭipannoti veditabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nibbānadhammassā^eb^ti nibbānāvahassa ariyassa maggassa. ^b^Anurūpasabhāvabhūta^eb^nti nibbānādhigamassa anucchavikasabhāvabhūtaṃ. ^b^Nibbidā^eb^ti iminā vuṭṭhānagāminipariyosānaṃ vipassanaṃ vadati. ^b^Virāgā nirodhā^eb^ti padadvayena ariyamaggaṃ, itarena phalaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte. ^b^Ekena nayenā^eb^ti paṭhamena nayena. Tattha hi bhagavā tena bhikkhunā dhammakathikalakkhaṇaṃ pucchito taṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā vissajjesi. Yo hi vipassanaṃ maggaṃ anupādāvimuttiṃ pāpetvā kathetuṃ sakkoti, so ekantadhammakathiko. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammakathikassa pucchā kathitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dvīhī^eb^ti dutiyatatiyanayehi. ^b^Ta^eb^nti pucchaṃ. ^b^Visesetvā^eb^ti visiṭṭhaṃ katvā. Yathāpucchitamattameva akathetvā apucchitampi atthaṃ dassento dhammānudhammapaṭipattiṃ anupādāya vimuttisaṅkhātaṃ visesaṃ pāpetvā. Bhagavā hi appaṃ yācito bahuṃ dento uḷārapuriso viya dhammakathikalakkhaṇaṃ pucchito paṭiccasamuppādamukhena tañceva tato ca uttariṃ dhammānudhammapaṭipattiṃ anupādāvimuttañca vissajjesi. Tattha ‘‘nibbidāya…pe… dhammaṃ desetī’’ti iminā dhammadesanaṃ vāsanābhāgiyaṃ katvā dassesi. ‘‘Nirodhāya paṭipanno hotī’’ti iminā nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ, ‘‘anupādāvimutto hotī’’ti iminā desanaṃ asekkhabhāgiyaṃ katvā dassesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sekkhāsekkhabhūmiyo niddiṭṭhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Dhammakathikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 11
title: kaccānagottasuttavaṇṇanā^dhammakathikasuttavaṇṇanā^acelakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Liṅgena^eb^^a^M2.0040^ea^^b^acelako^eb^ti pabbajitaliṅgena acelako. Tena acelakacaraṇena acelo, na ^a^V2.0035^ea^ niccelatāmattenāti dasseti. ^b^Nāmenā^eb^ti gottanāmena ^b^kassapo^eb^ti. Deseti pavedeti saṃsayavigamanaṃ etenāti deso, nicchayahetūti āha ^b^‘‘kiñcideva desa’’^eb^ntiādi. So hi saṃsayavigamanaṃ karotīti ^b^kāraṇaṃ. Okāsa^eb^nti avasaṃsandanapadesaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khaṇaṃ kāla’’^eb^nti. ^b^Antaragharaṃ^eb^ antonivesanaṃ. Antare gharāni etassāti ^b^antaragharaṃ,^eb^ antogāmo. ^b^Yadākaṅkhasī^eb^ti yaṃ ākaṅkhasi. Iti bhagavā sabbaññupavāraṇāya pavāreti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ icchasī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yadākaṅkhasī^eb^ti yaṃ ākaṅkhasi, kassapa, tikkhattuṃ paṭikkhipantopi pucchasi, yaṃ ākaṅkhasi, tameva pucchāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yāvatatiyaṃ paṭikkhipī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘tatiyampi kho’’tiādinā pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ. So pana nayavasena saṃkhittoti daṭṭhabbo. Yena kāraṇena bhagavā acelakassa tikkhattuṃ yācāpetvā cassa pañhaṃ kathesi, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Gāravajananatthaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ paṭikkhipi^eb^ tañca dhammassa sussūsāya. Dhammagarukā hi buddhā bhagavanto. Sattānaṃ ñāṇaparipākaṃ āgamayamāno yāvatatiyaṃ yācāpetīti vibhattivipariṇāmavasena sādhāraṇato padaṃ yojetvā puna ‘‘ettakena kālenā’’ti kassapassa vasena yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mā^eb^ti paṭisedhe nipāto. ^b^Bhaṇī^eb^ti punavacanavasena kiriyāpadaṃ vadati. ^b^Mā evaṃ bhaṇi,^eb^ kathesīti attho. ‘‘Iti bhagavā avocā’’ti pana saṅgītikāravacanaṃ. ^b^Sayaṃkataṃ dukkha^eb^nti purisassa uppajjamānadukkhaṃ, tena kataṃ nāma tassa kāraṇassa pubbe teneva kammassa upacitattāti ayaṃ nayo anavajjo. Diṭṭhigatiko pana pañcakkhandhavinimuttaṃ niccaṃ kārakavedakalakkhaṇaṃ attānaṃ parikappetvā tassa vasena ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti pucchatīti bhagavā ‘‘mā heva’’nti avoca, tenāha ^b^‘‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkhanti vattuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’^eb^tiādi. Ettha ca yadi bāhirakehi parikappito attā nāma koci atthi, so ca nicco, tassa nibbikāratāya, purimarūpāvijahanato kassaci visesādhānassa kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ahitato nivattanatthaṃ, hite ca vattanatthaṃ upadeso ca nippayojano siyā ^a^M2.0041^ea^ attavādino. Kathaṃ vā so upadeso pavattīyati? Vikārābhāvato. Evañca attano ajaṭākāsassa viya dānādikiriyā hiṃsādikiriyā ca na sambhavati, tathā sukhassa dukkhassa ca anubhavanabandho eva attavādino na yujjati kammabandhābhāvato. Jātiādīnañca asambhavato kuto vimokkho. Atha pana ‘‘dhammamattaṃ tassa uppajjati ceva vinassati ca. Yassa vasenāyaṃ kiriyāvohāro’’ti vadeyya, evampi purimarūpāvijahanena avaṭṭhitassa attano dhammamattanti na sakkā sambhāvetuṃ. Te vā panassa dhammā avatthābhūtā, tato aññe vā siyuṃ anaññe vā. Yadi ^a^V2.0036^ea^ aññe, na tāhi tassa uppannāhipi koci viseso atthi. Yo hi karoti paṭisaṃvedeti cavati upapajjati cāti icchitaṃ, tasmā tadattho eva yathāvuttadoso. Kiñca dhammakappanāpi niratthikā siyā. Atha anaññe, uppādavināsavantīhi avatthāhi anaññassa attano tāsaṃ viya uppādavināsasambhavato kuto niccatāvakāso. Tāsampi vā attano viya niccatāpattīti bandhavimokkhānaṃ asambhavo evāti na yujjatevāyaṃ attavādo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attā nāma koci dukkhassa kārako natthīti dīpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parato^eb^ti ‘‘paraṃkataṃ dukkha’’ntiādike parasmiṃ tividhepi naye. ^b^Adhiccasamuppanna^eb^nti adhicca yadicchāya kiñci kāraṇaṃ kassaci vā pubbaṃ vinā samuppannaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akāraṇena yadicchāya uppanna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kasmā evamāhā^eb^ti evaṃ vakkhamānoti adhippāyo. ^b^Assā^eb^ti acelassa. ^b^Aya^eb^nti bhagavantaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Sodhento^eb^ti sayaṃ visuddhaṃ katvā pucchitamatthaṃ eva attano pucchāya suddhiṃ dassento. Laddhiyā ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti micchāgahaṇassa paṭisedhanatthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So karotī^eb^ti so kammaṃ karoti. ^b^So paṭisaṃvedayatī^eb^ti kārakavedakānaṃ anaññattadassanaparaṃ etaṃ, na pana kammakiriyāphalānaṃ paṭisaṃvedanānaṃ samānakālatādassanaparaṃ. ^b^Itī^eb^ti nidassanatthe nipāto. ^b^Kho^eb^ti avadhāraṇe. ‘‘So evā’’ti dassito. Aniyatādesā hi ete nipātā. ^b^Ādito^eb^ti bhummatthe nissakkavacananti āha ^b^‘‘ādimhiyevā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti laddhiyā pageva ‘‘so karoti, so paṭisaṃvedayatī’’ti saññācittavipallāsā bhavanti. Saññāvipallāsato hi cittavipallāso, cittavipallāsato diṭṭhivipallāso, tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ sati pacchā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhanti ayaṃ laddhi hotī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ ^a^M2.0042^ea^ sati saññācittavipallāsānaṃ brūhito micchābhiniveso, yadidaṃ ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti laddhi. Tasmā paṭinissajjetuṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatanti dasseti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ…pe… etaṃ paretī’’ti. ^b^Vaṭṭadukkhaṃ adhippetaṃ^eb^ avisesato atthīti ca vuttattā. ^b^Sassataṃ^eb^ sassatagāhaṃ ^b^dīpeti^eb^ paresaṃ pakāseti, tathābhūto ca ^b^sassataṃ^eb^ daḷhaggāhaṃ ^b^gaṇhātī^eb^ti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti diṭṭhigatikassa. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti evaṃ pavattaṃ viparītadassanaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ^eb^ sassataggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Pareti^eb^ upeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kārakañca…pe… attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekameva gaṇhanta^eb^nti satipi vatthubhede ayoniso uppajjanena ekameva katvā gaṇhantaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idha^eb^ ‘‘ādimhiyevā’’ti pade. ‘‘Paraṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti laddhiyā pagevātiādinā hettha vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. Ayañhettha yojanā – ‘‘paraṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti laddhiyā pageva añño karoti, añño paṭisaṃvedayatīti saññācittavipallāsā bhavantīti sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva ^a^V2.0037^ea^ yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ satī^eb^ti evaṃ muduke ucchedavipallāse paṭhamuppanne sati pacchā ‘‘paraṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti ayaṃ laddhi hotīti sambandho. ^b^Kārako^eb^ti kammassa kārako. ^b^Tena kata^eb^nti kammakārakena kataṃ. Kammunā hi phalassa vohāro abhedopacārakattā. ^b^Eva^eb^nti diṭṭhisahagatā vedanā sātasabhāvā kilesapariḷāhādinā saparissayā saupāyāsā, evaṃ. ‘‘Pageva itare’’ti vuttavedanāya ^b^abhitunnassa viddhassa^eb^. ‘‘Vuttanayena yojetabba’’nti vatvā taṃ yojanaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tatrāya’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Uccheda^eb^nti sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ, vibhavanti attho. Asato hi vināsāsambhavato atthibhāvanibandhano ucchedo. Yathā hetuphalabhāvena pavattamānānaṃ sabhāvadhammānaṃ satipi ekasantānapariyāpannānaṃ bhinnasantatipatitehi visese hetuphalānaṃ paramatthato avinābhāvattā bhinnasantānapatitānaṃ viya accantabhedasanniṭṭhānena nānattanayassa micchāgahaṇaṃ ucchedābhinivesassa kāraṇaṃ. Evaṃ hetuphalabhūtānaṃ dhammānaṃ vijjamānepi sabhāvabhede ekasantatipariyāpannatāya ekattanayena accantābhedagahaṇampi kāraṇamevāti dassetuṃ ‘‘sattassā’’ti vuttaṃ pāḷiyaṃ. Santānavasena hi vattamānesu khandhesu ghanavinibbhogābhāvena ekattagahaṇanibandhano sattaggāho, sattassa ca atthibhāvaggāhanibandhano ucchedaggāho, yāvāyaṃ attā na ^a^M2.0043^ea^ ucchijjati, tāvāyaṃ vijjatiyevāti gahaṇato nirudayavināso idha ucchedoti adhippetoti ‘‘uccheda’’nti vuttaṃ. Visesena nāso vināso, abhāvo. So pana maṃsacakkhupaññācakkhūnaṃ dassanapathātikkamoyeva hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘adassana’’nti. Adassane hi nāsasaddo loke niruḷhoti. Sabhāvavigamo sabhāvāpagamo vibhavo. Yo hi nirudayavināsena ucchijjati, na so attano sabhāvena tiṭṭhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ete te^eb^ti vā ye ime tayā ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’’nti ca puṭṭhena mayā ‘‘so karoti, so paṭisaṃvedayatī’’tiādinā, ‘‘añño karoti, añño paṭisaṃvedayatī’’tiādinā ca paṭikkhittā sassatucchedasaṅkhātā antā, te ubho anteti yojanā. Atha vā ^b^ete te^eb^ti yattha puthū aññatitthiyā anupacitañāṇasambhāratāya paramagambhīraṃ saṇhaṃ sukhumaṃ suññataṃ appajānantā sassatucchede nimuggā sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na visahanti, ete te ubho ante anupagammāti yojanā. ^b^Desetī^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ tāva anaññasādhāraṇe paṭipattidhamme ñāṇānubhāvena majjhimāya paṭipadāya ṭhito, karuṇānubhāvena desanādhamme majjhimāya paṭipadāya ṭhito dhammaṃ deseti. ^b^Ettha hī^eb^ti ^b^hi^eb^-saddo hetuattho. Yasmā kāraṇato…pe… niddiṭṭho, tasmā majjhimāya paṭipadāya ṭhito dhammaṃ desetīti yojanā. Kāraṇato phalaṃ dīpitanti yojanā, abhidheyyānurūpañhi liṅgavacanāni honti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti phalassa. ^b^Na koci kārako vā vedako vā niddiṭṭho,^eb^ aññadatthu paṭikkhitto hetuphalamattatādassanato kevalaṃ dukkhakkhandhagahaṇatoti. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘ete ^a^V2.0038^ea^ te, kassapa…pe… dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti ettakena tāva padena. ^b^Sesapañhā^eb^ti ‘‘sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkha’’ntiādikā sesā cattāro pañhā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, natthi dukkha’’nti pañho pāḷiyaṃ sarūpeneva paṭikkhittoti na uddhato. ^b^Paṭisedhitā hontī^eb^ti tatiyapañho, tāva paṭhamadutiyapañhapaṭikkhepeneva paṭikkhitto, so hi pañho visuṃ visuṃ paṭikkhepena ekajjhaṃ paṭikkhepena ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ubho…pe… paṭikkhitto’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca yassa attā kārako vedako vā icchito, tena vipariṇāmadhammo attā anuññāto hoti. Tathā ca sati anupubbadhammappavattiyā rūpādidhammānaṃ viya ^a^M2.0044^ea^, sukhādidhammānaṃ viya cassa paccayāyattavuttitāya uppādavantatā āpajjati. Uppāde ca sati avassaṃbhāvī nirodhoti anavakāsā niccatāti. Tassa ‘‘sayaṃkata’’nti paṭhamapañhapaṭikkhepo pacchā ce attano niruḷhassa samudayo hotīti pubbe viya anena bhavitabbaṃ, pubbe viya vā pacchāpi. ^b^Sesapañhā^eb^ti tatiyapañhādayo. ^b^Tatiyapañho paṭikkhitto^eb^ti evañca tatiyapañho paṭikkhitto veditabbo – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’tiādinā satataṃ samitaṃ paccayāyattassa dīpanena dukkhassa adhiccasamuppannatā paṭikkhittā, tato eva tassa ajānanañca paṭikkhittaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.126; saṃ. ni. 2.39-40; mahāva. 1; udā. 1).<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ parivāsaṃ samādiyitvā parivasatīti yojanā. ^b^Vacanasiliṭṭhatāvasenā^eb^ti ‘‘bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti yācantena tena vuttavacanasiliṭṭhatāvasena. ^b^Gāmappavesanādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena nātidivāpaṭikkamanaṃ, navesiyādigocaratā, sabrahmacārīnaṃ kiccesu dakkhatādi, uddesādīsu tibbacchandatā, titthiyānaṃ avaṇṇabhaṇane attamanatā, buddhādīnaṃ avaṇṇabhaṇane anattamanatā, titthiyānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇane anattamanatā, buddhādīnaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇane attamanatāti (mahāva. 87) imesaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Aṭṭha vattānī^eb^ti imāni aṭṭha titthiyavattāni pūrentena. Ettha ca nātikālena gāmappavesanā tattha visuddhakāyavacīsamācārena piṇḍāya caritvā nātidivāpaṭikkamananti idamekaṃ vattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayamettha pāṭho^eb^ti etasmiṃ kassapasutte ayaṃ pāṭho. ^b^Aññatthā^eb^ti sīhanādasuttādīsu (dī. ni. 1.402-403). ^b^Ghaṃsitvā koṭṭetvā^eb^ti yathā suvaṇṇaṃ nighaṃsitvā adhikaraṇiyā koṭṭetvā niddosameva gayhati, evaṃ parivāsavattacaraṇena ghaṃsitvā suddhabhāvavīmaṃsanena koṭṭetvā suddho eva aññatitthiyapubbo idha gayhati. ^b^Tibbacchandata^eb^nti sāsanaṃ anupavisitvā brahmacariyavāse tibbacchandataṃ daḷhatarābhirucitaṃ. ^b^Aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesī^eb^ti nāmagottena apākaṭaṃ ^a^V2.0039^ea^ ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ āṇāpesi ehibhikkhūpasampadāya upanissayābhāvato. ^b^Gaṇe nisīditvā^eb^ti bhikkhū attano santike pattāsanavasena gaṇe nisīditvā.<br/><br/>[06]Acelakassapasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 12
title: dhammakathikasuttavaṇṇanā^acelakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^timbarukasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā ^a^M2.0045^ea^ timbaruko ‘‘vedanā attā. Attāva vedayatī’’ti evaṃladdhiko, tasmā tāya laddhiyā ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’’nti vadati, taṃ paṭisaṃharituṃ bhagavā ‘‘sā vedanā’’tiādiṃ avoca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sā vedanātiādi sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhanti laddhiyā nisedhanatthaṃ vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Etthāpī^eb^ti imasmimpi sutte. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sā vedanā…pe… sukhadukkha’’nti, tasmiṃ pāṭhe. ^b^Ādimhiyevā^eb^ti ettha bhummavacanena ‘‘ādito’’ti to-saddo na nissakkavacane. ^b^Eva^eb^-kārena kho-saddo avadhāraṇeti dasseti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ anantarasutte vuttameva. Tattha pana ‘‘vedanāto añño attā, vedanāya kārako’’ti laddhikassa diṭṭhigatikassa vādo paṭikkhitto, idha ‘‘vedanā attā’’ti evaṃladdhikassāti ayameva viseso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evañhi sati vedanāya eva vedanā katā hotī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Imissā^eb^ti yāya vedanāya sukhadukkhaṃ kataṃ, imissā. ^b^Pubbepī^eb^ti sassatākārato pubbepi. ^b^Purimañhi attha^eb^nti anantarasutte vuttaṃ atthaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāya^eb^nti porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti purimasutte vuttamatthaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti imassa suttassa. Yasmā timbaruko ‘‘vedanāva attā’’ti gaṇhāti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ahaṃ sā vedanā…pe… na vadāmī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññā vedanā^eb^tiādīsupi yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ anantarasutte vuttanayameva. ^b^Kārakavedanā^eb^ti kattubhūtavedanā. ^b^Vedanāsukhadukkha^eb^nti vedanābhūtasukhadukkhaṃ kathitaṃ, na vaṭṭasukhadukkhaṃ. ^b^‘‘Vipākasukhadukkhameva vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ ‘‘sayaṃkataṃ sukhaṃ dukkha’’ntiādivacanato.<br/><br/>[06]Timbarukasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 13
title: acelakassapasuttavaṇṇanā^timbarukasuttavaṇṇanā^bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^ Avijjā nīvaraṇā bhavādi-ādīnavassa nivāritapaṭicchādikā etassāti ^b^avijjānīvaraṇo,^eb^ avijjāya nivutoti āha ^b^‘‘avijjāya nivāritassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayaṃ kāyo^eb^ti bālassa appahīnakilesassa paccuppannaṃ attabhāvaṃ rakkhaṃ katvā avijjāya paṭicchāditādīnave ayāthāvadassanavasena ^a^V2.0040^ea^ taṇhāya paṭiladdhacittassa taṃtaṃbhavūpagā saṅkhārā saṅkharīyanti. Tehi ^a^M2.0046^ea^ ca attabhāvassa abhinibbatti, tasmā ayañca avijjāya kāyo nibbattoti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti bālassa. ^b^Ayaṃ attho^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo nāmarūpanti ca vutto’’ti attho dīpetabbo upādānakkhandhasaḷāyatanasaṅgahato tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. ^b^Evametaṃ dvaya^eb^nti evaṃ avijjāya nivāritattā, taṇhāya ca saṃyuttattā evaṃ saparasantānagatasaviññāṇakakāyasaṅkhātaṃ dvayaṃ hoti. ^b^Aññatthā^eb^ti suttantaresu. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 2.43-45; 4.60-61; kathā. 465, 467) ajjhattikabāhirāyatanāni bhinditvā cakkhurūpādidvayāni paṭicca cakkhusamphassādayo vuttā, idha pana abhinditvā cha ajjhattikabāhirāyatanāni paṭicca cakkhusamphassādayo vuttā ^b^‘‘dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso’’^eb^ti, tasmā ^b^mahādvayaṃ nāma kiretaṃ^eb^ anavasesato ajjhattikabāhirāyatanānaṃ gahitattā. ^b^Ajjhattikabāhirāni āyatanānī^eb^ti etthāpi hi saḷāyatanāni saṅgahitāneva. ^b^Phassakāraṇānī^eb^ti phassapavattiyā paccayāni. ^b^Yehī^eb^ti hetudassanamattanti āha ^b^‘‘yehi kāraṇabhūtehī’’^eb^ti. Phasso eva phusanakicco, na phassāyatanānīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘phassena phuṭṭho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paripuṇṇavasenā^eb^ti avekallavasena. Aparipuṇṇāyatanānaṃ hīnāni phassassa kāraṇāni honti, tesaṃ viyāti ‘‘etesaṃ vā aññatarenā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Kāyanibbattanādimhī^eb^ti saviññāṇakassa kāyassa nibbattanaṃ kāyanibbattanaṃ, kāyo vā nibbattati etenāti kāyanibbattanaṃ, kilesābhisaṅkhārā. ^b^Ādi^eb^saddena phassasaḷāyatanādisaṅgaho. Adhikaṃ payasati payuñjati etenāti adhippayāso, visesakāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘adhikapayogo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavā amhākaṃ uppādakabhāvena mūlabhāvena ^b^bhagavaṃmūlakā. Ime dhammā^eb^ti ime kāraṇadhammā. Yehi mayaṃ bālapaṇḍitānaṃ samānepi kāyanibbattanādimhi visesaṃ jāneyyāma, tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbe kassapasammāsambuddhena uppāditā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ājānāmā^eb^ti abhimukhaṃ paccakkhato jānāma. ^b^Paṭivijjhāmā^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ, adhigacchāmāti attho. ^b^Netā^eb^ti amhākaṃ santāne pāpetā. ^b^Vinetā^eb^ti yathā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso hoti, evaṃ visesato netā, tadaṅgavinayādivasena vā vinetā. ^b^Anunetā^eb^ti anurūpaṃ netā. Antarantarā yathādhammapaññattiyā paññāpitānaṃ dhammānaṃ anurūpato dassanaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘yathāsabhāvato^eb^^a^M2.0047^ea^^b^…pe… dassetā’’^eb^ti. Āpāthaṃ upagacchantānaṃ bhagavā paṭisaraṇaṃ samosaraṇaṭṭhānanti ^b^bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā^eb^ dhammā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catubhūmakadhammā’’^eb^tiādi. Paṭisarati paṭivijjhatīti paṭisaraṇaṃ, tasmā paṭivijjhanavasena bhagavā paṭisaraṇaṃ etesanti ^b^bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘api cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Phasso āgacchatī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0041^ea^ paṭivijjhanakavasena phasso ñāṇassa āpāthaṃ āgacchati, āpāthaṃ āgacchantoyeva so atthato ‘‘ahaṃ kinnāmo’’ti nāmaṃ pucchanto viya, bhagavā cassa nāmaṃ karonto viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ahaṃ bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Upaṭṭhātū^eb^ti ñāṇassa paccupaṭṭhātu. ^b^Bhagavantaṃyeva paṭibhātū^eb^ti bhagavato eva bhāgo hotu, bhagavāva naṃ attano bhāgaṃ katvā vissajjetūti attho, bhagavato bhāgo yadidaṃ dhammassa akkhānaṃ, amhākaṃ pana savanaṃ bhāgoti ayamettha adhippāyo. Evañhi saddalakkhaṇena sameti. Keci pana paṭibhātūti atthaṃ vadanti ñāṇena dissatu desīyatūti vā attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tumheyeva no kathetvā dethāti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Bālassa paṇḍitassa ca kāyassa nibbattiyā paccayabhūtā ^b^avijjā ca taṇhā ca^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammaṃ…pe… niruddhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Javāpetvā^eb^ti gahitajavanaṃ katvā, yathā paṭisandhiṃ ākaḍḍhituṃ samatthaṃ hoti, evaṃ katvā. Yadi niruddhā, kathaṃ appahīnāti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘yathā panā’’^eb^tiādi. Bhavati hi taṃsadisepi tabbohāro yathā ‘‘sā eva tittirī, tāneva osadhāni, tasseva kammassa vipākāvasesenā’’ti ca. ^b^Dukkhakkhayāyā^eb^ti tadatthavisesanatthanti āha ^b^‘‘khayatthāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭisandhikāya^eb^nti paṭisandhigahaṇapubbakaṃ kāyaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘bālenā’’ti karaṇavacanaṃ nissakketi āha ^b^‘‘bālato’’^eb^ti. Bhāvinā saha paṭisandhinā ^b^sappaṭisandhiko^eb^. Yo pana ekantato tenattabhāvena arahattaṃ pattuṃ bhabbo, so bhāvinā paṭisandhinā ‘‘appaṭisandhiko’’ti, tato visesanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘sappaṭisandhiko’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ, so ca yāva ariyabhūmiṃ na okkamati, tāva bāladhammasamaṅgī evāti katvā ^b^‘‘sabbopi puthujjano bālo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘appaṭisandhiko khīṇāsavo paṇḍito’’ti khīṇāsava-saddena appaṭisandhiko visesito. Yadi evaṃ sekkhā kathanti āha ^b^‘‘sotāpannā’’^eb^tiādi. Te hi sikhāpattapaṇḍiccabhāvalakkhaṇābhāvato paṇḍitāti na vattabbā khīṇāsavā viya, balavatarānaṃ ^a^M2.0048^ea^ pana bāladhammānaṃ pahīnattā bālātipi na vattabbā puthujjanā viya. Bhajiyamānā pana catusaccasampaṭivedhaṃ upādāya ^b^paṇḍitapakkhaṃ bhajanti,^eb^ na bālapakkhaṃ vuttakāraṇenāti.<br/><br/>[06]Bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 14
title: timbarukasuttavaṇṇanā^bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^paccayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^20^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sabbampi saṅkhataṃ appaṭicca uppannaṃ nāma natthīti paccayadhammopi attano paccayadhammaṃ upādāya paccayuppanno, tathā paccayuppannadhammopi attano paccayuppannaṃ upādāya paccayadhammoti yathārahaṃ dhammānaṃ paccayapaccayuppannatā. Yesaṃ vineyyānaṃ paṭiccasamuppādadesanāyeva subodhato ^a^V2.0042^ea^ upaṭṭhāti, tesaṃ vasena suṭṭhu vibhāgaṃ katvā paṭiccasamuppādo desito. Yesaṃ pana vineyyānaṃ tadubhayasmiṃ vibhajja sute eva dhammābhisamayo hoti, te sandhāya bhagavā tadubhayaṃ vibhajja dassento ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi paṭiccasamuppanne ca dhamme’’ti imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhīti imamatthaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘satthā imasmiṃ sutte’’^eb^tiādimāha. Paccayassa bhāvo paccayattaṃ, paccayanibbattatā. Asabhāvadhamme na labbhatīti ^b^‘‘sabhāvadhamme’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nanu ca jāti jarā maraṇañca sabhāvadhammo na hoti, yesaṃ pana khandhānaṃ jāti jarā maraṇañca, te eva sabhāvadhammā, atha kasmā desanāya te gahitāti? Nāyaṃ doso, jāti jarā maraṇañhi paccayanibbattānaṃ sabhāvadhammānaṃ vikāramattaṃ, naññesaṃ, tasmā te gahitāti. ^b^Uppādā vā tathāgatāna^eb^nti na vineyyapuggalānaṃ maggaphaluppatti viya jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇuppatti tathāgatuppādāyattā, atha kho sā tathāgatānaṃ uppādepi anuppādepi hotiyeva. Tasmā sā kāmaṃ asaṅkhatā viya dhātu na niccā, tathāpi ‘‘sabbakālikā’’ti etena jātipaccayato jarāmaraṇuppattīti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jātiyeva jarāmaraṇassa paccayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jātipaccayā^eb^ti ca jātisaṅkhātapaccayā. Hetumhi nissakkavacanaṃ. Ṭhitāva sā dhātu, yāyaṃ idappaccayatā jātiyā jarāmaraṇassa paccayatā tassa byabhicārābhāvato. Idāni ^b^na kadāci jāti jarāmaraṇassa paccayo na hoti^eb^ hotiyevāti jarāmaraṇassa paccayabhāve niyameti. Ubhayenapi yathāvuttassa paccayabhāvo yattha ^a^M2.0049^ea^ hoti, tattha avassaṃbhāvitaṃ dasseti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘ṭhitāva sā dhātū’’ti. ^b^Dvīhi^eb^ padehi. ^b^Tiṭṭhantī^eb^ti yassa vasena dhammānaṃ ṭhiti, sā idappaccayatā ^b^dhammaṭṭhitatā. Dhamme^eb^ti paccayuppanne dhamme. ^b^Niyameti^eb^ viseseti. Hetugatavisesasamāyogo hi hetuphalassa evaṃ dhammatāniyāmo evāti.<br/><br/>[03]Aparo nayo – ^b^ṭhitāva sā dhātū^eb^ti yāyaṃ jarāmaraṇassa idappaccayatā ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti, esā dhātu esa sabhāvo. Tathāgatānaṃ uppādato pubbe uddhañca appaṭivijjhiyamāno, majjhe ca paṭivijjhiyamāno na tathāgatehi uppādito, atha kho sambhavantassa jarāmaraṇassa sabbakālaṃ jātipaccayato sambhavoti ṭhitāva sā dhātu, kevalaṃ pana sayambhuñāṇena abhisambujjhanato ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo tathāgatena abhisambuddho’’ti pavedanato ca tathāgato ‘‘dhammasāmī’’ti vuccati, na apubbassa uppādanato. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ṭhitāva sā dhātū’’ti. Sā eva ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti ettha vipallāsābhāvato evaṃ avabujjhamānassa etassa sabhāvassa, hetuno vā tatheva bhāvato ṭhitatāti ^b^dhammaṭṭhitatā,^eb^ jāti vā jarāmaraṇassa uppādaṭṭhiti pavattāayūhana-saṃyoga-palibodha-samudaya-hetupaccayaṭṭhitīti taduppādādibhāvenassā ṭhitatā ‘‘dhammaṭṭhitatā’’ti phalaṃ pati sāmatthiyato hetumeva vadati. Dhārīyati ^a^V2.0043^ea^ paccayehīti vā dhammo, tiṭṭhati tattha tadāyattavuttitāya phalanti ṭhiti, dhammassa ṭhiti ^b^dhammaṭṭhiti^eb^. Dhammoti vā kāraṇaṃ paccayabhāvena phalassa dhāraṇato, tassa ṭhiti sabhāvo, dhammato ca añño sabhāvo natthīti dhammaṭṭhiti, paccayo. Tenāha ‘‘paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. mātikā 4). Dhammaṭṭhiti eva ^b^dhammaṭṭhitatā^eb^. Sā eva dhātu ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti imassa sabhāvassa, hetuno vā aññathattābhāvato, ‘‘na jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti viññāyamānassa ca tabbhāvābhāvato niyāmatā vavatthitabhāvoti ^b^dhammaniyāmatā^eb^. Phalassa vā jarāmaraṇassa jātiyā sati sambhavo dhamme hetumhi ṭhitatāti ^b^dhammaṭṭhitatā,^eb^ asati asambhavo ^b^dhammaniyāmatā^eb^ti evaṃ phalena hetuṃ vibhāveti, taṃ ‘‘ṭhitāva sā dhātū’’tiādinā vuttaṃ. Imesaṃ jarāmaraṇādīnaṃ paccayatāsaṅkhātaṃ idappaccayataṃ ^b^abhisambujjhati^eb^ paccakkhakaraṇena ^a^M2.0050^ea^ abhimukhaṃ bujjhati yāthāvato paṭivijjhati, tato eva ^b^abhisameti^eb^ abhimukhaṃ samāgacchati, ādito kathento ācikkhati, uddisatīti attho. Tameva uddesaṃ pariyosāpento ^b^deseti^eb^. Yathāuddiṭṭhamattaṃ niddisanavasena pakārehi ñāpento ^b^paññāpeti^eb^. Pakārehi eva patiṭṭhapento ^b^paṭṭhapeti^eb^. Yathāniddiṭṭhaṃ paṭiniddesavasena ^b^vivarati vibhajati^eb^. Vivaṭañhi vibhattañca atthaṃ hetūdāharaṇadassanehi pākaṭaṃ karonto ^b^uttānīkaroti^eb^. Uttānīkaronto tathā paccakkhabhūtaṃ katvā nigamanavasena ^b^passathāti cāha^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇantiādīsū^eb^ti jātiādīnaṃ jarāmaraṇapaccayabhāvesu. ^b^Tehi tehi paccayehī^eb^ti yāvatakehi paccayehi yaṃ phalaṃ uppajjamānārahaṃ, avikalehi teheva tassa uppatti, na ūnādhikehīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anūnādhikehevā’’^eb^ti. Yathā taṃ cakkhurūpālokamanasikārehi cakkhuviññāṇassa sambhavoti. Tena taṃtaṃphalanipphādane tassā paccayasāmaggiyā tappakāratā ^b^tathatā^eb^ti vuttāti dasseti. ^b^Sāmaggi^eb^nti samodhānaṃ, samavāyanti attho. ^b^Asambhavābhāvato^eb^ti anuppajjanassa abhāvato. Tathāvidhapaccayasāmaggiyañhi satipi phalassa anuppajjane tassāvitathatā siyā. ^b^Aññadhammapaccayehī^eb^ti aññassa phaladhammassa paccayehi. ^b^Aññadhammānuppattito^eb^ti tato aññassa phaladhammassa anuppajjanato. Na hi kadāci cakkhurūpālokamanasikārehi sotaviññāṇassa sambhavo atthi. Yadi siyā, tassā sāmaggiyā aññathatā nāma siyā, na cetaṃ atthīti ^b^‘‘anaññathatā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Paccayato^eb^ti paccayabhāvato. ^b^Paccayasamūhato^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Idappaccayā eva ^b^idappaccayatā^eb^ti ^b^tā^eb^-saddena padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ yathā ‘‘devoyeva devatā’’ti, idappaccayānaṃ samūho ^b^idappaccayatā^eb^ti samūhattho ^b^tā^eb^saddo yathā ‘‘janānaṃ samūho janatā’’ti imamatthaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘lakkhaṇaṃ panettha saddasatthato veditabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Na ^a^V2.0044^ea^ niccaṃ sassatanti ^b^aniccaṃ. Jarāmaraṇaṃ na aniccaṃ^eb^ saṅkhārānaṃ vikārabhāvato anipphannattā, tathāpi ‘‘anicca’’nti pariyāyena vuttaṃ. Esa nayo saṅkhatādīsupi. ^b^Samāgantvā kataṃ^eb^ sahiteheva paccayehi nibbattetabbato yathāsabhāvaṃ samecca sambhuyya paccayehi katanti ^b^saṅkhataṃ^eb^^a^M2.0051^ea^. Paccayārahaṃ paccayaṃ paṭicca na vinā tena sahitasametameva uppannanti ^b^paṭiccasamuppannaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paccaye nissāya uppanna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Khayasabhāva^eb^nti bhijjanasabhāvaṃ. ^b^Vigacchanakasabhāva^eb^nti sakabhāvato apagacchanakasabhāvaṃ. ^b^Virajjanakasabhāva^eb^nti palujjanakasabhāvaṃ. ^b^Nirujjhanakasabhāva^eb^nti khaṇabhaṅgavasena pabhaṅgusabhāvaṃ. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti jarāya vuttanayena. ^b^Janakappaccayānaṃ^eb^ kammādīnaṃ. ^b^Kiccānubhāvakkhaṇe^eb^ti ettha ^b^kiccānubhāvo^eb^ nāma yathā pavattamāne paccaye tassa phalaṃ uppajjati, tathā pavatti, evaṃ santassa pavattanakkhaṇe. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yasmiṃ khaṇe paccayo attano phaluppādanaṃ pati byāvaṭo nāma hoti, imasmiṃ khaṇe ye dhammā rūpādayo upalabbhanti tato pubbe, pacchā ca anupalabbhamānā, tesaṃ tato uppatti niddhārīyati, evaṃ jātiyāpi sā niddhāretabbā taṃkhaṇūpaladdhatoti. Yadi evaṃ nippariyāyatova jātiyā kutoci uppatti siddhi, atha kasmā ‘‘ekena pariyāyenā’’ti vuttanti? Jāyamānadhammānaṃ vikārabhāvena upaladdhabbattā. Yadi nipphannadhammā viya jāti upalabbheyya, nippariyāyatova tassā kutoci uppatti siyā, na cevaṃ upalabbhati, atha kho anipphannattā vikārabhāvena upalabbhati. Tasmā ^b^‘‘ekena pariyāyenettha aniccātiādīni yujjantī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Na pana jarāmaraṇe, janakappaccayānaṃ kiccānubhāvakkhaṇe tassa alabbhanato. Teneva ‘‘ettha ca aniccanti…pe… aniccaṃ nāma jāta’’nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Savipassanāyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^saha^eb^-saddo appadhānabhāvadīpano ‘‘samakkhikaṃ, samakasa’’ntiādīsu viya. Appadhānabhūtā hi vipassanā, yathābhūtadassanamaggapaññā pajānāti. ‘‘Purimaṃ anta’’nti vuccamāne paccuppannabhāvassapi gahaṇaṃ siyāti ^b^‘‘purimaṃ antaṃ atīta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vijjamānatañca avijjamānatañcā^eb^ti sassatāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhāna’’nti atīte attano vijjamānataṃ, adhiccasamuppattiāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘yato pabhuti ahaṃ, tato pubbe na nu kho ahosi’’nti atīte attano avijjamānatañca kaṅkhati. Kasmā? Vicikicchāya ākāradvayāvalambanato. Tassā pana atītavatthutāya gahitattā sassatādhiccasamuppattiākāranissitatā dassitā eva. Āsappanaparisappanapavattikaṃ katthacipi appaṭivattihetubhūtaṃ vicikicchaṃ kasmā uppādetīti na vicāretabbametanti dassento āha ^b^‘‘kiṃkāraṇanti na vattabba’’^eb^nti ^a^M2.0052^ea^. ^b^Kāraṇaṃ^eb^ vā vicikicchāya ayonisomanasikāro, tassa andhabālaputhujjanabhāvo, ariyānaṃ adassāvitā cāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Jātiliṅgupapattiyo^eb^ti khattiyabrāhmaṇādijātiṃ, gahaṭṭhapabbajitādiliṅgaṃ, devamanussādiupapattiñca. ^b^Nissāyā^eb^ti upādāya. Tasmiṃ ^a^V2.0045^ea^ kāle yaṃ santānaṃ majjhimaṃ pamāṇaṃ, tena yutto pamāṇiko, tadabhāvato adhikabhāvato vā ‘‘appamāṇiko’’ti veditabbo. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti sārasamāsācariyā. Te hi ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho’’ti issarena vā brahmunā vā pubbakatena vā ahetuto vā nibbattoti cintetīti vadanti. Ahetuto nibbattikaṅkhāpi hi hetuparāmasanamevāti. ^b^Parampara^eb^nti pubbāparappavattiṃ. ^b^Addhāna^eb^nti kālādhivacanaṃ, tañca bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Vijjamānatañca avijjamānatañcā^eb^ti sassatāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti anāgate attano vijjamānataṃ, ucchedāsaṅkaṃ nissāya ‘‘yasmiñca attabhāve ucchedanakaṅkhā, tato paraṃ nu kho bhavissāmī’’ti anāgate attano avijjamānatañca kaṅkhatīti heṭṭhā vuttanayena yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccuppannaṃ addhāna^eb^nti addhāpaccuppannassa idhādhippetattā ^b^‘‘paṭisandhimādiṃ katvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ kathaṃ, idaṃ katha’’nti pavattanato kathaṃkathā, vicikicchā, sā assa atthīti ^b^kathaṃkathī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vicikicchī’’^eb^ti. Kā ettha cintā? Ummattako viya bālaputhujjanoti paṭikacceva vuttanti adhippāyo. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ mahāmātāya puttaṃ. ^b^Muṇḍesu^eb^nti muṇḍena anicchantaṃ jāgaraṇakāle na sakkāti suttaṃ muṇḍesuṃ kuladhammavasena yathā ekacce kulatāpasā. Rājabhayenāti ca vadanti. ^b^Sītibhūta^eb^nti idaṃ madhurakabhāvappattiyā kāraṇavacanaṃ. ‘‘Setabhūta’’ntipi pāṭho, udake ciraṭṭhānena setabhāvaṃ pattanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attano khattiyabhāvaṃ kaṅkhati^eb^ kaṇṇo viya sūtaputtasaññī, sūtaputtasaññīti sūriyadevaputtassa puttasaññī. Jātiyā vibhāviyamānāya ‘‘aha’’nti tassa attano parāmasanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘evampi siyā kaṅkhā’’ti. ^b^Manussāpi ca rājāno viyā^eb^ti manussāpi ca keci ekacce rājāno viyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Vuttanayameva^eb^ ‘‘saṇṭhānākāraṃ nissāyā’’tiādinā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘kathaṃ nu khosmī’’ti pade. ^b^Abbhantare jīvo^eb^ti ^a^M2.0053^ea^ paraparikappitaṃ antarattānaṃ vadati. ^b^Soḷasaṃsādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sarīraparimāṇāṅguṭṭha-yavaparamāṇuparimāṇatādike saṅgaṇhāti. Sattapaññatti jīvavisayāti diṭṭhigatikānaṃ matimattaṃ, paramatthato pana sā attabhāvavisayāvāti āha ^b^‘‘attabhāvassa āgatigatiṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. Yatāyaṃ āgato, yattha ca gamissati, taṃ ṭhānanti attho. ^b^Sotāpanno adhippeto^eb^ vicikicchāpahānassa diṭṭhattā. ^b^Itarepi tayo^eb^ti sakadāgāmīādayo avāritā eva. ‘‘Ayañca…pe… sudiṭṭhā’’ti nippadesato saccasaṃpaṭivedhassa jotitattā.<br/><br/>[06]Paccayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Āhāravaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 15
title: bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^dasabalavaggo^dasabalasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭhamaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0046^ea^^b^dutiyasseva saṅkhepo^eb^ paṭhamasutte saṅkhepavuttassa atthassa vitthāravasena dutiyasuttassa desitattā, tañca pana bhagavā paṭhamasuttaṃ saṅkhepato desesi, dutiyaṃ tato vitthārato. Paṭhamaṃ vā saṃkhittarucīnaṃ puggalānaṃ ajjhāsayena saṅkhepato desesi, dutiyaṃ pana attano ruciyā tato vitthārato. Sīhasamānavuttikā hi buddhā bhagavanto, te attano ruciyā kathentā attano thāmaṃ dassentāva kathenti, tasmā dutiyasuttavasena cettha atthavaṇṇanaṃ karissāma, tasmiṃ saṃvaṇṇite paṭhamaṃ saṃvaṇṇitameva hotīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Dasabalasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 16
title: dasabalavaggo^dasabalasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyadasabalasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^22^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatthā^eb^ti dutiyasutte. ^b^Dasahi balehī^eb^ti dasahi anaññasādhāraṇehi ñāṇabalehi, tāni tathāgatasseva balānīti tathāgatabalānīti vuccanti. Kāmañca tāni ekaccānaṃ sāvakānampi uppajjanti, yādisāni ^a^M2.0054^ea^ pana buddhānaṃ ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇādīni uppajjanti, na tādisāni tadaññesaṃ kadācipi uppajjantīti. ^b^Hatthikulānusārenā^eb^ti vakkhamānahatthikulānusārena. ^b^Kāḷāvaka^eb^nti kulasaddāpekkhāya napuṃsakaniddeso. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Pakatihatthikula^eb^nti giricaranadicaravanacarādippabhedā gocariyakāḷāvakanāmā sabbāpi balena pākatikā hatthijāti. ^b^Dasannaṃ purisāna^eb^nti thāmamajjhimānaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ. Ekassa tathāgatassa kāyabalanti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Ekassā^eb^ti ca tathā heṭṭhākathāyaṃ āgatattā desanāsotena vuttaṃ. ^b^Nārāyanasaṅghātabala^eb^nti ettha nārā vuccanti rasmiyo, tā bahū nānāvidhā ito uppajjantīti ^b^nārāyanaṃ,^eb^ vajiraṃ, tasmā nārāyanasaṅghātabalanti vajirasaṅghātabalanti attho. ^b^Tathāgatassa kāyabala^eb^nti tathāgatassa pākatikakāyabalaṃ. ^b^Saṅgahaṃ na gacchati^eb^ attano balābhāvato, tato evassa ^b^bāhirakatā lāmakatā ca^eb^. Tadubhayaṃ panassa kāraṇena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘etañhi nissāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Añña^eb^nti kāyabalato aññaṃ tato visuṃyeva. ^b^Dasasu ṭhānesu^eb^ dasasu ñātabbaṭṭhānesu. Yāthāvapaṭivedhato sayañca akampayaṃ, puggalañca taṃsamaṅgiṃ neyyesu adhibalaṃ karotīti āha ^b^‘‘akampanaṭṭhena upatthambhanaṭṭhena cā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ṭhānañca^eb^^a^V2.0047^ea^^b^ṭhānato^eb^ti kāraṇañca kāraṇato. Kāraṇañhi yasmā phalaṃ tiṭṭhati tadāyattavuttitāya uppajjati ceva pavattati ca, tasmā ‘‘ṭhāna’’nti vuccati. Vipariyāyena ^b^aṭṭhāna^eb^nti akāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tadubhayaṃ bhagavā yena ñāṇena ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetū paccayā uppādāya, taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ, ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ na hetū na paccayā uppādāya, taṃ taṃ aṭṭhānanti pajānāti. Taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘ṭhānañca…pe… jānanaṃ eka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kammasamādānāna^eb^nti kammaṃ samādiyitvā katānaṃ kusalākusalakammānaṃ, kammaññeva vā kammasamādānaṃ. ^b^Ṭhānaso hetuso^eb^ti paccayato ca hetuto ca. Tattha gatiupadhikālapayogā vipākassa ṭhānaṃ, kammaṃ hetu. ^b^Sabbatthagāminīpaṭipadājānana^eb^nti sabbagatigāminiyā agatigāminiyā ca paṭipadāya maggassa jānanaṃ, bahūsupi manussesu ekameva pāṇaṃ hanantesu ‘‘imassa cetanā nirayagāminī bhavissati, imassa tiracchānayonigāminī’’ti iminā nayena ekavatthusmimpi kusalākusalacetanāsaṅkhātānaṃ paṭipattīnaṃ aviparītato sabhāvajānanaṃ ^a^M2.0055^ea^. ^b^Anekadhātunānādhātulokajānana^eb^nti cakkhudhātuādīhi kāmadhātuādīhi vā bahudhātuno, tāsaṃyeva dhātūnaṃ viparītatāya nānappakāradhātuno khandhāyatanadhātulokassa jānanaṃ. ^b^Parasattāna^eb^nti paresaṃ sattānaṃ. ^b^Nānādhimuttikatājānana^eb^nti hīnādīhi adhimuttīhi nānādhimuttikabhāvassa jānanaṃ. ^b^Tesaṃyevā^eb^ti parasattānaṃyeva. ^b^Indriyaparopariyattajānana^eb^nti saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ parabhāvassa aparabhāvassa vuddhiyā ceva hāniyā ca jānanaṃ. ^b^Jhānavimokkhasamādhisamāpattīna^eb^nti paṭhamādīnaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ, ‘‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīnaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhānaṃ, savitakkasavicārādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ samādhīnaṃ, paṭhamajjhānasamāpattiādīnañca navannaṃ anupubbasamāpattīnaṃ. ^b^Saṃkilesavodānavuṭṭhānajānana^eb^nti hānabhāgiyassa, visesabhāgiyassa ‘‘vodānampi vuṭṭhānaṃ, tamhā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhānampi vuṭṭhāna’’nti (vibha. 828) evaṃ vuttapaguṇajjhānassa ceva bhavaṅgaphalasamāpattīnañca jānanaṃ. Heṭṭhimaṃ heṭṭhimañhi paguṇajjhānaṃ uparimassa uparimassa padaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, tasmā vodānampi ‘‘vuṭṭhāna’’nti vuccati. Bhavaṅgena pana sabbajhānehi vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Phalasamāpattiyā nirodhasamāpattito vuṭṭhānameva sandhāya ‘‘tamhā tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhāna’’nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pubbenivāsajānana^eb^nti pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇena nivuṭṭhakkhandhānaṃ jānanaṃ. ^b^Cutūpapātajānana^eb^nti sattānaṃ cutiyā upapattiyā ca yāthāvato jānanaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ vuttanayeneva veditabbo. ^b^Āsavakkhayajānanaṃ^eb^ āsavakkhayañāṇaṃ, maggañāṇanti attho. Yattha panetāni vitthārato āgatāni saṃvaṇṇitāni, tāni dassento ^b^‘‘abhidhamme panā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Byāmohabhayavasena saraṇapariyesanaṃ sārajjanaṃ sārado, byāmohabhayaṃ. Vigato sārado etassāti ^a^V2.0048^ea^ visārado, tassa bhāvo ^b^vesārajjaṃ^eb^. Taṃ pana ñāṇasampadaṃ pahānasampadaṃ desanāvisesasampadaṃ khemaṃ nissāya pavattaṃ catubbidhaṃ paccavekkhaṇāñāṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catūsu ṭhānesū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Catūsū^eb^ti paraparikappitesu vatthūsu. Paraparikappitesu vā vatthumattesu codanākāraṇesu. ^b^Sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti evaṃ paṭijānantena tayā. ^b^Ime dhammā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ pañcamaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, ayaṃ chaṭṭho upādānakkhandho, idaṃ ^a^M2.0056^ea^ terasamaṃ āyatana’’nti veditabbā ime dhammā. ^b^Anabhisambuddhā^eb^ appaṭividdhattāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ anabhisambuddhadhammasaṅkhāte codanāvatthusmiṃ. ^b^Kocī^eb^ti samaṇādīhi añño vā yo koci. ^b^Saha dhammenā^eb^ti saha hetunā. ‘‘Dhammapaṭisambhidā’’tiādīsu viya hetupariyāyo idha ^b^dhamma^eb^-saddo. ^b^Hetū^eb^ti ca uppattisādhanahetu veditabbo, na kārako sampāpako vā. ^b^Nimitta^eb^nti kāraṇaṃ, taṃ panettha codanāvatthumeva. ^b^Na samanupassāmi^eb^ sammāsambuddhabhāvato. ^b^Khemappatto^eb^ti akhemappattarūpāya codanāya anupaddavaṃ patto niccalabhāvappatto. ^b^Vesārajjappatto^eb^ti visāradabhāvappatto. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – ^b^ime āsavā^eb^ti kāmāsavādīsu ime nāma āsavā na parikkhīṇāti āsavakkhayavacanenettha sabbakilesappahānaṃ vuttaṃ. Na hi so kileso atthi, yo sabbaso āsavesu khīṇesu nappahīyeyya. ^b^Antarāyikā^eb^ti antarāyakarā, saggavimokkhādhigamassa antarāyakarāti attho. Dhammo hi yo saṃkilesato niyyāti, so ‘‘niyyāniko’’ti vutto. Dhamme niyyante taṃsamaṅgīpuggalo niyyānikoti voharito hotīti tassa paṭikkhipanto ^b^‘‘so na niyyātī’’^eb^ti āha. Kathaṃ pana desanādhammo niyyātīti vuccati? Niyyānatthasamādhānato, so abhedopacārena ‘‘niyyātī’’ti vutto. Atha vā ‘‘dhammo desito’’ti ariyadhammassa adhippetattā na koci virodho.<br/><br/>[03]Usabhassa idanti ^b^āsabhaṃ,^eb^ asantasanaṭṭhena āsabhaṃ viyāti ^b^āsabhaṃ,^eb^ seṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ sabbaññutaṃ. Āsabhaṭṭhānaṭṭhāyitāya ^b^āsabhā^eb^ nāma ^b^pubbabuddhā^eb^. Sabbaññutapaṭijānanavasena abhimukhaṃ gacchanti, catasso vā parisā upasaṅkamantīti ^b^āsabhā^eb^. Catassopi hi parisā buddhābhimukhā evaṃ tiṭṭhanti, na tiṭṭhanti parammukhā. ^b^Idampī^eb^ti ‘‘usabho’’ti idampi padaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti nisabhassa. Yesaṃ baluppādāvaṭṭhānānaṃ vasena usabhassa āsabhaṇṭhānaṃ icchitaṃ, tato sātisayānaṃ eva tesaṃ vasena āsabhaṇṭhānaṃ hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci loke upamaṃ nāma buddhaguṇānaṃ nidassanabhāvena vuccati, sabbaṃ taṃ nihīnameva. ^b^Tiṭṭhamāno cā^eb^ti atiṭṭhantopi tiṭṭhamāno eva paṭijānāti nāma. ^b^Upagacchatī^eb^ti anujānāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭha^eb^^a^V2.0049^ea^^a^M2.0057^ea^^b^kho imā^eb^ti idaṃ vesārajjañāṇassa baladassanaṃ. Yathā hi byattaṃ parisaṃ ajjhogāhetvā viññūnaṃ cittaṃ ārādhanasamatthāya kathāya dhammakathikassa chekabhāvo paññāyati, evaṃ imā aṭṭha parisā patvā satthu vesārajjañāṇassa balaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘parisāsū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Khattiyaparisā^eb^ti khattiyānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ samūho. Esa nayo sabbattha. ^b^Māraparisā^eb^ti mārakāyikānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ samūho. Mārasadisānaṃ mārānaṃ parisāti māraparisā. Sabbā cetā parisā uggaṭṭhānadassanavasena gahitā. Manussā hi ‘‘ettha rājā nisinno’’ti vutte pakativacanampi vattuṃ na sakkonti, kacchehi sedā muccanti, evaṃ uggā khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇā tīsu vedesu kusalā honti, gahapatayo nānāvohāresu ca akkharacintāya ca kusalā, samaṇā sakavādaparavādesu kusalā, tesaṃ majjhe dhammakathākathanaṃ nāma ativiya bhāriyaṃ. Devānaṃ uggabhāve vattabbameva natthi. Amanussoti hi vuttamatte manussānaṃ sakalasarīraṃ kampati, tesaṃ rūpaṃ disvāpi saddaṃ sutvāpi sattā visaññitāpi honti. Evaṃ amanussaparisā uggā. Iti cetā parisā uggaṭṭhānadassanavasena vuttā. Kasmā panettha yāmādiparisā na gahitāti? Bhusaṃ kāmābhigiddhatāya yonisomanasikāravirahato. Yāmādayo hi uḷāruḷāre kāme paṭisevantā tatthābhigiddhatāya dhammassavanāya sabhāvena cittampi na uppādenti, mahābodhisattānaṃ pana buddhānañca ānubhāvena ākaḍḍhiyamānā kadāci nesaṃ payirupāsanādīni karonti tādise mahāsamaye. Teneva hi vimānavatthudesanāpi taṃnimittā bahulā nāhosi. ^b^Seṭṭhanāda^eb^nti kenaci appaṭihatabhāvena uttamanādaṃ. ^b^Abhītanāda^eb^nti vesārajjayogato kutoci nibbhayanādaṃ. ^b^Sīhanādasuttenā^eb^ti khandhiyavagge āgatena sīhanādasuttena. ^b^Sahanato^eb^ti khamanato. ^b^Hananato^eb^ti vidhamanato viddhaṃsanato. ^b^Yathā vā^eb^tiādi ‘‘sīhanādasadisaṃ vā nādaṃ nadatī’’ti saṅkhepato vuttassa atthassa viññāpanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘brahmacakka’’nti etaṃ padaṃ. ^b^Paññāpabhāvita^eb^nti cirakālaparibhāvitāya pāramitāpaññāya vipassanāpaññāya ca uppāditaṃ. ^b^Karuṇāpabhāvita^eb^nti ‘‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno’’tiādinayappavattāya mahākaruṇāya uppāditaṃ. Yathā abhinikkhamanato pabhuti mahābodhisattānaṃ ariyamaggādhigamanavirodhinī ^a^M2.0058^ea^ paṭipatti natthi, evaṃ tusitabhavanato niyatabhāvāpattito ca paṭṭhāyāti dutiyatatiyanayā ca gahitā. ^b^Phalakkhaṇe^eb^ti aggaphalakkhaṇe. Paṭivedhaniṭṭhattā arahattamaggañāṇaṃ vajirūpamatāyeva sātisayo paṭivedhoti ^b^‘‘phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tena paṭiladdhassapi desanāñāṇassa kiccanipphatti parassa bujjhanamattena hotīti ^b^‘‘aññāsikoṇḍaññassa sotāpatti…pe… phalakkhaṇe pavattanaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tato paraṃ pana yāva parinibbānā desanāñāṇappavatti, tasseva pavattitassa dhammacakkassa ṭhānanti veditabbaṃ ^a^V2.0050^ea^ pavattitacakkassa cakkavattino cakkaratanassa ṭhānaṃ viya. ^b^Ubhayampī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena lokiyadesanāñāṇassa itarena anaññasādhāraṇatāvasena samānataṃ sampiṇḍeti. Urasi jātatāya uraso sambhūtanti ^b^orasaṃ^eb^ ñāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iti rūpa^eb^nti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo anavasesato rūpassa sarūpanidassanatthoti tassa ^b^‘‘idaṃ rūpa’’^eb^nti etena sādhāraṇato ca sarūpanidassanamāha. ^b^Ettakaṃ rūpa^eb^nti etena anavasesato ‘‘ito uddhaṃ rūpaṃ natthī’’ti nimittassa aññassa abhāvaṃ. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ‘‘ruppanasabhāvañcevā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ruppanaṃ^eb^ sītādivirodhipaccayasamavāye visadisuppatti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena ajjhattikabāhirādibhedaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Lakkhaṇa…pe… vasenā^eb^ti kakkhaḷattādilakkhaṇavasena sandhāraṇādirasavasena sampaṭicchanādipaccupaṭṭhānavasena bhūtattayādipadaṭṭhānavasena ca. ^b^Evaṃ pariggahitassā^eb^ti evaṃ sādhāraṇato ca lakkhaṇādito ca pariggahitassa. ^b^Avijjāsamudayā^eb^ti avijjāya uppādā, atthibhāvāti attho. Nirodhavirodhī hi atthibhāvo hoti, tasmā nirodhe asati atthibhāvo hoti, tasmā purimabhave siddhāya avijjāya sati imasmiṃ bhave rūpassa samudayo rūpassa uppādo hotīti attho. ^b^Taṇhāsamudayā kammasamudayā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Avijjādīhi ca tīhi atītakālikattā tesaṃ sahakārīkāraṇabhūtaṃ upādānampi gahitamevāti veditabbaṃ. Pavattipaccayesu kabaḷīkārāahārassa balavatāya, so eva gahito, ‘‘āhārasamudayā’’ti pana gahitena pavattipaccayatāmattena utucittānipi gahitāneva hontīti dvādasasamuṭṭhānikaṃ rūpassa paccayato dassanampi bhavitabbamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Nibbattilakkhaṇa^eb^ntiādinā kālavasena ^a^M2.0059^ea^ udayadassanamāha. Tattha bhūtavasena magge udayaṃ passitvā ṭhito idha santativasena anukkamena khaṇavasena passati. ^b^Avijjānirodhā rūpanirodho^eb^ti aggamaggañāṇena avijjāya anuppādanirodhato anāgatassa anuppādanirodho hoti paccayābhāve abhāvato. ^b^Paccayanirodhenā^eb^ti avijjāsaṅkhātassa paccayassa nirodhabhāvena. ^b^Taṇhānirodhā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Āhāranirodhā^eb^ti pavattipaccayassa kabaḷīkārāhārassa abhāvā. ^b^Rūpanirodhā^eb^ti taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpassa abhāvo hoti. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayānusārena veditabbaṃ. ^b^Vipariṇāmalakkhaṇa^eb^nti bhavakālavasena hetudvayadassanaṃ. Tasmā taṃ padaṭṭhānavasena pageva passitvā ṭhito idha santativasena disvā anukkamena khaṇavasena passati.<br/><br/>[03]Iti ^b^vedanā^eb^tiādīsupi vuttanayena attho veditabbo. ^b^Sukhādibheda^eb^nti sukhadukkhādukkhamasukhādivibhāgaṃ. ^b^Rūpasaññādibheda^eb^nti rūpasaññā, sadda… gandha… rasa… phoṭṭhabba ^a^V2.0051^ea^… dhammasaññādivibhāgaṃ. ^b^Phassādibheda^eb^nti phassacetanāmanasikārādivibhāgaṃ. ^b^Lakkhaṇa…pe… vasenā^eb^ti iṭṭhānubhavanalakkhaṇādilakkhaṇavasena iṭṭhākārasambhogarasādirasavasena kāyikāssādādipaccupaṭṭhānavasena iṭṭhārammaṇādipadaṭṭhānavasena. ‘‘Phuṭṭho vedeti, phuṭṭho sañjānāti, phuṭṭho cetetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.93) vacanato tīsu vedanādīsu khandhesu ^b^phassasamudayāti vattabbaṃ^eb^. Viññāṇappaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti vacanato ^b^viññāṇakkhandhe nāmarūpasamudayā^eb^ti vattabbaṃ. ^b^Tesaṃyeva vasenā^eb^ti ‘‘avijjānirodho vedanānirodho’’tiādinā tesaṃyeva avijjādīnaṃ vasena yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayatthaṅgamavasena titthiyānaṃ avisayopi sappadeso sīhanādo dassito. Idāni nippadeso anulomapaṭilomavasena saṅkhepato vitthārato paccayākāravisayo anaññasādhāraṇo dassīyatīti āha, ^b^‘‘ayampi aparo sīhanādo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ satī’’tiādinā saṅkhepato vuttapaṭiccasamuppādapāḷiyā. Ettha ca ‘‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti avijjādīnaṃ bhāve saṅkhārādīnaṃ bhāvassa, avijjādīnaṃ nirodhe saṅkhārādīnaṃ nirodhassa kathanena purimasmiṃ paccayalakkhaṇe niyamo dassito ‘‘imasmiṃ ^a^M2.0060^ea^ sati eva, nāsati, imassa uppādā eva, nānuppādā, nirodhā eva, nānirodhā’’ti. Tenedaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ antogadhaniyamaṃ idha paṭiccasamuppādassa vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nirodhoti ca avijjādīnaṃ virāgā vigamena āyatiṃ anuppādo appavatti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā’’tiādi. Nirodhavirodhī ca uppādo, yena so uppādanirodhavibhāgena vutto ‘‘imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti. Tenetaṃ dasseti ‘‘asati nirodhe uppādo nāma, so cettha atthibhāvoti vuccatī’’ti. ‘‘Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hotī’’ti idameva hi lakkhaṇaṃ. Pariyāyantarena ‘‘imassa uppādā idaṃ uppajjatī’’ti vadantena parena purimaṃ visesitaṃ hoti. Tasmā na vattamānaṃyeva sandhāya ‘‘imasmiṃ satī’’ti vuttaṃ, atha kho maggena anirujjhanasabhāvañcāti viññāyati. Yasmā ca ‘‘imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhatī’’ti dvidhāpi uddiṭṭhassa lakkhaṇassa niddesaṃ vadantena bhagavatā ‘‘avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’tiādinā nirodhova vutto, tasmā natthibhāvopi nirodho evāti natthibhāvaviruddho atthibhāvo anirodhoti dassitaṃ hoti. Tena anirodhasaṅkhātena atthibhāvena uppādaṃ viseseti. Tato idha na kevalaṃ atthibhāvamattaṃ uppādoti attho adhippeto, atha kho anirodhasaṅkhāto atthibhāvo cāti ayamattho vibhāvito hoti. Evametaṃ lakkhaṇadvayavacanaṃ aññamaññaṃ visesanavisesitabbabhāvena sātthakanti veditabbaṃ. Ko panāyaṃ anirodho nāma, yo ‘‘atthibhāvo, uppādo’’ti ca vuttoti? Appahīnabhāvo ca anibbattitaphalabhāvena ^a^V2.0052^ea^ phaluppādanārahatā cāti ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana paramatthadīpaniyaṃ ^b^udānaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (udā. aṭṭha. 1). Vuttanayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcakkhandhavibhajanādivasenā^eb^ti pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ dvādasapadikassa paccayākārassa vibhajanavasena. Imasmiñhi dasabalasutte dhammassa desitākāro pañcakkhandhapaccayākāramatto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pañcakkhandhapaccayākāradhammo’’^eb^ti. Ācariyamuṭṭhiyā akaraṇena vibhūto, so pana atthato ca saddato ca pihito heṭṭhāmukhajāto vā na hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anikujjito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vivaṭo^eb^ti vibhāvito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vivaritvā ṭhapito’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0061^ea^. ^b^Pakāsito^eb^ti ñāṇobhāsena obhāsito ādīpitoti āha ^b^‘‘dīpito jotito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tattha tattha^eb^ chinnabhinnaṭṭhāne. ^b^Sibbitagaṇṭhita^eb^nti vākaṃ gahetvā sibbitaṃ, sibbituṃ asakkuṇeyyaṭṭhāne vākena gaṇṭhitañca. Chinnapilotikābhāvena vigatapilotiko dhammo, tassa chinnapilotikassa paṭilomatā chinnabhinnatābhāvenāti dassento ^b^‘‘na hetthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Nivāsanapārupanaṃ ^b^pariggahaṇaṃ^eb^. Sayaṃ paṭibhānaṃ ^b^kappetvā. Vaḍḍhentā^eb^ attano samayaṃ. ^b^Samaṇakacavara^eb^nti samaṇavesadhāraṇavasena samaṇapaṭirūpatāya samaṇānaṃ kacavarabhūtaṃ. Attano rūpapavattiyā karaṇḍaṃ kucchitaṃ dhuttaṃ vāti pavattetīti kāraṇḍavo, dussīlo. Taṃ ^b^kāraṇḍavaṃ. Niddhamathā^eb^ti nīharatha. ^b^Kasambu^eb^nti samaṇakasaṭaṃ. ^b^Apakassathā^eb^ti apakaḍḍhatha nanti attho. ^b^Palāpe^eb^ti palāpasadise. Tathā hi taṇḍulasārarahito dhaññapaṭirūpako thusamattako palāpoti vuccati, evaṃ sīlādisārarahito samaṇapaṭirūpako palāpo viyāti palāpo, dussīlo. Te ^b^palāpe. Vāhethā^eb^ti apanetha. ^b^Patissatā^eb^ti bāḷhasatitāya patissatā hothāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddhāya pabbajitenā^eb^ti rājūpaddavādīhi anupaddutena ‘‘evañhi taṃ otiṇṇaṃ jātiādisaṃsārabhayaṃ vijinissāmī’’ti vaṭṭanissaraṇatthaṃ āgatāya saddhāya vasena pabbajitena. ^b^Ācārakulaputto^eb^ti ācārena abhijāto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yato kutocī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Jātikulaputto^eb^ti jātisampattiyā abhijāto. Viññuppasatthāni aṅgāni sammāpadhāniyaṅgabhāvena, kāye ca jīvite ca nirapekkhabhāvena vīriyaṃ ārabhantassa tathāpavattavīriyavasena ^b^‘‘taco ekaṃ aṅga’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Navasu ṭhānesu samādhātabba^eb^nti ‘‘kālavasena pañcasu, iriyāpathavasena catūsū’’ti evaṃ navasu ṭhānesu vīriyaṃ samādhātabbaṃ pavattetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So dukkhaṃ viharatī^eb^ti kusītapuggalo niyyānikasāsane vīriyārambhassa akaraṇena sāmaññatthassa anuppattiyā dukkhaṃ viharati. Sakaṃ vā atthaṃ ^b^sadatthaṃ^eb^ ka-kārassa da-kāraṃ katvā ^a^V2.0053^ea^. Kusītassa atthaparihāyanaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cha dvārānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nisajjāvasena pīṭhamaddanato ^b^pīṭhamaddano,^eb^ nirassanavacanaṃ tassa, kassacipatthassa adhāraṇato kevalaṃ pīṭhabhārabhūtoti adhippāyo. Aññattha pana ‘‘makhamaddano’’ti ^a^M2.0062^ea^ vuccati, tattha dānamicchāya paresaṃ makhaṃ passantoti attho. ^b^Laṇḍapūrako^eb^ti kucchipūraṃ bhuñjitvā vaccakuṭipūrako.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Āraddhavīriyo’’tiādīsu ‘‘kusīto puggalo’’ti ettha vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo, āsīsāya vasena thomito. ^b^Āraddhavīriye^eb^ti paggahitavīriye. ^b^Pahitatte^eb^ti nibbānaṃ patipesitacitte. Etena sāvakānaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ satthuvandanānisaṃsañca dassesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hīnenā^eb^ti vaṭṭanissitena dhammena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hīnāya saddhāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Aggenā^eb^ti seṭṭhena vivaṭṭanissitena dhammena, īsakampi katakālusiyavigataṭṭhena maṇḍaṭṭhena ca pasannampi surādi na pātabbaṃ. ^b^Sāsana^eb^nti pariyattipaṭipattipaṭivedhalakkhaṇaṃ sāsanaṃ. ^b^Pasannaṃ^eb^ vigatadosamalattā pasādaniyattā ca. ^b^Pātabbañca^eb^ pattena viya sukhena paribhuñjitabbato duccaritasabbakilesakasāvamalapaṅkadosarahitattā ca.<br/><br/>[03]Maṇḍabhūtā bodhipakkhiyadhammadesanāpi ^b^desanāmaṇḍo^eb^. Tassa ekasseva pana desanāmaṇḍassa paṭiggāhakā suppaṭipannā dosarahitā catasso parisā ^b^paṭiggahamaṇḍo^eb^. Maggabrahmacariyaṃ taggatikattā sakalopi bodhipakkhiyadhammarāsi ^b^brahmacariyamaṇḍo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘katamo desanāmaṇḍo’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^viññātāro^eb^ti saccānaṃ abhisametāvino. Tathā hi ādito ‘‘catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ ācikkhaṇā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Pubbabhāge ‘‘atthi ayaṃ loko’’tiādinā idhalokaparalokagatasammosavigamena pavatto adhimokkhova ^b^adhimokkhamaṇḍo. Chaḍḍetvā^eb^ samucchedavasena vijahitvā. Catubhūmakassa saddhindriyassa adhimokkhamaṇḍena maṇḍabhūtaṃ adhimokkhaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena ‘‘paggahamaṇḍo vīriyindriyaṃ kosajjakasaṭa’’ntiādiṃ pāḷisesaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ sāsane, ‘‘maṇḍasmi’’nti vā vacane. ^b^Kāraṇavacanaṃ,^eb^ tena ‘‘satthā sammukhībhūto’’ti sammukhabhāvanāyogo nirāsaṅkaphalāvahoti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘asammukhā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pamāṇa^eb^nti anurūpaṃ bhesajjassa pamāṇaṃ. ^b^Uggamana^eb^nti bhesajjassa vamanaṃ virecanaṃ, tassa vā vasena dosadhātūnaṃ vamanaṃ virecanaṃ. ^b^Evamevā^eb^ti yathā bhesajjamaṇḍaṃ vejjasammukhā nirāsaṅkā pivanti, evameva ^a^M2.0063^ea^ ‘‘satthā sammukhībhūto’’ti nirāsaṅkā vīriyaṃ katvā, maṇḍapeyya sāsanaṃ pivathāti yojanā. Abhiññāsamāpattipaṭilābhena ^b^sānisaṃsā^eb^. Maggaphalādhigamanena ^b^savaḍḍhi^eb^^a^V2.0054^ea^. ^b^Parattha^eb^nti attano diṭṭhānugatiāpattiyā, tathā sammāpaṭipajjantānaṃ paresaṃ atthanti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyadasabalasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 17
title: dasabalasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyadasabalasuttavaṇṇanā^upanisasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jānato passato^eb^ti ettha dassanaṃ paññācakkhunāva dassanaṃ adhippetaṃ, na maṃsacakkhunāti āha ^b^‘‘dvepi padāni ekatthānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti padadvayassa ekatthattepi ñāṇalakkhaṇañāṇappabhāvavisayasssa tathādassanabhāvāvirodhanāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jānanalakkhaṇañhi ñāṇa’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Ñāṇappabhāva^eb^nti ñāṇānubhāvena ñāṇakiccavisayobhāsanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ñāṇena vivaṭṭe dhamme passatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jānato passato^eb^ti ca jānanadassanamukhena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā pavattāti āha – ^b^‘‘ñāṇalakkhaṇaṃ upādāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Jānato^eb^ti vā pubbabhāgañāṇena jānato, aparabhāgena ñāṇena ^b^passato. Jānato^eb^ti vā vatvā na jānanaṃ anussavākāraparivitakkamattavasena idhādhippetaṃ, atha kho rūpāni viya cakkhuviññāṇena rūpādīni tesañca samudayādike paccakkhe katvā dassananti vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘passato’’^eb^ti vuttanti evaṃ vā ettha attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āsavānaṃ khaya^eb^nti āsavānaṃ accantappahānaṃ. So pana tesaṃ anuppādanirodho sabbena sabbaṃ abhāvo evāti āha ^b^‘‘asamuppādo khīṇākāro natthibhāvo’’^eb^ti. Āsavakkhayasaddassa khīṇākārādīsu āgataṭṭhānaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘āsavānaṃ khayā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ujumaggānusārino^eb^ti kilesavaṅkakāyavaṅkādīnaṃ pahānena ujubhūte savipassanāheṭṭhimamaggadhamme anussarantassa. Yadeva hissa parikkhīṇaṃ. ^b^Khayasmiṃ paṭhamaṃ ñāṇaṃ^eb^ ‘‘tato aññā anantarā’’ti khayasaṅkhāte aggamagge tappariyāpannameva ñāṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ uppajjati, tadanantaraṃ pana aññā arahattanti. Yadipi gāthāya ‘‘khayasmiṃ’’icceva vuttaṃ, samucchedavasena pana ‘‘āsave ^a^M2.0064^ea^ khīṇe maggo khayo’’ti vuccatīti āha ‘‘maggo āsavakkhayoti vutto’’ti. ^b^Samaṇo^eb^ti samitapāpo adhippeto, so pana khīṇāsavo hotīti. ^b^‘‘Āsavānaṃ khayā’’^eb^ti idha phalaṃ, pariyāyena pana āsavakkhayo maggo, tena pattabbato phalaṃ. Eteneva nibbānassapi āsavakkhayabhāvo vuttoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Jānato eva passato evāti evamettha niyamo icchito, na aññathā visesābhāvato aniṭṭhāpannovāti tassa niyamassa phalaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘no ajānato no apassato’’ti vutta^eb^nti āha ^a^V2.0055^ea^^b^‘‘yo pana na jānāti, na passati, tassa no vadāmīti attho’’^eb^ti. Iminā khandhānaṃ pariññā āsavakkhayassa ekantikakāraṇanti dasseti. ^b^Etenā^eb^ti ‘‘no ajānato, no apassato’’ti etena vacanena. ^b^Te paṭikkhittā^eb^ti ke pana teti? ‘‘Bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti (dī. ni. 1.168; ma. ni. 2.228) ahetū appaccayā sattā visujjhantī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168; ma. ni. 2.101, 227) evamādivādā. Tesu keci abhijātisaṅkantimattena saṃsārasuddhiṃ paṭijānanti, aññe issarapajāpatikāraṇādivasena. Tayidaṃ sabbaṃ saṃsārādīhīti ettheva saṅgahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Purimena padadvayenā^eb^ti ‘‘jānato passato’’ti iminā padadvayena. ^b^Upāyo vutto^eb^ ‘‘āsavakkhayā’’ti adhikārato. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘no ajānato, no apassato’’ti iminā padadvayena. Anupāyo hoti esa āsavānaṃ khayassa, yadidaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ apariññāti ‘‘jānato passato’’ti imināva aniyamavacanena anupāyapaṭisedhopi atthato bodhito hotīti. Tameva hi atthato bodhitabhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ evaṃ saṃvaṇṇanā katāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dabbajātiko^eb^ti dabbarūpo. So hi ^b^‘‘drabyo’’^eb^ti vuccati ‘‘drabyaṃ vinassati nādrabya’’ntiādīsu. ^b^Dabbajātiko^eb^ vā sārasabhāvo, sāruppasīlācāroti attho. Yathāha ‘‘na kho dabba dabbā evaṃ nibbeṭhentī’’ti (pārā. 384). ^b^Vattasīse ṭhatvā^eb^ti vattaṃ uttamaṃ dhuraṃ katvā. Yo hi parisuddhājīvo kātuṃ ajānantānaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ attano vā vassavātādipaṭibāhanatthaṃ chattādīni karoti, so vattasīse ṭhatvā karoti nāma. ^b^Padaṭṭhānaṃ na hotī^eb^ti na vattabbaṃ nāthakaraṇadhammabhāvena maggaphalādhigamassa upanissayabhāvato. Vuttañhi ‘‘yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni kiccakaraṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hotī’’tiādi ^a^M2.0065^ea^ (dī. ni. 3.345). ^b^Evaṃ jānato^eb^ti evaṃ vejjakammādīnaṃ jānanahetu micchājīvapaccayā kāmāsavādayo āsavā vaḍḍhantiyeva, na pahīyanti. ‘‘Evaṃ kho…pe… āsavānaṃ khayo hotī’’ti imāya pāḷiyā arahattasseva gahaṇaṃ yuttaṃ phalaggahaṇena hetuno avuttasiddhattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āsavānaṃ khayante jātattā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Āgamanaṃ āgamo, taṃ āvahatīti ^b^āgamanīyā,^eb^ pubbabhāgapaṭipadā. ^b^Khayasmi^eb^nti bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇe bhummaṃ, ^b^khaye^eb^ti pana visaye. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āsavakkhayasaṅkhāte’’^eb^ti. Upanisīdati phalaṃ etthāti kāraṇaṃ ^b^upanisā. Arahattaphalavimutti^eb^ ukkaṭṭhaniddesato. ^b^Sā^eb^ti vimutti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa. Manasmiṃ vivaṭṭanissite pana anantarūpanissayāpi paccayā sambhavantīti ^b^‘‘labbhamānavasena paccayabhāvo veditabbo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Virajjati ^a^V2.0056^ea^ asesasaṅkhārato etenāti ^b^virāgo,^eb^ maggo. Nibbindati etāyāti ^b^nibbidā,^eb^ balavavipassanā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etenā’’^eb^tiādi. Paṭisaṅkhānupassanāpi muccitukamyatāpakkhikā evāti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘catunnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yāva maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi, tāva taruṇavipassanā’’ti hi vacanato upakkilesavimuttaudayabbayañāṇato paraṃ balavavipassanā. Rūpārūpadhammānaṃ visesabhūto sāmaññabhūto ca yo yo sabhāvo yathāsabhāvo, tassa jānanaṃ ^b^yathāsabhāvajānanaṃ^eb^. Tadeva ^b^dassanaṃ^eb^. Paccakkhakaraṇatthena ñātapariññā tīraṇapariññā ca gahitā hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taruṇavipassana’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Saṅkhāraparicchedeñāṇa^eb^nti nāmarūpapariggahañāṇaṃ vadati. ^b^Kaṅkhāvitaraṇaṃ^eb^ paccayapariggaho dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇantipi vuccati. Nayavipassanādikaṃ anupassanāñāṇaṃ ^b^sammasanaṃ. Maggāmaggeñāṇa^eb^nti maggāmaggaṃ vavatthapetvā ṭhitaṃ ñāṇaṃ. So hi pādakajjhānasamādhi taruṇavipassanāya paccayo hoti. ‘‘Samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.5.; 4.99; 5.1071) hi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pubbabhāgasukha^eb^nti upacārajjhānasahitasukhaṃ. ^b^Daratha paṭippassaddhī^eb^ti kāmacchandādikilesadarathassa paṭipassambhanaṃ. ‘‘Sukhaṃpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmī’’ti ettha adhippetasukhaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘appanāpubbabhāgassa sukhassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedetī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.466;3.359; aṇi. 1.3.96) vuttāppanāsukhassa passaddhiyā paccayatte ^a^M2.0066^ea^ vattabbameva natthi. ^b^Sukha^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Balavapītī^eb^ti pharaṇalakkhaṇappattā pīti. Tādisā hi vitakkavicārasukhasamādhīhi laddhappaccayā nīvaraṇaṃ vikkhambhantī taṃnimittaṃ darathaṃ pariḷāhaṃ paṭipassambheti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sā hi darathappassaddhiyā paccayo hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dubbalapītī^eb^ti taruṇapīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sā hi balavapītiyā paccayo hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saddhā^eb^ti ratanattayaguṇānaṃ kammaphalassa ca saddahanavasena pavatto adhimokkho, sā pana yasmā attano visaye punappunaṃ uppajjati, na ekavārameva, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘aparāparaṃ uppajjanasaddhā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā saddahanto saddheyyavatthusmiṃ pamudito hoti, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘sā hi dubbalapītiyā paccayo hotī’’^eb^ti. Dukkhadukkhādibhedassa sabbassapi dukkhassa vaṭṭadukkhantogadhattā tassa ca idhādhippetattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dukkhanti vaṭṭadukkha’’^eb^nti. Jarāmaraṇadukkhanti keci, sokādayo cāti apare. Tadubhayassapi saṅgaṇhanato paṭhamo evattho yutto. Yasmā dukkhappatto kammassa phalāni saddahati, ratanattaye ca pasādaṃ uppādeti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tañhi aparāparasaddhāya paccayo hotī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā ‘‘ācariyānaṃ santike dhammaṃ sutvā pavattidukkha’’nti cintayato ‘‘ekantato ayaṃ dhammo imassa dukkhassa samatikkamāya hotī’’ti saddhā uppajjati. Tenāha ‘‘dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 1.191). ^b^Savikārā^eb^ti uppādavikārena savikārā ^b^khandhajāti^eb^^a^V2.0057^ea^ jāyanaṭṭhena. Jātiyā pana asati tattha tattha bhave natthi dukkhassa sambhavoti āha ^b^‘‘sā hi vaṭṭadukkhassa paccayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kammabhavo^eb^ti kammabhavādiko tividhopi kammabhavo. So hi upapattibhavassa paccayo. Evamādiṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘etenupāyenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sesapadānī^eb^ti upādānādipadāni. Anulomañāṇaṃ saṅkhārupekkhāpakkhikattā nibbānaggahaṇena gahitaṃ, gotrabhuñāṇaṃ paṭhamamaggassa āvajjanaṃ. So hi tena vipassanāya kiñci kiñci visesaṭṭhānaṃ kayiratīti taṃ anāmasitvā nibbidūpaniso virāgoti ‘‘virāgo’’icceva vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kena udakena vidārayitvā gatapadesoti katvā ^b^kandaro. Nitambo^eb^tipi udakassa. Yathā ninnaṃ udakaṃ pavattati, tathā nivattanabhāvena ^b^nadīkuñchotipi vuccati^eb^. Hemantagimhautuvasena aṭṭha māse pavatto pathavīvivaroti katvā ^b^padaro^eb^. Khuddikā udakavāhiniyo sākhā viyāti ^b^sākhā^eb^^a^M2.0067^ea^, khuddakā sobbhā kusubbhā o-kārassa u-kāraṃ katvā. ^b^Evameva kho^eb^tiādi ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave’’tiādinā upanītāya upamāya upameyyena saṃsandananti, taṃ yojetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘avijjā pabbatoti daṭṭhabbā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha avijjā ca santānavasena ciraṃtanakālappavattanato pacurajanehi duppajahanato ‘‘pabbato’’ti vuttā. Lokattayābhibyāpanato abhisandanato ca abhisaṅkhārā meghasadisā. Abhisaṅkhārā meghoti daṭṭhabbāti ānetvā sambandho. Tathā sesapadadvayepi. Viññāṇādivaṭṭaṃ anupavattito paramparapaccayato ca kandarādisadisā. Vimutti ekarasattā, hānivuddhiabhāvato ca sāgarasadisāti upamāsaṃsandanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha yasmā purimasiddhāya avijjāya sati abhisaṅkhārā, nāsati, tasmā te uparipabbate pavattā viya hontīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avijjā…pe… vassanaṃ veditabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Assutavā hī^eb^tiādi vuttasseva atthassa samatthanaṃ. ^b^Taṇhāya abhilāsaṃ katvā^eb^ti etena sabbassapi abhisaṅkhāravuṭṭhitemanatthaṃ dīpeti. Taṇhā hi ‘‘sneho’’ti vuttā. Antimabhavikassa antabhavanibbattako abhisaṅkhāro nibbānaṃ na patto, tadantassa bhāgassa nibbānaṃ āhacca ṭhito viya hotīti ^b^‘‘mahāsamuddaṃ āhacca ṭhitakālo viyā’’^eb^ti upamānidassanaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Viññāṇādivaṭṭaṃ pūretvā^eb^pi imināpi hi antimabhavikasseva viññāṇappavatti dassitā. Sā hi pūritāti vattabbā tato paraṃ viññāṇādivaṭṭasseva abhāvato. Jātassa puggalassa jātipaccayavaṭṭadukkhavedanāya dhammassavanaṃ icchitabbaṃ, taṃ pana yadipi imasmiṃ sutte na āgataṃ, suttantaresu pana āgatamevāti tato āharitvā taṃ vattabbanti dassento ^b^‘‘buddhavacanaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tayidaṃ sāvakabodhisattānaṃ vasenāyaṃ desanāti katvā vuttaṃ. Itaresaṃ pana vasena vuccamānaṃ ^a^V2.0058^ea^ suttantaraggahaṇatthaṃ payojanaṃ natthīti ^b^‘‘yā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Pāḷiyā vasena gahitamevā^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttātthassa vitthārato dassanaṃ. ^b^Nibbattī^eb^ti nibbattamānā khandhā gahitāti āha ^b^‘‘savikārā’’^eb^ti. Aniccatālakkhaṇādidīpanato ^b^lakkhaṇāhaṭaṃ. Kammākamma^eb^nti vinicchayaṃ. ^b^Nijjaṭa^eb^nti niggumbaṃ, suddhanti attho. ^b^Pathavīkasiṇādīsu kammaṃ ārabhatī^eb^tiādi pāḷiyaṃ samathapubbaṅgamā vipassanā dassitāti katvā vuttaṃ ^a^M2.0068^ea^. Evañhi pāmojjādidassanaṃ sambhavatīti. ^b^Devassā^eb^ti meghassa. Kasmā panettha ‘‘khīṇāsavassa…pe… ṭhitakālo veditabbo’’ti vuttaṃ, nanu pubbe devaṭṭhāniyo abhisaṅkhāro vutto, na abhisaṅkhāro khīṇāsavoti? Nāyaṃ doso, kāraṇūpacārena phalassa vuttattā. Abhisaṅkhāramūlako hi khandhasantāno khandhasantāne ca ucchinnasaṃyoge khīṇāsavasamaññāti.<br/><br/>[06]Upanisasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 18
title: dutiyadasabalasuttavaṇṇanā^upanisasuttavaṇṇanā^aññatitthiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^24^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^So^eb^ti sāriputtatthero. Yadi na tāva paviṭṭho, kasmā ‘‘pāvisī’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘pavisissāmī’’^eb^tiādi. Tena avassambhāvini bhūte viya upacāro hotīti dasseti. Idāni tamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvento ^b^‘‘yathā ki’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Atippagoyeva nikkhantadivaso^eb^ti pakatiyā bhikkhācaraṇavelāya ativiya pāto eva vihārato nikkhantadivasabhāgo. ^b^Etadahosī^eb^ti etaṃ ‘‘atippago kho’’tiādikaṃ cintanaṃ ahosi. ^b^Dakkhiṇadvārassā^eb^ti rājagahanagare dakkhiṇadvārassa veḷuvanassa ca antarā ahosi, tasmā ‘‘tenupasaṅkamissa’’nti cintanā ahosīti adhippāyo. ^b^Kiṃ vādī^eb^ti catūsu vādesu kataraṃ vādaṃ vadasi. ^b^Kimakkhāyī^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Kiṃ vadatīti pana cattāro vāde sāmaññato gahetvā napuṃsakaliṅgena vadati yathā kiṃ te jātaliṅgaṃ. Sabbanāmañhetaṃ, yadidaṃ napuṃsakaliṅgaṃ. Vadati etenāti ^b^vādo,^eb^ dassanaṃ. Taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘kiṃ ettha…pe… dassananti pucchantī’’ti. ‘‘Dhammapaṭisambhidā’’tiādīsu viya ^b^dhamma^eb^-saddo hetuatthoti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ vuttaṃ kāraṇaṃ, tassa anukāraṇa’’^eb^nti. Vādassa vacanassa anuppatti ^b^vādappavatti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idaṃ vacana^eb^nti ‘‘ekamidāha’’ntiādivacanaṃ. ^b^Sā^eb^ti ‘‘eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā’’ti evaṃ pavattakathā. Accharaṃ aṅguliphoṭanaṃ arahatīti ^b^acchariyaṃ. Abbhuta^eb^nti niruttinayena padasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Sabbavādāna^eb^nti sabbesaṃ catubbidhavādānaṃ. Paṭhamo hettha sassatavādo, dutiyo ucchedavādo, tatiyo ekaccasassatavādo, catuttho adhiccasamuppannavādo, tesaṃ sabbesaṃ ^a^M2.0069^ea^ paṭikkhepato ^a^V2.0059^ea^ paṭikkhepakāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Paṭiccasamuppādakittanaṃ vā pacurajanañāṇassa alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhatāya ^b^gambhīrañceva,^eb^ tathā avabhāsanato cetasi upaṭṭhānato ^b^gambhīrāvabhāsañca karonto. Tadeva pada^eb^nti phassapadaṃyeva ādibhūtaṃ gahetvā.<br/><br/>[06]Aññatitthiyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 19
title: upanisasuttavaṇṇanā^aññatitthiyasuttavaṇṇanā^bhūmijasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Purimasutte^eb^ti anantare purime sutte. ^b^Vuttanayeneva veditabba^eb^nti padatthe tato visiṭṭhaṃ aniddisitvā itaraṃ atthato vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ pana viseso’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Na kevalaṃ phassapaccayā uppajjati,^eb^ atha kho phassassa sahakārīkāraṇabhūtāññapaccayā ca uppajjatīti. ^b^Kāyenā^eb^ti copanakāyena, kāyaviññattiyāti attho. Sā hi kāmaṃ paṭṭhāne āgatesu catuvīsatiyā paccayesu kenaci paccayena cetanāya paccayo na hoti. Yasmā pana kāye sati eva kāyakammaṃ nāma hoti, nāsati, tasmā sā tassā sāmaggiyabhāvena icchitabbāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kāyenapi kariyamānaṃ karīyatī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kāye vā, hānanda, sati kāyasañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhaṃ dukkha’’nti. ^b^Vācāyapī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Manasā^eb^ti pātubhūtena manasā, na manamattenāti. ^b^Attanā^eb^ parehi anussāhitena. ^b^Parenā^eb^ti parena anussāhena. ^b^Sampajānenā^eb^ti ñāṇasampayuttacittavasena pajānantena. ^b^Asampajānenā^eb^ti tathā na sampajānantena. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti sukhadukkhassa. ^b^Kāyasañcetanāhetū^eb^ti kāyakammanimittaṃ, kāyikassa kammassa katattā upacitattāti attho. Esa nayo sesasañcetanāsupi. Uddhaccasahagatacetanā pavattiyaṃ vipākaṃ detiyevāti ^b^‘‘vīsati cetanā labbhantī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tathā vacīdvāre^eb^ti ettha ‘‘kāmāvacarakusalākusalavasena vīsati cetanā labbhantī’’ti idaṃ tathā-saddena upasaṃharati. ^b^Rūpārūpacetanāhī^eb^ti rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakusalacetanāhi. ^b^Tappaccayaṃ^eb^ yathārahanti adhippāyo. ^b^Tāpi cetanā^eb^ti yathāvuttā ekūnavīsati cetanā avijjāpaccayā honti kusalānampi pageva itarādhiṭṭhahitāvijjasseva uppajjanato, aññathā anuppajjanato. ^b^Yathāvuttacetanābheda^eb^nti ^a^M2.0070^ea^ yathāvuttaṃ kāyacetanādivibhāgaṃ. ^b^Parehi anussāhito^eb^ saraseneva pavattamāno. ^b^Parehi kāriyamāno^eb^ti parehi ussāhito hutvā kayiramāno. ^b^Jānantopī^eb^ti anussavādivasena jānantopi. ^b^Kammameva jānanto^eb^ti tadā attanā kariyamānakammameva jānanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catūsū^eb^ti ‘‘sāmaṃ vā pare vā sampajāno vā asampajāno vā’’ti evaṃ vuttesu catūsu ṭhānesu. Yathāvutte ekūnavīsaticetanādhamme asaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikabhāvena sampajānakatāsampajānakatabhāvena ^a^V2.0060^ea^ catuguṇe katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘chasattati dvesatā cetanādhammā’’^eb^ti. Yesaṃ sahajātakoṭi labbhati, tesampi upanissayakoṭi labbhatevāti ^b^‘‘upanissayakoṭiyā anupatitā’’^eb^tīcceva vuttā. ^b^Te^eb^ti yathāvuttā sabbepi dhammā. ^b^So kāyo na hotī^eb^ti ettha pasādakāyopi gahetabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yasmiṃ kāye satī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^So kāyo na hotī^eb^ti so kāyo paccayanirodhena na hoti. ^b^Vācā^eb^ti saddavācā. ^b^Mano^eb^ti yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ. Idāni kammavaseneva yojetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ ‘‘vācāpi dvārabhūtā manopi dvārabhūto’’ti. Khīṇāsavassa kathaṃ kāyo na hoti, na tassa kāyakammādhiṭṭhānanti adhippāyo. ^b^Avipākattā^eb^ti avipākadhammattāti attho. Kāyo na hotīti vuttaṃ akammakaraṇabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ta^eb^nti kammaṃ. ^b^Khettaṃ na hotī^eb^ti tassa dukkhassa aviruhanaṭṭhānattā. Viruhanaṭṭhānādayo byatirekavasena vuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ādhārabhūtakāraṇabhāvena. ^b^Sañcetanāmūlaka^eb^nti sañcetanānimittaṃ. ^b^Viruhanādīnaṃ atthāna^eb^nti ‘‘viruhanaṭṭhenā’’tiādinā vuttānaṃ atthānaṃ. Iminā viruhanādibhāvena vedanā ‘‘sukhadukkhavedanā’’ti kathitā, nayidha jeṭṭhalakkhaṇaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ nippayojakassa sukhassa dukkhassa ca adhippetattā. Upekkhāvedanāpettha sukhasaṇhasabhāvavipākabhūtā vedanāva.<br/><br/>[06]Bhūmijasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 20
title: aññatitthiyasuttavaṇṇanā^bhūmijasuttavaṇṇanā^upavāṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vaṭṭadukkhameva^eb^^a^M2.0071^ea^^b^kathitaṃ^eb^ itaradukkhassapi vipākassa saṅgaṇhanato.<br/><br/>[06]Upavāṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 21
title: bhūmijasuttavaṇṇanā^upavāṇasuttavaṇṇanā^paccayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^27^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭipāṭiyā^eb^ti paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapanena. Catusaccayojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^pariyosāna…pe… ādi vuttaṃ. Dukkhasaccavasenā^eb^ti pariññeyyabhāvavasena. Jarāmaraṇāpadesena hi pañcupādānakkhandhā vuttā, te cassa attano phalassa paccayā na honti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paccayaṃ jānātī’’^eb^ti. Vineyyajjhāsayavasena hettha desanā pavattā. ^b^Sampanno^eb^ti samannāgato. ^b^Āgato^eb^ti upagato, adhigatoti attho. ^b^Passatī^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇena paccakkhato passati, maggapaññāya evaṃ asammohapaṭivedhavasena passati. ^b^Maggañāṇeneva,^eb^ na phalañāṇena. ^b^Dhammasotaṃ samāpanno^eb^ti ^a^V2.0061^ea^ ariyadhammasotaṃ sammadeva āpanno patto. Anaye nairiyanato, aye ca iriyanato, sadevakena ca lokena ‘‘saraṇa’’nti akaraṇīyato ariyapakkhaṃ bhajanto ^b^puthujjanabhūmiṃ atikkanto. Nibbedhikapaññāyā^eb^ti catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ nibbijjhanakapaññāya. ^b^Āhacca tiṭṭhati^eb^ maggakkhaṇe, phalakkhaṇe pana āhacca ṭhito nāma.<br/><br/>[06]Paccayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 22
title: upavāṇasuttavaṇṇanā^paccayasuttavaṇṇanā^bhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uttānameva^eb^ sabbasova sattame āgatanayattā, vineyyajjhāsayavasena hi idaṃ suttaṃ satthārā aññasmiṃ āsane desitaṃ, parisāya vivaṭṭena sātthikāti satthu desanā āgatāti ayaṃ paṭiggāhakādhīnā hotīti dhammagāravena saṅgahaṃ āropentiyeva.<br/><br/>[06]Bhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 23
title: paccayasuttavaṇṇanā^bhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā^samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^29^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akkharabhāṇakāna^eb^nti ^a^M2.0072^ea^ akkhararucīnaṃ. Upasaggena padavaḍḍhanampi ruccanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘te hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 24
title: bhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā^samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvīsu suttesū^eb^ti navamadasamasuttesu.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dasabalavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 25
title: samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^kaḷārakhattiyavaggo^bhūtasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ajitamāṇavenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0062^ea^ soḷasasu bāvariyabrāhmaṇaparicārakesu ‘‘ajito’’ti laddhanāmena māṇavena. Saṅkhā vuccati paññā, saṅkhātā pariññātā dhammā yesaṃ te ^b^saṅkhātadhammā,^eb^ paṭividdhasaccā khīṇāsavā. Sekkhā pana vipākassa apariññātattā ‘‘saṅkhātadhammā’’ti na vuccanti. Sekkhadhammasamannāgamena te ^b^sekkhā^eb^. Te pana kāmaṃ puggalapaṭilābhavasena anekasahassāva honti, catumaggaheṭṭhimaphalattayassa pana vasena taṃsamaṅgitāsāmaññena na sattajanato uddhanti āha ^b^‘‘satta jane’’^eb^ti niyametvā viseseti. Saṃkilesavajjaṃ, tato vā attānaṃ viya vineyyalokaṃ nipāti rakkhatīti nipako, tassa bhāvo ^b^nepakkaṃ,^eb^ ñāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘nepakkaṃ vuccati paññā, tāya samannāgatattā nipako’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ko nu kho imassa pañhassa attho’’ti cintento pañhāya kaṅkhati nāma. ‘‘Kathaṃ byākaramāno nu kho satthu ajjhāsayaṃ na virodhemī’’ti cintento ajjhāsayaṃ kaṅkhati nāma. Sujānanīyatthaparicchedaṃ katvā cintanā hettha ^a^M2.0073^ea^ ‘‘kaṅkhā’’ti adhippetā, na vicikicchāti. Pahīnavicikiccho hi mahāthero āyasmato assajimahātherassa santikeyeva, vicinanabhūtaṃ kukkuccasadisaṃ panetaṃ vīmaṃsanamattanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Pattaṃ ādāya caranto^eb^ti pabbajitabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ. Dhammasenāpatibhāvena vā mama pattadhammadesanāvāraṃ ādāya carantoti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jāta^eb^nti yathārahaṃ paccayato uppannaṃ, saṅkhatanti attho. ^b^Pañhabyākaraṇaṃ upaṭṭhāsī^eb^ti pañhassa byākaraṇatā paṭibhāsi. ‘‘Sammappaññāya passatī’’ti pāṭho, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sammappaññāya passato’’ti padaṃ uddharitvā ‘‘passantassā’’ti attho vutto. Taṃ ‘‘bhūtanti…pe… paṭipanno hotī’’ti imāya pāḷiyā na sameti, tasmā yathādassitapāṭho eva yutto. ^b^Yāva arahattamaggā nibbidādīnaṃ atthāyā^eb^ti samitāpekkhadhammavasā padaṃ vadanti. ^b^Āhārasambhava^eb^nti paccayahetukaṃ. ^b^Sekkhapaṭipadā kathitā^eb^ ‘‘nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotī’’ti vacanato. Esa nayo nirodhavārepi. ^b^Nibbidā^eb^ti karaṇe paccattavacanaṃ, ^b^virāgā nirodhā^eb^ti karaṇe nissakkavacananti ^a^V2.0063^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘sabbāni kāraṇavacanānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anupādā^eb^ti anupādāya. ^b^Bhūtamidantiādimāha^eb^ sabbasuttaṃ āhaccabhāsitaṃ jinavacanameva karonto.<br/><br/>[06]Bhūtasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 26
title: kaḷārakhattiyavaggo^bhūtasuttavaṇṇanā^kaḷārasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^32^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tassa therassa nāmaṃ^eb^ jātisamudāgataṃ. ^b^Nivatto^eb^ti pubbe vaṭṭasotassa paṭisotaṃ gantuṃ āraddho, taṃ avisahanto anusotameva gacchanto, tato nivatto pariklesavidhame asaṃsaṭṭho viyutto hoti. Ettha cetanāti vā assāso. Hīnāyāvattanaṃ nāma kāmesu sāpekkhatāya, tattha ca nirapekkhatā tatiyamaggādhigamenāti dassento ^b^‘‘tayo magge’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ^eb^ therassa arahattādhigamena nipphannaṃ, tasmā tassa taṃ uparimakoṭiyā assāso vutto. ^b^Ugghāṭitā^eb^ti vivaṭā, vūpasamitāti attho. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti arahattappattiyaṃ. ^b^Vicikicchābhāva^eb^nti nibbematikataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na^eb^^a^M2.0074^ea^^b^evaṃ byākatā^eb^ti ‘‘khīṇā jātī’’tiādikā evaṃ uttānakaṃ na byākatā, pariyāyena pana byākatā. ^b^Kenacī^eb^ti kenacipi kāraṇena. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^ uttānakaṃ ^b^byākarissati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa paccayassa khayā^eb^ti tassa kammabhavasaṅkhātassa paccayassa avijjāya sahakāritāyaṃ saṅgahitassa khayā anuppādā nirodhā. ^b^Khīṇasmi^eb^nti khīṇe. Anuppādanirodhena niruddhe ^b^jātiyā^eb^ yathāvutte ^b^paccaye. Jātisaṅkhātaṃ phalaṃ khīṇaṃ^eb^ anuppattidhammataṃ āpāditanti. ^b^Viditaṃ^eb^ ñātaṃ. Ājānāti catusaccaṃ heṭṭhimamaggehi ñātaṃ anatikkamitvāva paṭivijjhatīti ^b^aññā^eb^ aggamaggo. Tadupacārena aggaphalaṃ idha ‘‘aññā’’ nāma. ^b^Paccayo^eb^ti bhavūpapattiyā paccayo paṭiccasamuppādo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Me^eb^ti mayā. ^b^Aññāsi^eb^ ākāraggahaṇena cittācāraṃ jānāti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti bhagavatā. ^b^Byākaraṇaṃ anumoditaṃ^eb^ pañhabyākaraṇassa visayakatabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayamassa visayo^eb^ti ayaṃ vedanā assa sāriputtattherassa savisayo tattha visayabhāvena pavattattā. ^b^Kiñcāpī^eb^ti kiñcāpi sukhā vedanā ṭhitisukhā dukkhā vedanā vipariṇāmasukhā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā ñāṇasukhā. ^b^Vipariṇāmakoṭiyā^eb^ti aniccabhāvena ^b^sabbāva^eb^ vedanā ^b^dukkhā nāma^eb^^a^V2.0064^ea^. Sukhapaṭikkhepatopi hi sukhapītiyā pharaṇatāya sukhāti tikkhamattena vipariṇāmadukkhāti vipariṇāmato abhāvādhigamena sukhanirodhakkhaṇamattena. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^papañcasūdaniyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘sukhāya vedanāya atthibhāvo sukha’’nti. Sukhakāmo dukkhaṃ titikkhati. Apariññātavatthukānañhi sukhavedanuparamo dukkhato upaṭṭhāti, tasmāyamattho viyogena dīpetabbo. ‘‘Dukkhā vipariṇāmasukhā’’ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tathācāha ^b^papañcasūdaniyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘dukkhāya vedanāya natthibhāvo sukha’’nti. Dukkhavedanuparamo hi vuttānaṃ sukhato upaṭṭhāti evāti vadanti. Tassa yogassa vūpasamena ‘‘aho sukhaṃ jāta’’nti majjhattavedanāya jānanabhāvo yāthāvato avabujjhanaṃ sukhaṃ. Adukkhamasukhāpi vedanā vijānantassa sukhaṃ hoti tassa sukhumatāya viññeyyabhāvato. Yathā rūpārūpadhammānaṃ salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca sammadeva avabodho paramaṃ sukhaṃ. Tenāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yato ^a^M2.0075^ea^ yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānata’’nti. (dha. pa. 374);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññāṇadukkhā^eb^ti ajānanabhāvo adukkhamasukhāvedanāya dukkhaṃ. Sammā vibhāgajānanasabhāvo ñāṇassa sambhavo. Ñāṇasampayuttā hi ñāṇūpanissayā adukkhamasukhā vedanā pasatthākārā, yato sā iṭṭhā ceva iṭṭhaphalā cāti. Ajānanabhāvoti ettha vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo. ‘‘Dukkhanti vidito’’ti pāḷi, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana viditanti paduddhāro kato, taṃ atthadassanamattanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vedanāparicchedajānane^eb^ti ‘‘tisso imā vedanā’’ti evaṃ paricchedato jānane. ^b^Aññāsī^eb^ti kadā aññāsi? Imasmiṃ desanākāleti vadanti, paṭivedhakāleti pana yuttaṃ. Yathāpaṭividdhā hi vedanā idha therena desitāti. ^b^Iminā kāraṇenā^eb^ti ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkha’’nti vedanānaṃ aniccatāya dukkhabhāvajānanasaṅkhātena kāraṇena. Taṃnimittaṃ hissa vedanāsu taṇhā na uppajjati. ^b^Atippapañco^eb^ti ativitthāro. ^b^Dukkhasmiṃ^eb^ antogadhaṃ dukkhapariyāpannattā. ^b^Dukkha^eb^nti sabbaṃ vedayitaṃ dukkhaṃ saṅkhāradukkhabhāvato. ^b^Ñātamatte^eb^ti yāthāvato avabujjhanamatte. ^b^Taṇhā na tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti na santiṭṭhati nappavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathaṃ vimokkhā^eb^ti ajjhattabahiddhābhedesu vimuttā. Hetumhi cetaṃ nissakkavacananti hetuatthena karaṇavacanena atthamāha ^b^‘‘katarena vimokkhenā’’^eb^ti. Karaṇatthepi vā etaṃ nissakkavacananti ^a^V2.0065^ea^ tathā vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhiniveso^eb^ti vipassanārambho. ^b^Bahiddhādhammāpi daṭṭhabbāyeva^eb^ sabbassapi pariññeyyassa parijānitabbato. ^b^Ñāṇaṃ^eb^ pavattetvā. ^b^Te^eb^ti ajjhattasaṅkhāre. ^b^Vavatthapetvā^eb^ti salakkhaṇato paricchinditvā. ^b^Bahiddhā otāretī^eb^ti bahiddhāsaṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ otāreti. ^b^Ajjhattaṃ otāretī^eb^ti ajjhattasaṅkhāre sammasati. ^b^Tatra^eb^ tasmiṃ catukke. ^b^Tesaṃ vavatthānakāle^eb^ti tesaṃ ajjhattasaṅkhārānaṃ vipassanākāle.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbupādānakkhayā^eb^ti sabbaso upādānānaṃ khayā. Kāmaṃ diṭṭhisīlabbatāttavādupādānāni paṭhamamaggeneva khīyanti, kāmupādānaṃ pana aggamaggenāti tassa ^a^M2.0076^ea^ vasena ‘‘sabbupādānakkhayā’’ti vadanto thero attano arahattapattiṃ byākaroti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āsavā nānussavantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sato^eb^ti iminā sativepullappattiṃ dasseti. ^b^Cakkhuto rūpe savantī^eb^ti cakkhuviññāṇavīthiyaṃ tadanugatamanoviññāṇavīthiyañca rūpārammaṇā āsavā pavattantīti. Kiñcāpi tattha kusalādīnampi pavatti atthi, kāmāsavādayo eva vaṇato yūsaṃ viya paggharaṇakāsucibhāvena sandanti, tathā sesavāresu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^ntiādi, tasmā te eva ‘‘āsavā’’ti vuccanti. Tattha hi paggharaṇakāsucimhi niruḷho āsavasaddo. ‘‘Attānaṃ nāvajānāmī’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘omānapahānaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti āha. Tena āsavesu samudāyupalakkhaṇaṃ kathitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi seyyamānādippahānena vinā hīnamānaṃyeva pajahati. ^b^Pajānanā^eb^ti ‘‘nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti vuttapajānanasampanno hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarūpabhedatopī^eb^ti ‘‘cattāro’’ti evaṃ parimāṇaparicchedatopi. Idaṃ bhagavā dassento āhāti sambandho. ^b^Ida^eb^nti ca ‘‘ayampi kho’’tiādivacanaṃ sandhāyāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asambhinnāya evā^eb^ti yathānisinnāya eva, avuṭṭhitāya evāti attho. ^b^Puggalathomanattha^eb^nti desanākusalānaṃ ānandattherādīnaṃ puggalānaṃ pasaṃsanatthaṃ ukkaṃsanatthaṃ. ^b^Dhammathomanattha^eb^nti paṭipattidhammassa pasaṃsanatthaṃ. ^b^Tepī^eb^ti ānandattherādayo bhikkhūpi. ^b^Dhammapaṭiggāhakā^eb^ bhikkhū. ^b^Atthe^eb^ti sīlādiatthe. ^b^Dhamme^eb^ti pāḷidhamme.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Assā^eb^ti bhagavato. ^b^Ānubhāvaṃ karissati^eb^ ‘‘divasañcepi bhagavā’’tiādinā. ^b^Na^eb^nti sāriputtattheraṃ. ^b^Ahampi tatheva thomessāmi^eb^ ‘‘sā hi bhikkhū’’tiādinā. ^b^Evaṃ cintesī^eb^ti evaṃ vakkhamānena dhammadāyādadesanāya cintitākārena cintesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekajjhāsayāyā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0066^ea^ samānādhippāyāya. ^b^Matiyā^eb^ti paññāya. ^b^Ayaṃ desanā aggā^eb^ti bhagavā dhammasenāpatiṃ guṇato evaṃ paggaṇhātīti katvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakāsetvā^eb^ti guṇato pākaṭaṃ paññātaṃ katvā sabbasāvakehi seṭṭhabhāve ^b^ṭhapetukāmo. Cittagatiyā^eb^ cittavasena kāyassa pariṇāmanena ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo idaṃ cittaṃ viya hotū’’ti kāyasamānagatikattādhiṭṭhānena. Kathaṃ pana kāyo dandhappavattiko lahuparivattena cittena ^a^M2.0077^ea^ samānagatiko hotīti? Na sabbathā samānagatiko. Yatheva hi kāyavasena cittavipariṇāmane cittaṃ sabbathā kāyena samānagatikaṃ hoti. Na hi tadā cittaṃ sabhāvasiddhena attano khaṇena avattitvā dandhavuttikassa rūpadhammassa khaṇena vattituṃ sakkoti, ‘‘idaṃ cittaṃ ayaṃ kāyo viya hotū’’ti panādhiṭṭhānena dandhagatikassa kāyassa anuvattanato yāva icchitaṭṭhānappatti hoti, tāva kāyagatianulomeneva hutvā santānavasena pavattamānaṃ cittaṃ kāyagatiyā pariṇāmitaṃ nāma hoti, evaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo idaṃ cittaṃ viya hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhānena pageva sukhalahusaññāya sampāditattā abhāvitiddhipādānaṃ viya dandhaṃ avattitvā yathā lahukatipayacittavāreheva icchitaṭṭhānappati hoti, evaṃ pavattarūpatā viññāyatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhippāyānurūpameva^eb^ tassa bhagavato thomanāya katattā. ^b^Idaṃ nāma^eb^ atthajātaṃ bhagavā ^b^pucchissatī^eb^ti pubbe mayā ^b^aviditaṃ^eb^ apassaṃ. ^b^Āsayajānanattha^eb^nti ‘‘evaṃ byākarontena satthu ajjhāsayo gahito hotī’’ti evaṃ satthu ajjhāsayajānanatthaṃ. ^b^Dutiyaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanto^eb^ bhagavā ^b^paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ anumodi^eb^ dutiyaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanteneva paṭhamapañhavissajjanassa sampaṭicchitabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etaṃ ahosī^eb^ti etaṃ parivitakkanaṃ ahosi. ^b^Assā^eb^ti kaḷārakhattiyassa bhikkhuno. Dhamme dahatīti ^b^dhammadhātu,^eb^ sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, sāvakavisaye dhamme dahati yāthāvato ajite katvā ṭhapetīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammadhātū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sabbaññutaññāṇagatikameva^eb^ visaye. ^b^Gocaradhamme^eb^ti gocarabhūte ñeyyadhamme.<br/><br/>[06]Kaḷārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 27
title: bhūtasuttavaṇṇanā^kaḷārasuttavaṇṇanā^ñāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^33^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ñāṇameva ñāṇavatthu^eb^ sampattīnaṃ kāraṇabhāvato. ^b^Catūsū^eb^ti catusaccassa bodhanavasena vuttesu catūsu ñāṇesu. ^b^Paṭhama^eb^nti ‘‘jarāmaraṇe ñāṇa’’nti evaṃ vuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yena dhāraṇaparicayamanasikāravasena ^a^V2.0067^ea^ pavattaṃ sabbaṃ gaṇhi. Sannicayañāṇamayaṃ ^b^savanamayaṃ^eb^ nāmatveva veditabbaṃ. Sabhāvato ^a^M2.0078^ea^ paccayato cassa pariggaṇhanañāṇaṃ ^b^sammasanañāṇaṃ^eb^tveva veditabbaṃ. Jarāmaraṇasīsena cettha jarāmaraṇavantova dhammā gahitā. ^b^Paṭivedhañāṇa^eb^nti asammohato paṭivijjhanañāṇaṃ. ^b^Iminā dhammenā^eb^ti hetumhi karaṇavacanaṃ. Imassa hi dhammassa adhigamahetu ayaṃ ariyo atītānāgate nayenapi catusaccadhamme abhisambujjhati. Maggañāṇameva pana atītānāgate nayanasadisaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘maggañāṇadhammena vā’’^eb^ti dutiyavikappo vutto. Evañhi ‘‘akālika’’nti samatthitaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñāṇacakkhunā diṭṭhenā^eb^ti dhammacakkhubhūtena ñāṇacakkhunā asammohapaṭivedhavasena paccakkhato diṭṭhena. ^b^Paññāya viditenā^eb^ti maggapaññāya tatheva viditena. Yasmā tathā diṭṭhaṃ viditaṃ sabbaso pattaṃ mahāupāyo hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pariyogāḷhenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Diṭṭhenā^eb^ti vā dassanena, dhammaṃ passitvā ṭhitenāti attho. ^b^Viditenā^eb^ti cattāri saccāni viditvā pākaṭāni katvā ṭhitena. ^b^Akālikenā^eb^ti na kālantaravipākadāyinā. ^b^Pattenā^eb^ti cattāri saccāni patvā ṭhitattā dhammaṃ pattena. ^b^Pariyogāḷhenā^eb^ti catusaccadhamme pariyogāhitvā ṭhitena. ^b^Atītānāgate nayaṃ netī^eb^ti atīte ca anāgate ca nayaṃ neti harati peseti. Idaṃ pana paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa kiccaṃ, satthārā pana maggañāṇaṃ atītānāgate nayanasadisaṃ kataṃ taṃmūlakattā. Atītamaggassa hi paccavekkhaṇaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā maggañāṇaṃ nayanasadisaṃ kataṃ nāma hoti, paccavekkhaṇañāṇena pana nayaṃ neti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. Yathā pana tena nayaṃ neti. Taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ye kho kecī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ettha ca nayanuppādanaṃ nayañāṇasseva pavattiviseso. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa kicca’’nti. Kiñcāpi ‘‘imināti maggañāṇadhammena vā’’ti vuttaṃ, duvidhaṃ pana maggaphalañāṇaṃ sammasanañāṇapaccavekkhaṇāya mūlakāraṇaṃ, na nayanassāti duvidhena ñāṇadhammenāti na na yujjati. Tathā catusaccadhammassa ñātattā maggaphalasaṅkhātassa vā dhammassa saccapaṭivedhasampayogaṃ gatattā ‘‘nayanaṃ hotū’’ti tena ‘‘iminā dhammenā’’ti ñāṇassa visayabhāvena ñāṇasampayogena tadañātenāti ca attho na na yujjati. ^b^Anuaye^eb^ti dhammañāṇassa anurūpavasena aye bujjhanañāṇe diṭṭhānaṃ adiṭṭhānayanato adiṭṭhassa diṭṭhatāya ñāpanato ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammañāṇassa anugamane ñāṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Khīṇāsavassa sekkhabhūmi^eb^ nāma aggamaggakkhaṇo ^a^M2.0079^ea^. Kasmā panetaṃ evaṃ vuttanti ce? ‘‘Evaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānātī’’tiādinā vattamānavasena desanāya pavattattā.<br/><br/>[06]Ñāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 28
title: kaḷārasuttavaṇṇanā^ñāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyañāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^34^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sattarī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0068^ea^ ta-kārassa ra-kārādesaṃ vuttaṃ. Sattatisaddena vā samānattho sattarisaddo. Byañjanarucivasena byañjanaṃ bhaṇantīti ^b^byañjanabhāṇakā^eb^. Tenāha ‘‘bahubyañjanaṃ katvā’’tiādi. Tiṭṭhati tattha phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti ṭhiti, paccuppannalakkhaṇassa dhammassa ṭhiti dhammaṭṭhiti. Atha vā dhammoti kāraṇaṃ, paccayoti attho. Dhammassa yo ṭhitisabhāvo, sova dhammato añño natthīti dhammaṭṭhiti, paccayo. Tattha ñāṇaṃ ^b^dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ^eb^. Tenāha āyasmā dhammasenāpati – ‘‘paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa’’nti (paṭi. ma. mātikā 4). Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘paccayākāre ñāṇa’’^eb^ntiādi. Tattha ^b^dhammāna^eb^nti paccayuppannadhammānaṃ. ^b^Pavattiṭṭhitikāraṇattā^eb^ti pavattisaṅkhātāya ṭhitiyā kāraṇattā. ‘‘Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’ntiādinā addhattaye anvayabyatirekavasena pavattiyā ^b^chabbidhassa ñāṇassa. Khayo^eb^ nāma vināso, sova bhedoti. ^b^Virajjanaṃ^eb^ palujjanaṃ. ^b^Nirujjhanaṃ^eb^ antaradhānaṃ. ^b^Ekekasmi^eb^nti jarāmaraṇādīsu ekekasmiṃ. Pubbe ‘‘yathābhūtañāṇa’’nti taruṇavipassanaṃ āha. Tasmā idhāpi dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ vipassanāti gahetvā ^b^‘‘vipassanāpaṭivipassanā kathitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyañāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 29
title: ñāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyañāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā^avijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^35^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Desanaṃ osāpesī^eb^ti yathāraddhakathaṃ ṭhapesi. Tattha nisinnassa diṭṭhigatikassa laddhiyā bhindanavasena upari kathetukāmo. Buddhānañhi desanāvāraṃ pacchindāpetvā pucchituṃ samattho nāma koci natthi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhigatikassa okāsadānattha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Duppañho eso^eb^ sattūpaladdhiyā pucchitattā ^a^M2.0080^ea^. ^b^Sattūpaladdhivādapadenā^eb^ti ‘‘satto jīvo upalabbhatī’’ti evaṃ pavattadiṭṭhidīpakapadavasena. Vadanti etenāti ^b^vādo^eb^. Diṭṭhi-saddo pana dvayasaṅgahito, brahmacariyavāso pana paramatthato ariyamaggabhāvanāti āha ^b^‘‘ariyamaggavāso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayaṃ diṭṭhī^eb^ti anaññe sarīrajīvāti diṭṭhi. ‘‘Jīvo’’ti ca jīvitameva vadanti. ^b^Vaṭṭa^eb^nti duvidhaṃ vaṭṭaṃ. ^b^Nirodhento^eb^ti anuppattidhammataṃ āpādento. ^b^Samucchindanto^eb^ti appavattiyaṃ pāpanena upacchindanto. Tadetaṃ maggena nirodhetabbaṃ vaṭṭaṃ nirujjhatīti yojanā. ‘‘Ayaṃ satto vināsaṃ abhāvaṃ patvā sabbaso ucchijjatī’’ti evaṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiyā gahitākārassa ^b^sambhave^eb^ saccabhāve ^b^sati. Na hotī^eb^ti sātthako na hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gacchatī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0069^ea^ sarīrato nikkhamitvā gacchati. ^b^Vivaṭṭento^eb^ti appavattiṃ karontoti attho. ^b^Vivaṭṭetuṃ na sakkoti^eb^ niccassa appavattiṃ pāpetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā. Micchādiṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhiṃ vijjhati asamāhitapuggalasevanavasena tathā pavattituṃ appadānavasena ca pajahitabbāpajahanavasena sammādiṭṭhiṃ vijjhati. ^b^Visūkamivā^eb^ti kaṇḍako viya. Na kevalaṃ ananuvattakova, atha kho virodhopi ‘‘nicca’’ntiādinā pavattanadhammatāya viññāpanato. Virūpaṃ bībhacchaṃ phanditaṃ ^b^vipphanditaṃ^eb^. Paṇṇapupphaphalapallavānaṃ avatthubhūto tālo eva tālāvatthu ‘‘asive sivā’’ti vohāro viya. Keci pana ‘‘tālavatthukatānī’’ti paṭhanti, avatthubhūtatāya tālo viya katānīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘matthakacchinnatālo viyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anuabhāva^eb^nti vināsaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Avijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 30
title: dutiyañāṇavatthusuttavaṇṇanā^avijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyāvijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^36^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iti vā^eb^ti evaṃ vā. Jarāmaraṇassa ceva jarāmaraṇasāmikassa ca khaṇavasena ^b^yo vadeyya. Avisāradadhātuko^eb^ pucchituṃ acchekatāya maṅkubhāvena jāto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pucchituṃ na sakkotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyāvijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 31
title: avijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyāvijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā^natumhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^37^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na^eb^^a^M2.0081^ea^^b^tumhāka^eb^nti kāyassa anattaniyabhāvadassanameva panetanti yā tassa anattaniyatā, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘attani hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadi na attaniyaṃ, parakiyaṃ nāma siyāti, tampi natthīti dassento ^b^‘‘nāpi aññesa’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Nayidaṃ purāṇakammamevā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ kāyo’’ti vuttasarīraṃ purāṇakammameva na hoti. Na hi kāyo vedanāsabhāvo. ^b^Paccayavohārenā^eb^ti kāraṇopacārena. ^b^Abhisaṅkhata^eb^ntiādi napuṃsakaliṅgavacanaṃ. ^b^Purimaliṅgasabhāgatāyā^eb^ti ‘‘purāṇamidaṃ kamma’’nti evaṃ vuttapurimanapuṃsakaliṅgasabhāgatāya. Aññamaññābhimukhehi samecca paccayehi kato abhisaṅkhatoti āha ^b^‘‘paccayehi katoti daṭṭhabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhisañcetayita^eb^nti tathā abhisaṅkhatattasaṅkhātena abhimukhabhāvena cetayitaṃ pakappitaṃ, pavattitanti attho. ^b^Cetanāvatthuko^eb^ti cetanāhetuko. ^b^Vedaniya^eb^nti vedanāya hitaṃ vatthārammaṇabhāvena vedanāya paccayabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vedaniyavatthū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Natumhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 32
title: dutiyāvijjāpaccayasuttavaṇṇanā^natumhasuttavaṇṇanā^cetanāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^38^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yañcā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0070^ea^ ettha ^b^ca^eb^-saddo aṭṭhāne. Tena cetanāya viya pakappānānusayānampi viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā vakkhamānaṃyeva avisiṭṭhaṃ ārammaṇabhāvaṃ joteti. Kāmaṃ tīsupi padesu ‘‘pavatteti’’icceva attho vutto, vattanattho pana cetanādīnaṃ yathākkamaṃ cetayanapakappanānusayanarūpo visiṭṭhaṭṭho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Tebhūmakakusalākusalacetanā gahitā^eb^ kammaviññāṇassa paccayaniddhāraṇametanti. ^b^Taṇhādiṭṭhikappā gahitā^eb^ yathārahanti adhippāyo. Aṭṭhasupi hi lobhasahagatacittesu taṇhākappo, tattha catūsveva diṭṭhikappoti. Kāmaṃ anusayā lokiyakusalacetanāsupi anusentiyeva, akusalesu pana pavatti pākaṭāti ^b^‘‘dvādasannaṃ cetanāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sahajātakoṭiyā^eb^ti idaṃ paccuppannāpi kāmarāgādayo anusayāva vuccanti taṃsadisatāyāti vuttaṃ. Na hi kālabhedena lakkhaṇappabhedo atthīti. Anāgatā eva hi kāmarāgādayo nippariyāyato ‘‘anusayā’’ti vattabbataṃ arahanti. Paccayuppanno ^a^M2.0082^ea^ vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘ārammaṇaṃ paccayo’’ti. ^b^Kammaviññāṇassa ṭhitattha^eb^nti kammaviññāṇasseva pavattiyā. ^b^Tasmiṃ paccaye satī^eb^ti tasmiṃ cetanāpakappanānusayasaññite paccaye sati ^b^patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti^eb^. Santāne phaladānasamatthatāyeva hotīti ^b^‘‘patiṭṭhā hoti, tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāvasena ^b^viruḷhe^eb^ti. Patiṭṭhiteti hi iminā kammassa katabhāvo vutto, ‘‘viruḷhe’’ti iminā upacitabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammaṃ javāpetvā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha puretaraṃ uppannāhi kammacetanāhi laddhapaccayattā balappattāya sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāya kammaviññāṇaṃ laddhapatiṭṭhaṃ viruḷhamūlañca hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nibbattamūle jāte’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā vipākaṃ dentaṃ anantare jātivasena deti upapajjavedanīyakammanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tebhūmakacetanāyā^eb^ti tebhūmakakusalākusalacetanāya. ^b^Appavattanakkhaṇo^eb^ti idha pavattanakkhaṇo jāyamānakkhaṇo. Na jāyamānakkhaṇo ^b^appavattanakkhaṇo^eb^ na kevalaṃ bhaṅgakkhaṇo appahīnānusayassa adhippetattā. ^b^Appahīnakoṭiyā^eb^ti asamucchinnabhāvena. Tadidaṃ tebhūmakakusalākusalacetanāsu appavattamānāsu anusayānaṃ sahajātakoṭiādinā pavatti nāma natthi, vipākādīsu appahīnakoṭiyā pavattati karontassa abhāvatoti imamatthaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Avāritattā^eb^ti paṭipakkheti avāritabbattā. ^b^Paccayova hoti^eb^ viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā.<br/><br/>[03]Paṭhamadutiyavārehi vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā tatiyavāre ^b^‘‘no ce’’^eb^tiādinā vivaṭṭaṃ dassitanti ^b^‘‘paṭhamapade tebhūmakakusalākusalacetanā nivattā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^nivattā^eb^ti akaraṇato appavattiyā ^a^V2.0071^ea^ apagatā. Taṇhādiṭṭhiyo nivattāti yojanā. ^b^Vuttappakāresū^eb^ti ‘‘tebhūmakavipākesū’’tiādinā vuttappakāresu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etthā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte. Ettha cetanāpakappanānaṃ pavattanavasena dhammaparicchedo dassitoti ‘‘cetetīti tebhūmakakusalākusalacetanā gahitā’’tiādinayo idheva hotīti dassito. ^b^Catasso^eb^ti paṭighadvayamohamūlasamāgatā catasso akusalacetanā. ^b^Catūsu akusalacetanāsū^eb^ti yathāvuttāsu eva catūsu akusalacetanāsu, itarā pana ‘‘na pakappetī’’ti iminā paṭikkhepena nivattāti. ^b^Sutte āgataṃ vāretvā^eb^ti ‘‘no ca pakappetī’’ti evaṃ paṭikkhepavasena ^a^M2.0083^ea^ sutte āgataṃ vajjetvā. ‘‘Na pakappetī’’ti hi iminā aṭṭhasu lobhasahagatacittesu sahajātakoṭiyā pavattānusayo nivattito tesaṃ cittānaṃ appavattanato, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ ṭhapetvāti attho. ^b^Purimasadisova^eb^ purimanayesu vuttanayena gahetabbo dhammaparicchedattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tadappatiṭṭhite^eb^ti samāsabhāvato vibhattilopo, sandhivasena da-kārāgamo, tassa appatiṭṭhitaṃ tadappatiṭṭhitaṃ, tasmiṃ tadappatiṭṭhiteti evamettha samāsapadasiddhi daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ tatiyavāre arahattamaggassa kiccaṃ kathitaṃ sabbaso anusayanibbattibhedanato. ^b^Khīṇāsavassa kiccakaraṇantipi^eb^ vattuṃ vaṭṭati sabbaso vedanādīnaṃ paṭikkhepabhāvato. ^b^Nava lokuttaradhammātipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati^eb^ maggapaṭipāṭiyā anusayasamugghāṭanato maggānantarāni phalāni, tadubhayārammaṇañca nibbānanti. ^b^Viññāṇassā^eb^ti kammaviññāṇassa. Punabbhavasīsena anantarabhavasaṅgahitaṃ nāmarūpaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇameva vā gahitanti āha ^b^‘‘punabbhavassa ca antare eko sandhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhavajātīna^eb^nti ettha ‘‘dutiyabhavassa tatiyabhave jātiyā’’ti evaṃ paramparavasena gahetabbaṃ. Āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattigahaṇena pana nānantariyato kammabhavo gahito, jātihetuphalasiddhipettha vuttā evāti veditabbaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘no ce, bhikkhave, ceteti no ca pakappeti, atha kho anusetī’’ti evaṃ bhagavatā dutiyanaye pubbabhāge bhavanibbattakakusalākusalāyūhanaṃ, pakappanañca vināpi bhavesu diṭṭhādīnavassa yogino anusayapaccayā vipassanācetanāpi paṭisandhijanakā hotīti dassanatthaṃ kusalākusalassa appavatti cepi, tadā vijjamānatebhūmakavipākādidhammesu appahīnakoṭiyā anusayitakilesappaccayā bhavavajjassa kammaviññāṇassa patiṭṭhitatā hotīti dassanatthañca vutto. ‘‘Na ceteti pakappeti anusetī’’ti ayaṃ nayo na gahito cetanaṃ vinā pakappanassa abhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Cetanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 33
title: natumhasuttavaṇṇanā^cetanāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyacetanāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^39^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Viññāṇanāmarūpānaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0072^ea^^a^M2.0084^ea^^b^antare eko sandhī^eb^ti hetuphalasandhi viññāṇaggahaṇena kammaviññāṇassa gahitattā. Nāmarūpaṃ pana vipākanāmarūpamevāti pākaṭameva. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyacetanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 34
title: cetanāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyacetanāsuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyacetanāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^40^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rūpādīsu^eb^ chasu ārammaṇesu. Tena cettha bhavattayaṃ saṅgaṇhāti chaḷārammaṇapariyāpannattā. Tasseva bhavattayassa patthanā paṇidhānādivasena ^b^nati^eb^ nāma. ^b^Āgatimhi gatī^eb^ti paccupaṭṭhānavasena abhimukhaṃ gati pavatti etasmāti āgati, kammādinimittaṃ. Tasmiṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇassa gati pavatti nibbatti hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āgate’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Cutūpapāto^eb^ti cavanaṃ cuti, maraṇaṃ. Upapajjanaṃ nibbatti, upapāto. Cutito upapāto punaruppādo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ viññāṇassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ito^eb^ti nibbattabhavato. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti punabbhavasaṅkhāte āyatibhave. ^b^Ekova sandhī^eb^ti eko hetuphalasandhi eva kathito.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyacetanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Kaḷārakhattiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 35
title: dutiyacetanāsuttavaṇṇanā^gahapativaggo^pañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^41^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yato^eb^ti yasmiṃ kāle. Ayañhi ^b^to^eb^-saddo dā-saddo viya idha kālavisayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yadā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhayaveracetanāyo^eb^ti bhāyitabbaṭṭhena bhayaṃ, verapasavanaṭṭhena veranti ca laddhanāmā cetanāyo. Pāṇātipātādayo hi yassa pavattanti, yañca uddissa pavattiyanti, ubhaye sabhayabheravāti te eva bhāyitabbabhayaverajanakāvāti. Sotassa ariyamaggassa ādito paṭṭhāya paṭipattiadhigamo sotāpatti ^a^M2.0085^ea^, tadatthāya tattha patiṭṭhitassa ca aṅgāni ^b^sotāpattiyaṅgāni,^eb^ tadubhayaṃ ^a^V2.0073^ea^ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘duvidhaṃ sotāpattiyā aṅga’’^eb^nti, sotāpattiatthaṃ aṅganti attho. ^b^Yaṃ pubbabhāge^eb^ti yaṃ sayaṃ sotāpattimaggaphalapaṭilābhato pubbabhāge tadatthāya saṃvattati. Kiṃ pana tanti āha ‘‘sappurisasaṃsevo’’tiādi. Sappurisānaṃ buddhādīnaṃ ariyañāṇasaññāṇajātā payirupāsanā, ^b^saddhammassavanaṃ^eb^ catusaccadhammassavanaṃ, yoniso upāyena aniccādito manasi karaṇaṃ ^b^yoniso manasikāro,^eb^ ussukkāpentena dhammassa nibbānassa anudhammapaṭipajjanaṃ ^b^dhammānudhammapaṭipattī^eb^ti etāni sotāpattiyā aṅgāni. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana sotāpattiaṅganti padaṃ apekkhitvā ^b^‘‘evaṃ āgata’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ṭhitassa^eb^ puggalassa ^b^aṅgaṃ^eb^. Sotāpanno aṅgīyati ñāyati etenāti ^b^sotāpannassa aṅganti^eb^pi vuccati. ^b^Idaṃ^eb^ pacchā vuttaṃ aṅgaṃ. Dosehi ārakāti ^b^ariyo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘niddoso’’^eb^ti. Kathaṃ avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayotiādinā kenacipi anupārambhiyattā ^b^nirupārambho^eb^. Ñāṇaṃ sandhāya ‘‘niddoso’’ti vuttaṃ, paṭiccasamuppādaṃ sandhāya ‘‘nirupārambho’’ti vadanti. Ubhayampi pana sandhāya ubhayaṃ vuttanti apare. ^b^Paṭiccasamuppādo^eb^ ettha adhippeto. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aparāparaṃ uppannāya vipassanāpaññāyā’’^eb^ti. Na hi maggañāṇaṃ vipassanāpaññāti. Sammā upāyattā tassa paṭiccasamuppanne yāthāvato ñāyatīti ^b^ñāyo,^eb^ paṭiccasamuppādo. Ñāṇaṃ pana ñāyati so etenāti ^b^ñāyo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti niraye. ^b^Maggasota^eb^nti maggassa sotaṃ. ^b^Āpanno^eb^ti adhigato. Apāyesu uppajjanasaṅkhāto vinipātadhammo etassāti vinipātadhammo, na vinipātadhammo ^b^avinipātadhammo^eb^. Paraṃ ayananti ativiya savisaye ayitabbaṃ bujjhitabbaṃ. Yesañhi dhātūnaṃ gatiattho, buddhipi tesaṃ attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avassaṃ abhisambujjhanako’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāṇātipātakammakāraṇā^eb^ti pāṇātipātasaṅkhātassa pāpakammassa karaṇahetu. ^b^Veraṃ^eb^ vuccati virodho, tadeva bhāyitabbato ^b^bhaya^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘bhayaṃ veranti atthato eka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Idaṃ bāhiraṃ veraṃ nāma^eb^ tassa verassa mūlabhūtato verakārapuggalato bahibhāvattā. Teneva hi tassa verakārapuggalassa uppannaṃ veraṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘idaṃ ajjhattikaveraṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, tannissitassa verassa mūlabhūtā verakārapuggalacetanā uppajjati paharituṃ asamatthassapīti adhippāyo. Na hi nerayikā nirayapālesu ^a^M2.0086^ea^ paṭipaharituṃ sakkonti. ^b^Nirayapālassa cetanā uppajjatī^eb^ti etena ‘‘atthi niraye nirayapālā’’ti dasseti. ^b^Yaṃ panetaṃ bāhiravera^eb^nti yamidaṃ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ samparāyikañca bāhiraṃ veraṃ. ^b^Puggalaveranti vuttaṃ^eb^ attakiccaṃ sādhetuṃ asakkonto kevalaṃ parapuggale uppannamattaṃ veranti katvā. ^b^Atthato ekameva^eb^ ‘‘cetasika’’nti visesetvā vuttattā. ^b^Sesapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘adinnādānapaccayā’’tiādinā āgatesu sesakoṭṭhāsesu. ^b^Attho bhaggo^eb^ti attho dhaṃsito ^a^V2.0074^ea^. ^b^Adhigatenā^eb^ti maggena adhigatena. ‘‘Abhigatenā’’tipi pāṭho, adhivuttenāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘acalappasādenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 36
title: gahapativaggo^pañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyapañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^42^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhikkhūnaṃ kathitabhāvamattameva viseso^eb^ti etena yā satthārā ekaccānaṃ desitadesanā, puna tadaññesaṃ veneyyadamakusalena kālantare teneva desitā, sā dhammasaṃgāhakehi ‘‘mā no satthudesanā sampaṭiggahaṃ vinā nassatū’’ti visuṃ saṅgahaṃ āropitāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyapañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 37
title: pañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyapañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā^dukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^43^eb^^b^.^eb^ Samudayanaṃ ^b^samudayo,^eb^ samudeti etamhāti ^b^samudayo,^eb^ evaṃ ubhinnaṃ samudayānamatthatopi bhedo veditabbo. Paccayāva ^b^paccayasamudayo^eb^. Āraddhavipassako ‘‘imañca imañca paccayasāmaggiṃ paṭicca ime dhammā khaṇe khaṇe uppajjantī’’ti passanto ^b^‘‘paccayasamudayaṃ passantopi bhikkhu khaṇikasamudayaṃ passatī’’^eb^ti vutto paccayadassanamukhena nibbattikkhaṇassa dassanato. So pana khaṇe khaṇe saṅkhārānaṃ nibbattiṃ passituṃ āraddho ‘‘imehi nāma paccayehi nibbattatī’’ti passati. ‘‘So khaṇikasamudayaṃ passanto paccayaṃ passatī’’ti vadanti. Yasmā pana paccayato saṅkhārānaṃ ^a^M2.0087^ea^ udayaṃ passanto khaṇato tesaṃ udayadassanaṃ hoti, khaṇato etesaṃ udayaṃ passato pageva paccayānaṃ suggahitattā paccayato dassanaṃ sukhena ijjhati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paccayasamudayaṃ passantopī’’^eb^tiādi. Atthaṅgamadassanepi eseva nayo. ^b^Accantatthaṅgamo^eb^ti appavatti nirodho nibbānanti. ^b^Bhedatthaṅgamo^eb^ti khaṇikanirodho. Tadubhayaṃ pubbabhāge uggahaparipucchādivasena passanto aññatarassa dassane itaradassanampi siddhameva hoti, pubbabhāge ca ārammaṇavasena khayato vayasammasanādikāle bhedatthaṅgamaṃ passanto atirekavasena anussavādito accantaṃ atthaṅgamaṃ passati. Maggakkhaṇe panārammaṇato accantātthaṅgamaṃ passati, asammohato itarampi passati. Taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘accantatthaṅgamaṃ passantopī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Samudayatthaṅgamaṃ nibbattibheda^eb^nti samudayasaṅkhātaṃ nibbattiṃ atthaṅgamasaṅkhātaṃ bhedañca. ^b^Nissayavasenā^eb^ti cakkhussa sannissayavasena paccayaṃ katvā. ^b^Ārammaṇavasenā^eb^ti rūpe ārammaṇaṃ katvā. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^madhupiṇḍikasuttaṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso^eb^ti ‘‘cakkhu rūpāni ^a^V2.0075^ea^ viññāṇa’’nti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati samāgame nibbatti phassoti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiyā phasso’’^eb^ti. Tiṇṇanti ca pākaṭapaccayavasena vuttaṃ, tadaññepi pana manasikārādayo phassapaccayā hontiyeva. ^b^Eva^eb^nti taṇhādīnaṃ asesavirāganirodhakkamena. ^b^Bhinnaṃ hotī^eb^ti anuppādanirodhena niruddhaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appaṭisandhiya’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Dukkhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 38
title: dutiyapañcaverabhayasuttavaṇṇanā^dukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^lokasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^44^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ayamettha viseso^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ lokassā’’ti samudayatthaṅgamānaṃ visesadassanaṃ. ^b^Ettha^eb^ catutthasutte tatiyasuttato ^b^viseso^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Lokasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 39
title: dukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^lokasuttavaṇṇanā^ñātikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^45^eb^^b^.^eb^ Aññamaññaṃ ^a^M2.0088^ea^ dvinnaṃ ñātīnaṃ gāmo ñātikoti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘dvinnaṃ ñātakānaṃ gāme’’^eb^ti. Giñjakā vuccanti iṭṭhakā, giñjakāhi eva kato āvasatho ^b^giñjakāvasatho^eb^. So kira āvāso yathā sudhāparikammena payojanaṃ natthi, evaṃ iṭṭhakāhi eva cinitvā chādetvā kato. Tādisañhi chadanaṃ sandhāya bhagavatā iṭṭhakāchadanaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘iṭṭhakāhi kate mahāpāsāde’’^eb^ti. Tattha dvārabandhakavāṭaphalakādīni pana dārumayāniyeva. Pariyāyati attano phalaṃ pariggahetvā vattatīti pariyāyo, kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘dhammapariyāyanti dhammakāraṇa’’^eb^nti, pariyattidhammabhūtaṃ visesādhigamassa hetunti attho. Upecca suyyati etthāti upassutīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘upassutīti upassutiṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Attano kamma^eb^nti yadatthaṃ tattha gato, taṃ pariveṇasamajjanakiriyaṃ. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti akatvā. Evaṃ mahatthañhi vimuttāyatanasīse ṭhatvā suṇantassa mahato atthāya saṃvattati. ^b^Ekaṅgaṇaṃ ahosī^eb^ti sabbaṃ vivaṭaṃ ahosi. Tīsu hi bhavesu saṅkhāragataṃ paccayuppannavasena manasikaroto bhagavato kiñci asesetvā sabbampi taṃ ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ upagacchi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yāvabhavaggā ekaṅgaṇaṃ ahosī’’^eb^ti. Tantivasena tamatthaṃ vācāya nicchārento ^b^‘‘vacasā sajjhāyaṃ karonto’’^eb^ti vutto. Paccayapaccayuppannavasena ca atthaṃ āharitvā tesaṃ nirodhena vivaṭṭassa āhatattā ^b^‘‘yathānusandhinā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Addasa^eb^ ñāṇacakkhunā.<br/><br/>[03]Manasā ^a^V2.0076^ea^ sajjhāyaṃ karonto ^b^‘‘tuṇhībhūtova paguṇaṃ karonto’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Padānupada^eb^nti padañca anupadañca. Purimañhi padaṃ nāma, tadanantaraṃ anupadaṃ. ^b^Ghaṭetvā^eb^ sambandhaṃ katvā avicchinditvā. ^b^Pariyāpuṇātī^eb^ti ajjhayati. ^b^Ādhārappatta^eb^nti ādhāraṃ cittasantānappattaṃ appamuṭṭhaṃ gatattā ādhārappattaṃ nāma. ^b^Kāraṇanissito^eb^ti lokuttaradhammassa kāraṇasannissito. ^b^Ādibrahmacariyako^eb^ti ādibrahmacariyaṃ, tadeva ^b^ādibrahmacariyakaṃ^eb^. Dhammapariyāyāpekkhāya pulliṅganiddeso. ^b^Tīsupi imesū^eb^ti tatiyacatutthapañcamesu tīsu suttesu.<br/><br/>[06]Ñātikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 40
title: lokasuttavaṇṇanā^ñātikasuttavaṇṇanā^aññatarabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^46^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nāmavasenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0089^ea^ gottanāmavasena ca kittivasena ca apākaṭo, tasmā ‘‘jātivasena brāhmaṇo’’ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Aññatarabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 41
title: ñātikasuttavaṇṇanā^aññatarabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^jāṇussoṇisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^47^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃladdhanāmo^eb^ti ‘‘jāṇussoṇī’’ti evaṃladdhanāmo rañño santikā adhigatanāmo.<br/><br/>[06]Jāṇussoṇisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 42
title: aññatarabrāhmaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^jāṇussoṇisuttavaṇṇanā^lokāyatikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^48^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āyatiṃ hitaṃ tena loko na yatati na īhatīti lokāyataṃ. Na hi taṃ laddhiṃ nissāya sattā puññakiriyāya cittampi uppādenti, kuto payogo, taṃ etassa atthi, tattha vā niyuttoti ^b^lokāyatiko^eb^. Paṭhamasaddo ādiatthavācakattā jeṭṭhavevacanoti āha ^b^‘‘paṭhamaṃ lokāyata’’^eb^nti. Sādhāraṇavacanopi lokasaddo visiṭṭhavisayo idhādhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘bālaputhujjanalokassā’’^eb^ti. Ittarabhāvena lakuṇḍakabhāvena tassa vipulādibhāvena bālānaṃ upaṭṭhānamattanti dassento ^b^‘‘āyataṃ mahanta’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Paritta^eb^nti khuddakaṃ. ^b^Ekasabhāva^eb^nti ekaṃ sabhāvaṃ. Avipariṇāmadhammatāyāti āha ^b^‘‘niccasabhāvamevāti pucchatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Purimasabhāvena nānāsabhāva^eb^nti purimasabhāvato bhinnasabhāvaṃ. ^b^Pacchā na hotī^eb^ti pacchā kiñci na hoti sabbaso ^a^V2.0077^ea^ samucchijjanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ucchedaṃ sandhāya pucchatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekatta^eb^nti sabbakālaṃ attasambhavaṃ. Tathā ceva gahaṇena ^b^dvepi^eb^ vādā ^b^sassatadiṭṭhiyo^eb^ honti. ^b^Natthi^eb^ na hoti. ^b^Puthuttaṃ^eb^ nānāsabhāvaṃ, ekarūpaṃ na hotīti vā gahaṇena ^b^dvepi^eb^ vādā ^b^ucchedadiṭṭhiyo^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Lokāyatikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 43
title: jāṇussoṇisuttavaṇṇanā^lokāyatikasuttavaṇṇanā^ariyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^49^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃsayuppatti^eb^^a^M2.0090^ea^^b^ākāradassana^eb^nti ‘‘kasmiṃ sati kiṃ hotī’’ti kāraṇassa phalassa ca paccāmasanena vinā kevalaṃ idappaccayatāya saṃsayassa uppajjanākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Samudaya^eb^ti samudetīti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘uppajjatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Ariyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 44
title: lokāyatikasuttavaṇṇanā^ariyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyāriyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^50^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvepi nayā ekato vuttā^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘viññāṇe sati nāmarūpaṃ hotī’’tiādinā navame vuttassa nayassa ‘‘avijjāya sati saṅkhārā hontī’’tiādinā dasame vuttanaye antogadhattā. ^b^Nānatta^eb^nti purimato navamato dasamassa nānattaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyāriyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Gahapativaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 45
title: ariyasāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^dukkhavaggo^parivīmaṃsanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^51^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upaparikkhamāno^eb^ti pavattipavattihetuṃ, nivattinivattihetuñca paritulento. Kuto panetanti? ‘‘Sammā dukkhakkhayā’’ti vacanato. Na hi sabbadukkhaparivīmaṃsaṃ vinā sammā dukkhakkhayo sambhavati. ^b^Kasmā^eb^tiādinā jarāmaraṇasseva gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ pucchati. Jātiādīnampi ^a^V2.0078^ea^ pavatti dukkhabhāvinīti adhippāyo. Yasmā jarāmaraṇe gahite sati jātipi gahitā hoti, tassā abhāve jarāmaraṇasseva abhāvato. Esa nayo bhavādīsupi. Evaṃ yāva jātidhammo jarāmaraṇe gahite gahitova hoti, jarāmaraṇapadesena tabbikāravanto sabbe tebhūmakā saṅkhārā gahitāti evampi jarāmaraṇaggahaṇena sabbampi vaṭṭadukkhaṃ gahitameva hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ gahite sabbadukkhassa gahitattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anekavidha^eb^nti bahuvidhaṃ bahukoṭṭhāsaṃ. ‘‘Aneka’’nti vā pāṭho ^a^M2.0091^ea^. ^b^Aneka^eb^nti bahulavacanaṃ. ^b^Vidha^eb^nti khaṇḍiccapāliccādivasena viparītakoṭṭhāsaṃ. ^b^Nānappakāraka^eb^nti tato eva nānappakāraṃ. ^b^Nhatvā ṭhitaṃ purisaṃ viyā^eb^ti bālānaṃ attabhāvassa subhākārena upaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāyāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Sāruppabhāvenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, kiṃ sabbathā sāruppabhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘nikkilesatāya parisuddhatāyā’’^eb^ti. Na hi tassesā asaṅkhatatādibhāvena sadisā. ^b^Paṭipanno^eb^ti paṭimukho abhisaṅkhāramukho hutvā panno adhigato. ^b^Anugata^eb^nti anucchavikabhāvena gataṃ, yathā ca nibbānassa adhigamo hoti, evaṃ tadanurūpabhāvena gataṃ. Ettha ca pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘pajānātī’’ti pubbabhāgavasena pajānanā vuttā, ‘‘tathā paṭipanno ca hotī’’ti niyatavasena. ‘‘Aparabhāgavasenā’’ti apare. Keci pana ‘‘yathā paṭipannassa jarāmaraṇaṃ nirujjhati, tathā paṭipanno’’ti vadanti. Padavīmaṃsanā pubbabhāgavasena veditabbā, na maggakkhaṇavasena. ^b^Saṅkhāranirodhāyā^eb^ti ettha nayidaṃ avijjāpaccayasaṅkhāraggahaṇaṃ, atha kho saṅkhatasaṅkhāraggahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘saṅkhāradukkhassa nirodhatthāyā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ettāvatā yāva arahattā desanā kathitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Paccattaṃyeva parinibbāyatī’’tiādinā ^b^arahattaphalapaccavekkhaṇaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘so sukhañca vedanaṃ vedayatī’’tiādinā ^b^satatavihārañca dassetvā desanā^eb^ sabbathāva vaṭṭadesanāto ^b^nivattetabbā siyā. Avijjāgatoti^eb^ ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, tena evamādikaṃ idaṃ vaṭṭavivaṭṭakathanaṃ puna gaṇhāti. Puggalasaddo itarāsaṃ dvinnaṃ pakatīnaṃ vācakoti tato visesetvā gahaṇe paṭhamapakatimeva dassento ‘‘purisapuggalo’’ti avocāti āha ^b^‘‘purisoyeva puggalo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ubhayenā^eb^ti purisapuggalaggahaṇena. Sammutiyā avijjamānāya kathā desanā ^b^sammutikathā^eb^. Paramatthassa kathā desanā ^b^paramatthakathā. Tatthā^eb^ti sammutiparamatthakathāsu, na sammutiparamatthesu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ pavattā sammutikathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. Tatridaṃ sammutiparamatthānaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ – yasmiṃ bhinne buddhiyā vā avayavavinibbhoge kate na taṃsamaññā, sā ghaṭapaṭādippabhedā sammuti, tabbipariyāyato paramattho. Na hi kakkhaḷaphusanādisabhāve ayaṃ nayo labbhati. Tattha rūpādidhammaṃ ^a^V2.0079^ea^ samūhasantānavasena pavattamānaṃ upādāya ‘‘satto’’tiādi vohāroti āha ^b^‘‘satto naro…pe… sammutikathā nāmā’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0092^ea^. Yasmā rūpādayo paramatthadhammā ‘‘khandhā dhātuyo’’tiādinā vuccanti, na vohāramattaṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘khandhā…pe… paramatthakathā nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nanu khandhakathāpi sammutikathāva, sammuti hi saṅketo khandhaṭṭho rāsaṭṭho vā koṭṭhāsaṭṭho vāti? Saccametaṃ, ayaṃ pana khandhasamaññā phassādīsu tajjāpaññatti viya paramatthasannissayā tassa āsannatarā puggalasamaññādayo viya na dūreti paramatthasaṅgahatā vuttā. Khandhasīsena vā tadupādānā sabhāvadhammā eva gahitā. Nanu ca sabbepi sabhāvadhammā sammutimukheneva desanaṃ ārohanti, na sammukhenāti sabbāpi desanā sammutidesanāva siyāti? Nayidamevaṃ desetabbadhammavibhāgena desanāvibhāgassa adhippetattā, na ca saddo kenaci pavattinimittena vinā atthaṃ pakāsetīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paramatthaṃ kathentāpi sammutiṃ amuñcitvāva kathentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saccameva^eb^ aviparītameva ^b^kathenti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammutī^eb^ti samaññā. Paramo uttamo atthoti paramattho, dhammānaṃ yathābhūtasabhāvo. Taṃ ^b^paramatthaṃ, sammuti^eb^ pana lokassa saṅketamattasiddhā. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ sammutikathāya saccatāti āha ^b^‘‘lokasammutikāraṇa’’^eb^nti lokasamaññaṃ nissāya pavattanato. Lokasamaññāya hi abhinivesanaṃ vinā paññāpanā ekaccassa sutassa sāvanā viya, na musā anatikkamitabbato tassā. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘janapadaniruttiṃ nābhiniveseyya, samaññaṃ nātidhāveyyā’’ti. ^b^Dhammānaṃ^eb^ sabhāvadhammānaṃ. ^b^Bhūtalakkhaṇaṃ^eb^ bhāvassa lakkhaṇaṃ dīpentīti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Terasacetanābheda^eb^nti aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalacetanāpañcarūpāvacarakusalacetanābhedaṃ. Attano santānassa punanato pujjabhavaphalassa abhisaṅkharaṇato ^b^puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ. Kammapuññenā^eb^ti kammabhūtena. ^b^Vipākapuññenā^eb^ti vipākasaṅkhātena. Puññaphalampi hi uttarapadalopena ‘‘puñña’’nti vuccati ‘‘evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’tiādīsu viya. ‘‘Apuññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇa’’nti idaṃ ‘‘puññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇa’’nti ettha vuttanayamevāti na uddhataṃ. Apuññaphalaṃ uttarapadalopena ‘‘apuñña’’nti vuccati. ^b^Saṅkhāra^eb^nti saṅkhārassa gahitattā ‘‘avijjāgatoya’’nti iminā saṅkhārassa paccayo gahito, ‘‘puññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇa’’ntiādinā paccayuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ. Tasmiñca ^a^M2.0093^ea^ gahite nāmarūpādi sabbaṃ gahitameva hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dvādasapadiko paccayākāro gahitova hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vijjā^eb^ti arahattamaggañāṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaniddesena. Tassā hi uppādā sabbaso avijjā pahīnā ^a^V2.0080^ea^ hoti. ^b^Paṭhamamevā^eb^ti idaṃ avijjāpahānavijjuppādānaṃ samānakālatādassanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Padīpujjalenā^eb^ti padīpujjalanahetunā saheva. ^b^Vijjuppādā^eb^ti vijjuppādahetu, evaṃ satīpi samakālatteti adhippāyo. ^b^Na gaṇhātī^eb^ti ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā na gaṇhāti. ^b^Na taṇhāyati na bhāyati^eb^ taṇhāvuttino abhāvā, tato eva bhayavatthuno ca abhāvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā^eb^ti gilitvā viya aññassa avisayaṃ viya karaṇena pariniṭṭhāpetvā. Sāmisasukhassa anekadukkhānubandhabhāvato, sukhābhinandassa dukkhahetubhāvato ca ^b^sukhaṃ abhinandantoyeva dukkhaṃ abhinandati nāma^eb^ aggisantāpasukhaṃ icchanto dhūmadukkhānuññāto viya. ^b^Dukkhaṃ patvā sukhaṃ patthanato^eb^ti ettha dubbalagahaṇikādayo nidassanabhāvena veditabbā. Te hi yāva sāyanhasamayāpi abhutvā sāyamāsādīni karonto jighacchādiṃ uppādetvā bhuñjanādīni karonti. Sukhassa vipariṇāmadukkhato sukhaṃ abhinandanto dukkhaṃ abhinandati nāmāti yojanā. Keci pana dukkhassa abhāvato vipariṇāmasukhato taṃ sukhaṃ abhinandanto dukkhaṃ abhinandatīti vadanti. Taṃ na, na hi tādisaṃ sukhanimittaṃ koci dukkhaṃ abhinandanto diṭṭho, dukkhahetuṃ pana sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ abhinandanto diṭṭho. Dukkhahetuṃ sāmisaṃ sukhaṃ abhinandanto atthato dukkhaṃ abhinandati nāmāti vuttovāyamattho. Kāyoti pañcadvārakāyo, so pariyanto avasānaṃ etassāti ^b^kāyapariyantikaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yāva pañcadvārakāyo pavattati, tāva pavatta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Jīvitapariyantika^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pacchā uppajjitvā paṭhamaṃ nirujjhatī^eb^ti ekasmiṃ attabhāve manodvārikavedanāto pacchā uppajjitvā tato paṭhamaṃ nirujjhati, tato eva siddhamatthaṃ sarūpeneva dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘manodvārikavedanā paṭhamaṃ uppajjitvā pacchā nirujjhatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Idāni tameva saṅkhepena vuttaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘sā hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yāva tettiṃsavassāpi ^b^paṭhamavayo. Paṇṇāsavassakāle^eb^ti paṭhamavayato yāva paññāsavassakālā, tāva ^b^ṭhitā hotī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0094^ea^ vuḍḍhihāniyo anupagantvā sarūpeneva ṭhitā hoti. ^b^Mandā^eb^ti mudukā atikhiṇā. ^b^Tadā^eb^ti asītinavutivassakāle. Tathā ciraparivitakkepi. ^b^Bhaggā^eb^ nittejā bhaggavibhaggā dubbalā. ^b^Hadayakoṭiṃyevā^eb^ti cakkhādivatthūsu avattetvā tesaṃ khīṇattā koṭibhūtaṃ hadayavatthuṃyeva. ^b^Yāva esā^eb^ vedanā vattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vāpiyā^eb^ti mahātaḷākena. ^b^Pañcaudakamaggasampanna^eb^nti pañcahi udakassa pavisananikkhamanamaggehi yuttaṃ. ^b^Tato tato vissandamānaṃ^eb^ sabbaso puṇṇattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0081^ea^^b^deve vassante^eb^tiādi upamāsaṃsandanaṃ. ^b^Imaṃ vedanaṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti imaṃ yathāvuttaṃ pariyosānappattaṃ manodvārikavedanaṃ sandhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyassa bhedā^eb^ti attabhāvassa vināsato. ‘‘Uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā’’ti pāḷi, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana jīvitapariyādānā uddhanti paduddhāro kato. Paralokavasena ^b^agantvā^eb^. Vedanānaṃ sītibhāvo nāma saṅkhāradarathapariḷāhabhāvo, so panāyaṃ appavattivasenāti āha ^b^‘‘pavatti…pe… bhavissantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhātusarīrānī^eb^ti aṭṭhikaṅkalasaṅkhātadhātusarīrāni. Sarīrekadese hi sarīrasamaññā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kumbhakārapākā^eb^ti kumbhakārapākato. Ettha paccatīti pāko, pacanaṭṭhānaṃ. Tadeva pācanavasena āvasanti etthāti āvāso, tasmā kumbhakārāvāsato. Avigatavūpasamaṃ saṅkharitaṃ kumbhaṃ uddharitvā ṭhapento chārikāya sati pidhānavasena ṭhapeti. Tathā ṭhapanaṃ pana sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭisisseyyā’’^eb^ti. Kumbhassa padesabhūtatāya ābaddhā avayavā ^b^‘‘kumbhakapālānī’’^eb^ti adhippetāni, na chinnabhinnāni. Avayavamukhena hi samudāyo vutto. Tattha kapālasamudāyo hi ghaṭo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mukhavaṭṭiyā ekabaddhānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Avasisseyyu^eb^nti vaṇṇavisesauṇhabhāvāpagatā ghaṭakārāneva tiṭṭheyyunti. ^b^Āditta…pe… tayo bhavā daṭṭhabbā^eb^ ekādasahi aggīhi ādittabhāvato. Yathā kumbhakāro kumbhakārāvāsaṃ ādittaṃ paccavekkhati, evaṃ āraddhavipassakopesa bhavattayaṃ rāgādīhi ādittanti āha ^b^‘‘kumbhakāro viya yogāvacaro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nīharaṇadaṇḍako^eb^^a^M2.0095^ea^^b^viya arahattamaggañāṇaṃ^eb^ bhavattayapākato nīharaṇato. ^b^Samo bhūmibhāgo viya nibbānatalaṃ^eb^ sabbavisamā nivattanato.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ādānanikkhepanato, vayovuddhatthaṅgamato, āhāramayato, utumayato, cittasamuṭṭhānato, kammajato, dhammatārūpato’’ti (visuddhi. 2.706) imehi sattahi ākārehi sammasanto ^b^rūpasattakaṃ^eb^ vipassati nāma. ‘‘Kalāpato, yamakato, khaṇikato, paṭipāṭito, diṭṭhiugghāṭanato, mānasamugghāṭato, nikantipariyādānato’’ti (visuddhi. 2.717) imehi sattahi ākārehi sammasanto ^b^arūpasattakaṃ^eb^ vipassati nāma, tasmā yathāvuttaṃ imaṃ ^b^rūpasattakaṃ arūpasattakañca^eb^ nīharitvā ^b^vipassantassa^eb^. Yadipi arahato attabhāvo sabbabhavehipi uddhaṭo, yāva pana anupādisesaparinibbānaṃ na pāpuṇāti, tāva tasmimpi sugatibhave ṭhitoyevāti vattabbataṃ labbhatīti ^b^‘‘catūhi apāyehi attabhāvaṃ uddharitvā’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khīṇāsavo panā’’^eb^tiādi. Tathā ca vakkhati ‘‘anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbutassa vaṭṭavūpasamo ^a^V2.0082^ea^ veditabbo’’ti. ^b^Na parinibbāti^eb^ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyāti adhippāyo, saupādisesāya pana nibbānadhātuyā parinibbānaṃ arahattappattiyeva. Abhisaṅkhārahetuto hettha pariḷāhavūpasamassa upasamabhāvena adhippetattā uṇhakumbhanibbānanidassanampi na virujjhati. ^b^Anupādinnakasarīrānī^eb^ti utusamuṭṭhānikarūpakalāpe vadanti. ^b^Bhikkhaveti^eb^ ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. ^b^Idaṃ pana^eb^ vacanaṃ. ^b^Anuyogāropanattha^eb^nti kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno khīṇāsavo api nu puññābhisaṅkhārādikammaṃ kareyyāti pañhaṃ kātuṃ. Atha vā ^b^anuyogāropanattha^eb^nti ‘‘api nu kho khīṇāsavo bhikkhu puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyyā’’tiādinā anuyogaṃ āropetuṃ vuttaṃ, na tāva yathāraddhadesanaṃ niṭṭhāpetunti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Paṭisandhiviññāṇe siddhe tasmiṃ bhave uppajjanārahānaṃ viññāṇānaṃ siyā sambhavo, nāsatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘viññāṇaṃ paññāyethāti paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ paññāyethā’’^eb^ti. Sabbaso saṅkhāresu asantesu paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ api nu kho paññāyeyya. Tasmiñhi apaññāyamāne sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ na paññāyeyya. ^b^Therāna^eb^nti ‘‘bhikkhave’’ti ālapitattherānaṃ ^a^M2.0096^ea^. Pañha^b^byākaraṇaṃ sampahaṃsati^eb^ tassa sabbaññutaññāṇena saṃsandanato. ^b^Appaññāṇa^eb^nti appaññāyanaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena viññāṇe asati nāmarūpassa appaññāṇanti evamādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Sanniṭṭhānasaṅkhāta^eb^nti saddahanākārena pavattasanniṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ. ^b^Adhimokkha^eb^nti nicchayākāravimokkhaṃ saddhāvimokkhañca. Tenāha pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘saddahatha metaṃ, bhikkhave’’ti. Saddhāsahitañhi nicchayākāravimokkhaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘sanniṭṭhānasaṅkhātaṃ adhimokkha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Anto^eb^ti pariyanto. Parito chijjati etthāti ^b^paricchedo^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Parivīmaṃsanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 46
title: dukkhavaggo^parivīmaṃsanasuttavaṇṇanā^upādānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^52^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ārammaṇādibhāvena saṃvattanato upādānānaṃ hitāni upādāniyāni, tesu ^b^upādāniyesu^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catunnaṃ upādānānaṃ paccayesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assādaṃ anupassantassā^eb^ti asādetabbaṃ micchāñāṇena anupassato. ^b^Tadāhāro^eb^ti soḷasa vā vīsaṃ tiṃsaṃ cattālīsaṃ paññāsaṃ vā āhāro paccayo etassāti tadāhāro. ^b^Aggikkhandho viya tayo bhavā^eb^ ekādasahi aggīhi ādittabhāvato etadeva bhavattayaṃ. ^b^Aggi…pe… puthujjano^eb^ aggikkhandhasadisassa bhavattayassa paribandhanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammaṭṭhānassā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0083^ea^ vipassanākammaṭṭhānassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tebhūmakadhammesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammapāsāda^eb^nti lokuttaradhammapāsādaṃ. So hi accuggataṭṭhena ‘‘pāsādo’’ti vuccati. ^b^Satipaṭṭhānamahāvīthiyaṃ^eb^ phalakkhaṇe pavattāyāti.<br/><br/>[06]Upādānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 47
title: parivīmaṃsanasuttavaṇṇanā^upādānasuttavaṇṇanā^saṃyojanasuttadvayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^53-54^eb^^b^.^eb^ Mahantavaṭṭappabandhaopammabhāvena telapadīpassa āhatattā ^b^‘‘mahantañca vaṭṭikapālaṃ gahetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti purimasmiṃ upādāniyasutte ^a^M2.0097^ea^ vuttanayeneva. Tathā vinetabbānaṃ puggalānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena hi imesaṃ suttānaṃ evaṃ vacanaṃ evaṃ desanā. Esa nayo ito paresupi.<br/><br/>[06]Saṃyojanasuttadvayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 48
title: upādānasuttavaṇṇanā^saṃyojanasuttadvayavaṇṇanā^mahārukkhasuttadvayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^55-56^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ojaṃ abhiharantī^eb^ti rasaharaṇiyo viya purisassa sarīre rukkhamūlāni rukkhassa pathavīāporase upari āropenti. Tesaṃ tathā āropanaṃ ^b^‘‘ojāyā’’^eb^tiādinā vibhāveti. Hatthasatubbedhamassāti ^b^hatthasatubbedho,^eb^ hatthasataṃ ubbiddhassapi. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etissaṃ vaṭṭakathāyaṃ. ^b^Kammārohana^eb^nti kammapaccayo.<br/><br/>[03]Puna ^b^etthā^eb^ti etissaṃ vivaṭṭakathāyaṃ. Vaṭṭadukkhaṃ nāsetukāmassa daḷhaṃ uppannasaṃvegañāṇaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘kuddālo viyā’’^eb^ti āha. Tato nibbattitañāṇaṃ samādhipacchiyā ṭhitaṃ nissāya pavattetabbavipassanārambhañāṇaṃ. ^b^Rukkhacchedanapharasu viyā^eb^ti evaṃbhūtassa vipassanā ekantato vaṭṭacchedāya hotiyevāti āha ^b^‘‘rukkhassa…pe… manasikarontassa paññā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^kammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ. Taṃ catubbidhavavatthānavasena vīsati pathavīkoṭṭhāsā, dvādasa āpokoṭṭhāsā, cattāro tejokoṭṭhāsā, cha vāyokoṭṭhāsāti ^b^dvecattālīsāya koṭṭhāsesu. Viññāṇassa cā^eb^ti ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho pakārattho ca. Tena bhūtarūpāni viññāṇasampayuttadhamme ca saṅgaṇhāti. Sattasu sappāyesu yassa alabhantassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ vibhūtaṃ hutvā na upaṭṭhāti, taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘aññataraṃ sappāya’’^eb^nti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahārukkhasuttadvayavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 49
title: saṃyojanasuttadvayavaṇṇanā^mahārukkhasuttadvayavaṇṇanā^taruṇarukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^57-59^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Palimajjeyyā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0084^ea^^a^M2.0098^ea^ allakaraṇavasena parito pāḷiṃ bandheyya. Tathā karonto yasmā ca tattha tiṇagacchādīnaṃ mūlasantānaggahaṇena taṃ ṭhānaṃ sodheti nāma, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sodheyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṃsu^eb^nti assa pavaḍḍhakārakaṃ, āgantukaṃ paṃsunti attho. ^b^Dadeyyā^eb^ti pakkhipeyya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘thaddha’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘rukkhaṃ nāsetukāmo puriso viyā’’tiādinā pañcamasutte vuttanayena. Aṭṭhamanavamāni uttānatthāneva vuttanayattā.<br/><br/>[06]Taruṇarukkhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 50
title: mahārukkhasuttadvayavaṇṇanā^taruṇarukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^nidānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^60^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bahuvacanavasenā^eb^ti kurū nāma jānapadino rājakumārā, tesaṃ nivāso ekopi janapado ruḷhīvasena ^b^‘‘kurū’’ti evaṃ bahuvacanavasena^eb^. Yattha bhagavato vasanokāsabhūto koci vihāro na hoti, tattha kevalaṃ gocaragāmakittanaṃ nidānakathāya pakati yathā ‘‘sakkesu viharati devadahaṃ nāma sakyānaṃ nigamo’’ti. ‘‘Āyasmā’’ti vā ‘‘devānaṃ piyo’’ti vā bhavanti vā piyasamudāhāro esoti āha ^b^‘‘āyasmāti piyavacanameta’’^eb^nti. Tayidaṃ piyavacanaṃ gāravavasena vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘garuvacanameta’’^eb^nti. Atidūraṃ accāsannaṃ atisammukhā atipacchato uparivāto unnatappadesoti ime cha ^b^nisajjadosā^eb^. Nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhapabhassaravasena ^b^chabbaṇṇānaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kulasaṅgahatthāyā^eb^ti kulānuddayatāvasena kulānuggaṇhanatthāya. ^b^Sahassabhaṇḍikaṃ nikkhipanto viya^eb^ bhikkhāpaṭiggaṇhanena tesaṃ abhivādanādisampaṭicchanena ca puññābhisandassa jananena. ^b^Paṭisammajjitvā^eb^ti antevāsikehi sammaṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ sakkaccakāritāya puna sammajjitvā. ^b^Ubhayantato paṭṭhāya majjha^eb^nti ādito paṭṭhāya vedanaṃ, jarāmaraṇato paṭṭhāya ca vedanaṃ pāpetvā sammasanamāha. ^b^Tikkhattu^eb^nti ‘‘ādito paṭṭhāya anta’’ntiādinā ^a^M2.0099^ea^ vuttacaturākārupasaṃhite tayo vāre. Tena dvādasakkhattuṃ sammasanamāha. Amhākaṃ bhagavatā gambhīrabhāveneva kathitattā sesabuddhehipi evameva kathitoti dhammanvaye ṭhatvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbabuddhehi…pe… kathito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pamāṇātikkame^eb^ti aparimāṇatthe ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ tena bhagavatā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.3) viya. Atirekabhāvajotano hi yaṃ yāva-saddo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atigambhīroti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Avabhāsati^eb^^a^V2.0085^ea^ khāyati upaṭṭhāti ñāṇassa. Tathā upaṭṭhānañhi sandhāya ^b^‘‘dissatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nanu esa paṭiccasamuppādo ekantagambhīrova, atha kasmā gambhīrāvabhāsatā jotitāti? Saccametaṃ, ekantagambhīratādassanatthameva panassa gambhīrāvabhāsaggahaṇaṃ, tasmā aññattha labbhamānaṃ cātukoṭikaṃ byatirekamukhena nidassetvā tamevassa ekantagambhīrataṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘ekaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Etaṃ natthī^eb^ti agambhīro agambhīrāvabhāso cāti etaṃ dvayaṃ natthi. Tena yathādassite cātukoṭike pacchimā ekakoṭi labbhatīti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Yehi gambhīrabhāvehi paṭiccasamuppādo ‘‘gambhīro’’ti vuccati, te catūhi upamāhi ulliṅgento ^b^‘‘bhavaggaggahaṇāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yathā bhavaggaggahaṇatthaṃ hatthaṃ pasāretvā gahetuṃ na sakkā dūrabhāvato, evaṃ saṅkhārādīnaṃ avijjādipaccayasambhūtasamudāgatattho pakatiñāṇena gahetuṃ na sakkā. Yathā sineruṃ bhinditvā miñjaṃ pabbatarasaṃ pākatikapurisena nīharituṃ na sakkā, evaṃ paṭiccasamuppādagate dhammatthādike pakatiñāṇena bhinditvā vibhajja paṭivijjhanavasena jānituṃ na sakkā. Yathā mahāsamuddaṃ pakatipurisassa bāhudvayavasena pāraṃ tarituṃ na sakkā. Evaṃ vepullaṭṭhena mahāsamuddasadisaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ pakatiñāṇena desanāvasena pariharituṃ na sakkā. Yathā pathaviṃ parivattetvā pākatikapurisassa pathavojaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkā, evaṃ itthaṃ avijjādayo saṅkhārādīnaṃ paccayā hontīti tesaṃ paṭiccasamuppādasabhāvo pākatikañāṇena nīharitvā gahetuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ catubbidhagambhīratāvasena catasso upamā yojetabbā. Pākatikañāṇavasena cāyamatthayojanā katā diṭṭhasaccānaṃ tattha paṭivedhasabbhāvato, tathāpi yasmā sāvakānaṃ paccekabuddhānañca tattha sappadesameva ^a^M2.0100^ea^ ñāṇaṃ, buddhānaṃyeva nippadesaṃ. Tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘buddhavisayaṃ pañha’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mā^eb^ti paṭisedhe nipāto. Svāyaṃ ‘‘uttānakuttānako viya khāyatī’’ti vacanaṃ sandhāya vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘mā bhaṇīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ussādento^eb^ti paññāvasena ukkaṃsantoti attho. ^b^Apasādento^eb^ti nibbhacchanto, niggaṇhantoti attho. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti mahāpaññabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti therassa satipi uttānabhāve paṭiccasamuppādassa aññesaṃ gambhīrabhāve. ^b^Subhojanarasapuṭṭhassā^eb^ti sundarena bhojanarasena positassa. ^b^Katayogassā^eb^ti nibbuddhapayoge kataparicayassa. ^b^Mallapāsāṇa^eb^nti mallehi mahābaleheva khipitabbapāsāṇaṃ. ^b^Kuhiṃ imassa bhāriyaṭṭhāna^eb^nti kasmiṃ passe imassa pāsāṇassa garutarapadesoti tassa sallahukabhāvaṃ dīpento vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Timirapiṅgaleneva^eb^^a^V2.0086^ea^^b^dīpenti^eb^ tassa mahāvipphārabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tassa kirā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pakkuthatī^eb^ti pakkuthantaṃ viya parivattati parito vattati. Lakkhaṇavacanañhetaṃ. Piṭṭhiyaṃ sakalikāṭṭhikā piṭṭhipattaṃ. ^b^Kāyūpapannassā^eb^ti mahatā kāyena upetassa, mahākāyassāti attho. ^b^Piñcha vaṭṭī^eb^ti piñcha kalāpo. ^b^Supaṇṇavāta^eb^nti nāgaggahaṇādīsu pakkhapapphoṭanavasena uppajjanakavātaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pubbūpanissayasampattiyā’’tiādinā uddiṭṭhakāraṇāni vitthārato vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘ito kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ito^eb^ti ito bhaddakappato. ^b^Satasahassime^eb^ti satasahassame. ^b^Haṃsavatī nāma nagaraṃ ahosi^eb^ jātanagaraṃ. ^b^Dhurapattānī^eb^ti bāhirapattāni, yāni dīghatamāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kaniṭṭhabhātā^eb^ti vemātikabhātā kaniṭṭho yathā amhākaṃ bhagavato nandatthero. Buddhānañhi sahodarā bhātaro nāma na honti. Tattha jeṭṭhā tāva nuppajjanti, kaniṭṭhānaṃ pana asambhavo eva. ^b^Bhoga^eb^nti vibhavaṃ. ^b^Upasanto^eb^ti corajanitasaṅkhobhavūpasamena upasanto janapado.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dve^eb^^a^M2.0101^ea^^b^sāṭake nivāsetvā^eb^ti sāṭakadvayameva attano kāyaparihāriyaṃ katvā, itaraṃ sabbasambhāraṃ attanā mocetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pattaggahaṇattha^eb^nti antopakkhittauṇhabhojanattā pattassa aparāparaṃ hatthe parivattentassa sukhena pattaggahaṇatthaṃ. ^b^Uttarisāṭaka^eb^nti attano uttariyaṃ sāṭakaṃ. ^b^Etāni pākaṭaṭṭhānānī^eb^ti etāni yathāvuttāni bhagavato desanāya pākaṭāni buddhe buddhasāvake ca uddissa therassa puññakaraṇaṭṭhānāni, paccekabuddhaṃ pana bodhisattañca uddissa therassa puññakaraṇaṭṭhānāni bahūniyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā^eb^ti amhākaṃ bodhisattassa paṭisandhiggahaṇadivaseyeva paṭisandhiṃ gahetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uggahanaṃ^eb^ pāḷiyā uggaṇhanaṃ, ^b^savanaṃ^eb^ atthasavanaṃ, ^b^paripucchanaṃ^eb^ gaṇṭhiṭṭhānesu atthaparipucchanaṃ, ^b^dhāraṇaṃ^eb^ pāḷiyā pāḷiatthassa ca citte ṭhapanaṃ. Sabbañcetaṃ idha paṭiccasamuppādavasena veditabbaṃ, sabbassapi buddhavacanassa vasenātipi vaṭṭati. ^b^Sotāpannānañca…pe… upaṭṭhāti^eb^ tattha sammohavigamena ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti attapaccakkhavasena upaṭṭhānato ^a^V2.0087^ea^. ^b^Nāmarūpaparicchedo^eb^ti saha paccayena nāmarūpassa paricchijja avabodho. ^b^Catūhī^eb^ti dhammagambhīrādīhi catūhi gambhīratāhi sabbāpi ^b^gambhīratā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Sāvakehi desitā desanāpi pana satthu eva desanāti āha ^b^‘‘mayā dinnanaye ṭhatvā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Sekkhena nāma nibbānaṃ sabbākārena paṭividdhaṃ na hotī’’ti na tassa gambhīratāti tassa gambhīrassa upādānassa gambhīratā viya suṭṭhu diṭṭhā nāma hoti. Tasmā āha ^b^‘‘idaṃ nibbānameva gambhīraṃ, paccayākāro pana uttānako jāto’’^eb^ti. Nibbānañhi sabbepi asekkhā sabbaso paṭivijjhanti nippadesattā, paccayākāraṃ pana sammāsambuddhāyeva anavasesato paṭivijjhanti, na itare. Tasmā paccayavasena ‘‘idaṃ aparaddha’’nti vuttaṃ theraṃ apasādentena. Tameva hissa anavasesato paṭivedhābhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘atha kasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Asatipi dhammato bhede saṃyojanatthānusayatthavasena pana tesaṃ labbhamānabhedaṃ gahetvā ^b^‘‘ime cattāro kilese’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Añño hi tesaṃ bandhanattho, añño thāmagamanaṭṭhoti. Esa nayo sesesupi. Iti imesaṃ kilesānaṃ appahīnattā tathārūpaṃ upanissayasampadaṃ ^a^M2.0102^ea^ abhāvayatova anuttānameva dhammaṃ uttānanti na vattabbamevāti adhippāyo. ^b^Cattāri aṭṭha soḷasa vā asaṅkhyeyyānī^eb^ti idaṃ mahābodhisattānaṃ santāne bodhiparipācakadhammānaṃ tikkhamajjhimamudubhāvasiddhakālavisesadassanaṃ, tañca kho mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāyāti vadanti. ^b^Etehī^eb^ti yathāvuttabuddhasāvakāggasāvakapaccekabuddhasammāsambuddhānaṃ visesādhigamehi. ^b^Paccanīka^eb^nti paṭikkūlaṃ viruddhaṃ. Sabbathā paccayākārapaṭivedho nāma sammāsambodhiyādhigamo evāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paccayākāraṃ paṭivijjhituṃ vāyamantassevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Navahi ākārehī^eb^ti uppādādīhi navahi paccayākārehi. Vuttañhetaṃ ^b^paṭisambhidāyaṃ^eb^ (paṭi. ma. 1.45) –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Avijjāsaṅkhārānaṃ uppādaṭṭhiti ca pavattaṭṭhiti ca nimittaṭṭhiti ca āyūhanaṭṭhiti ca saṃyogaṭṭhiti ca palibodhaṭṭhiti ca samudayaṭṭhiti ca hetuṭṭhiti ca paccayaṭṭhiti ca, imehi navahākārehi avijjā paccayo, saṅkhārā paccayasamuppannā’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^navahākārehī^eb^ti navahi paccayabhāvūpagamanehi ākārehi. Uppajjati etasmā phalanti ^b^uppādo,^eb^ phaluppattiyā kāraṇabhāvo. Sati ca avijjāya saṅkhārā uppajjanti, nāsati, tasmā avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ uppādo hoti. Tathā avijjāya sati saṅkhārā pavattanti ca nimiyanti ca. Yathā ca bhavādīsu khipanti, evaṃ tesaṃ avijjā paccayo hoti, tathā āyūhanti phaluppattiyā ghaṭenti saṃyujjanti attano phalena. Yasmiṃ santāne sayaṃ uppannā, taṃ ^a^V2.0088^ea^ palibundhanti paccayantarasamavāye udayanti uppajjanti, hinoti ca saṅkhārānaṃ kāraṇabhāvaṃ upagacchati. Paṭicca avijjaṃ saṅkhārā ayanti pavattantīti evaṃ avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ kāraṇabhāvūpagamanavisesā uppādādayo veditabbāti. ^b^Uppādaṭṭhitī^eb^ti ca tiṭṭhati etenāti ṭhiti, kāraṇaṃ. Uppādo eva ṭhiti uppādaṭhiti. Esa nayo sesesupi. Idañca paccayākāradassanaṃ yathā purimehi mahābodhimūle pavattitaṃ, tathā amhākaṃ bhagavatāpi pavattitanti acchariyavegābhihatā dasasahassilokadhātu saṅkampi sampakampīti dassento ^b^‘‘diṭṭhamatte’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etassa dhammassā^eb^ti etassa paṭiccasamuppādasaññitassa dhammassa. So pana yasmā atthato hetuppabhavānaṃ hetu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etassa paccayadhammassā’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0103^ea^. Jātiādīnaṃ jarāmaraṇapaccayatāyāti attho. Nāmarūpaparicchedo tassa ca paccayapariggaho na paṭhamābhinivesamattena hoti, atha kho tattha aparāparaṃ ñāṇuppattisaññitena anu anu bujjhanena. Tadubhayabhāvaṃ pana dassento ^b^‘‘ñātapariññāvasena ananubujjhanā’’^eb^ti āha. Niccasaññādīnaṃ pajahanavasena pavattamānā vipassanādhamme paṭivijjhati eva nāma hoti paṭipakkhavikkhambhanena tikkhavisadabhāvāpattito, tadadhiṭṭhānabhūtā ca tīraṇapariññā ariyamaggo ca pariññāpahānābhisamayavasena pavattiyā tīraṇappahānapariññāsaṅgaho cāti tadubhayapaṭivedhābhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tīraṇappahānapariññāvasena appaṭivijjhanā’’^eb^ti āha. Tantaṃ vuccati paṭavīnanatthaṃ tantavāyeti tantaṃ āvañchitvā pasāritasuttavaṭṭitaṃ nīyatīti katvā, taṃ pana tantākulatāya nidassanabhāvena ākulameva gahitanti āha ^b^‘‘tantaṃ viya ākulajātā’’^eb^ti. Saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassento ^b^‘‘yathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Samānetu^eb^nti pubbenāparaṃ samaṃ katvā ānetuṃ, avisamaṃ ujuṃ kātunti attho. Tantameva vā ākulaṃ tantākulaṃ, tantākulaṃ viya jātā bhūtā ^b^tantākulakajātā^eb^. Majjhimaṃ paṭipadaṃ anupagantvā antadvayapakkhandena paccayākāre khalitvā ākulabyākulā honti, teneva antadvayapakkhandena taṃtaṃdiṭṭhiggāhavasena paribbhamantā ujukaṃ dhammaṭṭhititantaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na jānanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na sakkonti paccayākāraṃ ujuṃ kātu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dve bodhisatte^eb^ti paccekabodhisattamahābodhisatte. ^b^Attano dhammatāyā^eb^ti attano sabhāvena, paropadesena vināti attho. ^b^Tattha tattha guḷakajāta^eb^nti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne jātaguḷakaṃ piṇḍisuttaṃ. Tato eva ^b^gaṇṭhibaddha^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Paccayesu pakkhalitvā^eb^ti aniccadukkhānattādisabhāvesu paccayadhammesu niccādibhāvavasena pakkhalitvā. ^b^Paccaye ujuṃ kātuṃ asakkonto^eb^ti tasseva niccādigāhassa avissajjanato paccayadhammanimittaṃ attano dassanaṃ ujuṃ kātuṃ asakkonto idaṃsaccābhinivesakāyaganthavasena ^a^V2.0089^ea^ gaṇṭhikajātā hontīti āha ^b^‘‘dvāsaṭṭhi…pe… gaṇṭhibaddhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ye hi keci^eb^ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā sassatadiṭṭhiādi ^b^diṭṭhiyo nissitā^eb^ allīnā, vinanato kulāti itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmassa tantavāyassa ^a^M2.0104^ea^ gaṇṭhikaṃ nāma ākulabhāvena aggato vā mūlato vā duviññeyyāvayavaṃ khalitabandhasuttanti āha ^b^‘‘kulāgaṇṭhikaṃ vuccati pesakārakañjiyasutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sakuṇikā^eb^ti vaṭṭacāṭakasakuṇikā. Sā hi rukkhasākhāsu olambanakulāvakā hoti. Tañhi sā kulāvakaṃ tato tato tiṇahīrādike ānetvā tathā tathā vinandhati, yathā tesaṃ pesakārakañjiyasuttaṃ viya aggena vā aggaṃ, mūlena vā mūlaṃ samānetuṃ vivecetuṃ vā na sakkā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tadubhayampī^eb^ti kulāgaṇṭhikanti vuttaṃ kañjiyasuttaṃ kulāvakañca. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘evameva sattā’’tiādinā pubbe vuttanayeneva.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ muñjapabbajatiṇāni yathājātānipi dīghabhāvena patitvā araññaṭṭhāne aññamaññaṃ vinandhitvā ākulāni hutvā tiṭṭhanti, tāni pana tathā dubbiveciyāni yathā rajjubhūtānīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sesamettha heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apāyo^eb^ti ayena sukhena, sukhahetunā vā virahito. ^b^Dukkhassa gatibhāvato^eb^ti apāyikassa dukkhassa pavattiṭṭhānabhāvato. ^b^Sukhasamussayato^eb^ti ‘‘abbhudayato vinipatitattā’’ti virūpaṃ nipatitattā yathā tenattabhāvena sukhasamussayo na hoti, evaṃ nipatitattā. ^b^Itaro^eb^ti saṃsāro nanu ‘‘apāya’’ntiādinā vuttopi saṃsāro evāti? Saccametaṃ, nirayādīnaṃ pana adhimattadukkhabhāvadassanatthaṃ apāyādiggahaṇaṃ gobalibaddañāyena ayamattho veditabbo. ^b^Khandhānañca paṭipāṭī^eb^ti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ hetuphalabhāvena aparāparuppatti. ^b^Abbhocchinnaṃ vattamānā^eb^ti avicchedena pavattamānā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ sabbampī^eb^ti taṃ ‘‘apāya’’ntiādinā vuttaṃ sabbaṃ apāyadukkhañceva vaṭṭadukkhañca. ^b^Mahāsamudde vātakkhittā nāvā viyā^eb^ti idaṃ paribbhamanaṭṭhānassa mahantabhāvadassanatthañceva paribbhamanassa anavattitadassanatthañca veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[06]Nidānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dukkhavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 51
title: taruṇarukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāvaggo^assutavāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^61^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Assutavā’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0090^ea^^a^M2.0105^ea^ sotadvārānusārena upadhāritaṃ, upadhāraṇaṃ vā sutaṃ assa atthīti sutavā, tappaṭikkhepena na sutavāti assutavā. Vā-saddo cāyaṃ pasaṃsāyaṃ, atisayassa vā bodhanako, tasmā yassa pasaṃsitaṃ, atisayena vā sutaṃ atthi, so ‘‘sutavā’’ti saṃkilesaviddhaṃsanasamattho pariyattidhammaparicayo ‘‘taṃ sutvā tathattāya paṭipatti ca sutavā’’ti iminā padena pakāsito. Atha vā sotabbayuttaṃ sutvā kattabbanipphattiṃ suṇīti sutavā. Tappaṭikkhepena na sutavāti assutavā. Tenāhu porāṇā ‘‘āgamādhigamābhāvā, ñeyyo assutavā itī’’ti. Tathā cāha ‘‘khandhadhātu…pe… vinicchayarahito’’ti. Tattha vācuggatakaraṇaṃ ^b^uggaho,^eb^ tattha paripucchanaṃ ^b^paripucchā,^eb^ kusalehi saha codanāpariharaṇavasena vinicchayassa kāraṇaṃ ^b^vinicchayo. Puthūna^eb^nti bahūnaṃ. ^b^Kilesādīnaṃ^eb^ kilesābhisaṅkhārānaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ paṭisambhidāmagganiddesesu (mahāni. 51, 94) āgatanayena. ^b^Andhaputhujjano gahito^eb^ ‘‘nālaṃ nibbinditu’’ntiādivacanato. Āsannapaccakkhavācī ^b^idaṃ^eb^-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘imasminti paccuppannapaccakkhakāyaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti. Catūsu mahābhūtesu niyuttoti ^b^cātumahābhūtiko^eb^. Yathā pana mahāmattikāya nibbattaṃ mattikāmayaṃ, evamayaṃ catūhi mahābhūtehi nibbatto ^b^‘‘catumahābhūtamayo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Nibbindeyyā^eb^ti nibbindanampi āpajjeyya. Nibbindanā nāma ukkaṇṭhanā anabhiratibhāvatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ukkaṇṭheyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Virajjeyyā^eb^ti vītarāgo bhaveyya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na rajjeyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vimucceyyā^eb^ti idha pana accantāya vimuccanaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘muccitukāmo bhaveyyā’’^eb^ti. Catūhi ca rūpajanakapaccayehi āgato cayoti, ^b^ācayo,^eb^ vuddhi. Cayato apakkamoti ^b^apacayo,^eb^ parihāni. ^b^Ādāna^eb^nti gahaṇaṃ, paṭisandhiyā nibbatti. ^b^Bhedoti^eb^ khandhānaṃ bhedo. So hi kaḷevarassa nikkhepoti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘nikkhepananti bhedo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññāyantī^eb^ti pakārato ñāyanti. ^b^Rūpaṃ pariggahetuṃ^eb^ pariggaṇhanavasenapi rūpaṃ ālambituṃ. ^b^Ayuttarūpaṃ katvā^eb^ taṇhādīhi pariggahetuṃ arūpaṃ pariggaṇhituṃ yuttarūpaṃ ^a^M2.0106^ea^ karoti tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sappāyabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nikkaḍḍhanto^eb^ti tato gāhato nīharanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manāyatanasseva^eb^^a^V2.0091^ea^^b^nāmaṃ,^eb^ na samādhipaññattīnaṃ ‘‘cittaṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ (saṃ. ni. 1.23, 192; peṭako. 22; mi. pa. 1.9.9), citto gahapatī’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 74) viya. Cittīkātabbabhūtaṃ vatthu etassāti cittavatthu, tassa bhāvo ^b^cittavatthutā,^eb^ tena kāraṇena cittabhāvamāha. ^b^Cittagocaratāyā^eb^ti cittavicittavisayatāya. ^b^Sampayuttadhammacittatāyā^eb^ti rāgādisaddhādisampayuttadhammavasena cittasabhāvattā. Tena cittatāya cittattamāha. ^b^Vijānanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti bujjhanaṭṭhena. ^b^Ajjhosita^eb^nti ajjhosābhūtāya taṇhāya gahitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṇhāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Parāmasitvā^eb^ti dhammasabhāvaṃ aniccatādiṃ atikkamitvā parato niccādito āmasitvā. ^b^Aṭṭhasata^eb^nti aṭṭhādhikaṃ sataṃ. ^b^Nava mānā^eb^ti seyyassa ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādinā āgatā navavidhamānā. Brahmajāle āgatā sassatavādādayo ^b^dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiyo. Eva^eb^nti vuttākārena. Yasmā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhavasena puthujjanena daḷhaggāhaṃ gahitaṃ, tasmā so tattha ^b^nibbindituṃ^eb^ nibbidāñāṇaṃ uppādetuṃ ^b^na samattho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhikkhave^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, tena ‘‘vara’’nti evamādikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Idaṃ anusandhivacanaṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā āhā’’^eb^ti kathetukāmatāya kāraṇaṃ pucchati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭhamaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi. Assutavatā puthujjanena. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti bhagavatā. ^b^Ayuttarūpaṃ kataṃ^eb^ ‘‘nibbindeyyā’’tiādinā ādīnavassa vibhāvitattā. Arūpe pana tathā ādīnavassa avibhāvitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘arūpaṃ^eb^ pariggahetuṃ ^b^yuttarūpa’’^eb^nti, yuttarūpaṃ viya katanti adhippāyo. ^b^Gāho^eb^ti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāho. ^b^‘‘Nikkhamitvā arūpaṃ gato’’^eb^ti idaṃ bhagavatā ādīnavaṃ dassetvā rūpe gāho paṭikkhitto, na arūpe, tasmā ‘‘kātabbo nu kho so tatthā’’ti micchāgaṇhantānaṃ so tato rūpato nikkhamitvā arūpaṃ gato viya hotīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Tiṭṭhamāna^eb^nti tiṭṭhantaṃ. ‘‘Āpajjitvā viya hotī’’ti sabhāvena pavattamānaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭhamavaye’’^eb^tiādinā rūpassa bhedaṃ vayādīhi vibhajitvā dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pādassa uddharaṇe^eb^ti yathā ṭhapitassa pādassa ukkhipane. ^b^Atiharaṇa^eb^nti yathāuddhataṃ yathāṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ atikkamitvā haraṇaṃ. ^b^Vītiharaṇa^eb^nti uddhato ^a^M2.0107^ea^ pādo yathāṭṭhitaṃ pādaṃ yathā na ghaṭṭeti, evaṃ thokaṃ passato pariṇāmetvā haraṇaṃ. ^b^Vossajjana^eb^nti tathā parapādaṃ vītisāretvā bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipanatthaṃ avossajjanaṃ. ^b^Sannikkhepana^eb^nti vossajjetvā bhūmiyaṃ samaṃ nikkhipanaṃ ṭhapanaṃ. ^b^Sannirujjhana^eb^nti nikkhittassa sabbaso nirujjhanaṃ uppīḷanaṃ. ^b^Tattha tatthevā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ paṭhamavayādike eva. Avadhāraṇena tesaṃ koṭṭhāsantarasaṅkamanābhāvamāha. ^b^Odhī^eb^ti bhāvo, ^b^pabba^eb^nti sandhi. Paṭhamavayādayo eva hettha odhi pabbanti ca adhippetā. ^b^Paṭapaṭāyantā^eb^ti ‘‘paṭapaṭā’’iti ^a^V2.0092^ea^ karontā viya, tena nesaṃ pavattikkhaṇassa ittarataṃ dasseti. ^b^Eta^eb^nti etaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ yathāvuttaṃ tattha tattheva bhijjanaṃ evaṃ vuttappakārameva. ^b^Vaṭṭippadesa^eb^nti vaṭṭiyā pulakaṃ barahaṃ. Tañhi vaṭṭiyā pulakaṃ anatikkamitvāva sā dīpajālā bhijjati. ^b^Paveṇisambandhavasenā^eb^ti santativasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ratti^eb^nti rattiyaṃ. Bhummatthe hetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ pana attho na gahetabbo^eb^ anuppannassa nirodhābhāvato. ^b^Purimapaveṇito^eb^ti rūpe vuttapaveṇito. ^b^Anekāni cittakoṭisatasahassāni uppajjantī^eb^ti vuttamatthaṃ theravādena dīpetuṃ ^b^‘‘vuttampi ceta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Aḍḍhacūḷa^eb^nti thokena ūnaṃ upaḍḍhaṃ, tassa pana upaḍḍhaṃ adhikārato vāhasatassāti viññāyati. ‘‘Aḍḍhacuddasa’’nti keci, ‘‘aḍḍhacatuttha’’nti apare. ‘‘Sādhikaṃ diyaḍḍhasataṃ vāhā’’ti daḷhaṃ katvā vadantīti vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Catunāḷiko tumbo. Mahāraññatāya pavaddhaṃ vanaṃ ^b^pavana^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘pavaneti mahāvane’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ta^eb^nti paṭhamaṃ gahitasākhaṃ. ^b^Ayamattho^eb^ti ayaṃ bhūmiṃ anotaritvā ṭhitasākhāya eva gahaṇasaṅkhāto attho. Etadatthameva hi bhagavā ‘‘araññe’’ti vatvāpi ‘‘pavane’’ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Araññamahāvanaṃ viyā^eb^ti araññaṭṭhāne brahāraññe viya. ^b^Ārammaṇolambana^eb^nti ārammaṇassa avalambanaṃ. ^b^Na vattabbaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇapaccayena vinā anuppajjanato. ^b^Ekajātiya^eb^nti rūpādinīlādiekasabhāvaṃ. ‘‘Dissati, bhikkhave, imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayopi apacayopī’’ti vadantena ^b^rūpato nīharitvā arūpe gāho patiṭṭhāpito^eb^ nāma, ‘‘varaṃ, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano’’tiādiṃ vadantena ^b^arūpato nīharitvā rūpe^eb^ gāho patiṭṭhāpito nāma.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na^eb^nti ^a^M2.0108^ea^ gāhaṃ. ^b^Ubhayato^eb^ti rūpato ca arūpato ca. ^b^Harissāmī^eb^ti nīharissāmi. ^b^Parivattetvā^eb^ti mantaṃ jappitvā. ^b^Kaṇṇe dhumetvā^eb^ti kaṇṇe dhametvā. ^b^Assā^eb^ti visassa. ^b^Nimmathetvā^eb^ti nimmadditvā, nīharitvāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggo^eb^ti lokuttaramaggo. ‘‘Nibbinda’’nti iminā balavavipassanā kathitā.<br/><br/>[06]Assutavāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 52
title: mahāvaggo^assutavāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyāssutavāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^62^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paccayabhāvena ^a^V2.0093^ea^ sukhavedanāya hitanti ^b^sukhavedaniyaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sukhavedanāya paccaya’’^eb^nti. Paccayabhāvo ca upanissayakoṭiyā, na sahajātakoṭiyā. Tenāha ‘‘nanu cā’’tiādi. ^b^Javanavedanāyā^eb^ti javanacittasahagatāya vedanāya. ^b^Taṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti taṃ upanissayapaccayataṃ sandhāya. ^b^Eta^eb^nti etaṃ ‘‘sukhavedanāya paccaya’’nti vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā ‘‘nanu ca sotasamphasso sukhavedanāya paccayo na hotī’’ti evamādiṃ atidisati. So samphasso jāti uppattiṭṭhānaṃ etassāti ^b^tajjātikaṃ,^eb^ vedayitaṃ. Taṃ pana yasmā tassa phassassa anucchavikameva hoti, tasmā ^b^tassāruppaṃ tassa phassassa anurūpanti ca attho^eb^ vutto. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘sukhavedanāya paccayo’’tiādinā vuttavidhianusārena. Adharāraṇiyaṃ uttarāraṇiyā mantanavasena ghaṭṭanaṃ iva saṅghaṭṭanaṃ phassena yugaggāho, tassa pana ghaṭṭanassa nirantarappavattiyā piṇḍitabhāvo idha samodhānaṃ, na kesañci dvinnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vā sahāvaṭṭhānanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṅghaṭṭanasampiṇḍanenāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aggicuṇṇo^eb^ti vipphuliṅgaṃ. ^b^Vatthū^eb^ti cakkhādivatthu visayasaṅghaṭṭanato. Labbhamānova dhammo saṅghaṭṭanaṃ viya gayhatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saṅghaṭṭanaṃ viya phasso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Usmādhātu viya vedanā^eb^ dukkhasabhāvattā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyāssutavāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 53
title: assutavāsuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyāssutavāsuttavaṇṇanā^puttamaṃsūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^63^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttanayamevā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0109^ea^ heṭṭhā āhāravaggassa paṭhamasutte vuttanayameva. ^b^Lābhasakkārenā^eb^ti lābhasakkārasaṅkhātāya aṭṭhuppattiyāti keci. Lābhasakkāre vā aṭṭhuppattiyāti apare. Yo hi lābhasakkāranimittaṃ paccayesu gedhena bhikkhūnaṃ apaccavekkhitaparibhogo jāto, taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ nikkhipi. ^b^Yamakamahāmegho^eb^ti heṭṭhā olambanaupariuggamanavasena satapaṭalasahassapaṭalo yugaḷamahāmegho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiṭṭhanti ceva^eb^ bhagavati katthaci nibaddhavāsaṃ vasante, cārikampi gacchante anubandhanti ca. Bhikkhūnampi yebhuyyena kappasatasahassaṃ tato bhiyyopi pūritadānapāramisañcayattā tadā mahālābhasakkāro uppajjatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassapī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sakkato^eb^ti sakkārappatto. ^b^Garukato^eb^ti garukārappatto. ^b^Mānito^eb^ti bahumato manasā piyāyito ca. ^b^Pūjito^eb^ti mālādipūjāya ceva catupaccayābhipūjāya ca pūjito. ^b^Apacito^eb^ti apacāyanappatto. Yassa hi cattāro ^a^V2.0094^ea^ paccaye sakkatvā suabhisaṅkhate paṇītapaṇīte upanenti, so sakkato. Yasmiṃ garubhāvaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā denti, so garukato. Yaṃ manasā piyāyanti bahumaññanti, so bahumato. Yassa sabbametaṃ pūjāvasena karonti, so pūjito. Yassa abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānañjalikammādivasena paramanipaccakāraṃ karonti, so apacito. Bhagavati bhikkhusaṅghe ca loko evaṃ paṭipanno. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena…pe… parikkhārāna’’nti (udā. 14; saṃ. ni. 2.70). ^b^Lābhaggayasaggappatta^eb^nti lābhassa ca yasassa ca aggaṃ ukkaṃsaṃ pattaṃ.


volume: 42
item: 54
title: dutiyāssutavāsuttavaṇṇanā^puttamaṃsūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^^paṭhamāhāravaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^Assā^eb^ti bhagavato. Dhammasabhāvacintāvasena pavattaṃ sahottappañāṇaṃ ^b^dhammasaṃvego^eb^. Dhuvapaṭisevanaṭṭhānañhetaṃ sattānaṃ, yadidaṃ āhāraparibhogo, tasmā na tattha apaccavekkhaṇamattena pārājikaṃ paññapetuṃ sakkāti adhippāyo. ^b^Āhārā^eb^ti ‘‘paccayā’’tiādinā pubbe āhāresu vuttavidhiṃ sandhāya āha ^b^‘‘āhārā’’^eb^tiādi. Idāni tattha kattabbaṃ atthavaṇṇanaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘heṭṭhā vuttatthamevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādīnava^eb^nti ^a^M2.0110^ea^ dosaṃ. ^b^Jāyā^eb^ti bhariyā. ^b^Patī^eb^ti bhattā. Apekkhāsaddā cete pitāputtasaddā viya, pāḷiyaṃ pana ā-kārassa rassattaṃ sānunāsikañca katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘jāyampatikā’’^eb^ti. Sammā phalaṃ vahatīti sambalaṃ, sukhāvahanti attho. Tathā hi taṃ ‘‘pathe hitanti pātheyya’’nti vuccati. Maggassa kantārapariyāpannattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kantārabhūtaṃ magga’’^eb^nti. Dullabhatāya taṃ udakaṃ tattha tāretīti kantāraṃ, nirudakaṃ mahāvanaṃ. Ruḷhīvasena itarampi mahāvanaṃ tathā vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘corakantāra’’^eb^ntiādi. Pararājūnaṃ veriādīnañca vasena sappaṭibhayampi araññaṃ ettheva saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pañcavidha’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ghanaghanaṭṭhānato^eb^ti maṃsassa bahalabahalaṃ thūlathūlaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṭṭhānato. ‘‘Tādisañhi maṃsaṃ gahetvā sukkhāpitaṃ ^b^vallūraṃ^eb^. Sūle āvunitvā pakkamaṃsaṃ ^b^sūlamaṃsaṃ. Viraḷacchāyāyaṃ nisīdiṃsu^eb^ gantuṃ asamattho hutvā. ^b^Govatakukkuravatadevatāyācanādīhī^eb^ti govatakukkuravatādivatacaraṇehi ceva devatāyācanādīhi paṇidhikammehi ca mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhūtaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā pana sāsane sammāpaṭipajjantassa bhikkhuno āhāraparibhogassa opammabhāvena tesaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ puttamaṃsaparibhogo idha bhagavatā ānīto, tasmāssa nānākārehi opammattaṃ ^a^V2.0095^ea^ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘tesaṃ so puttamaṃsāhāro’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^sajātimaṃsatāyā^eb^ti samānajātikamaṃsabhāvena, manussamaṃsabhāvenāti attho. Masussamaṃsañhi kulappasutamanussānaṃ amanuññaṃ hoti aparicitabhāvato gārayhabhāvato ca, tato eva ñātiādimaṃsatāyātiādi vuttaṃ. Taruṇamaṃsatāyātiādi pana sabhāvato anabhisaṅkhārato ca amanuññāti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Adhūpitatāyā^eb^ti adhūpitabhāvato. ^b^Majjhattabhāveyeva ṭhitā^eb^. Tato eva ^b^nicchandarāgaparibhoge ṭhitā^eb^ti vuttaṃ kantārato nittharaṇajjhāsayatāya. Idāni ye ca te anapanītāhāro, na yāvadatthaparibhogo vigatamaccheramalatā sammohābhāvo āyatiṃ tattha patthanābhāvo sannidhikārābhāvo apariccajanamadatthābhāvo ahīḷanā avivādaparibhogo cāti upamāyaṃ labbhamānā pakāravisesā, te tathā nīharitvā upameyye yojetvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘na^eb^^a^M2.0111^ea^^b^aṭṭhinhārucammanissitaṭṭhānānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Taṃ kāraṇa^eb^nti taṃ tesaṃ jāyampatīnaṃ yāvadeva kantāranittharaṇatthāya puttamaṃsaparibhogasaṅkhātaṃ kāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nissandapāṭikulyataṃ paccavekkhantopi^eb^ kabaḷīkārāhāraṃ parivīmaṃsati. ^b^Yathā te jāyampatikā^eb^tiādipi opammasaṃsandanaṃ. ‘‘Paribhuñjitabbo āhāro’’ti padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Esa nayo ito paresupi. ^b^Apaṭikkhipitvā^eb^ti anapanetvā. ^b^Vaṭṭakena viya kukkuṭena viya cā^eb^ti visadisūdāharaṇaṃ. ^b^Odhiṃ adassetvā^eb^ti mahantaggahaṇavasena odhiṃ akatvā. ^b^Sīhena viyā^eb^ti sadisūdāharaṇaṃ. So kira sapadānameva khādati.<br/><br/>[03]Agadhitāmucchitādibhāvena paribhuñjitabbato ^b^‘‘amaccharāyitvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Abbhantare attā nāma atthīti diṭṭhi ^b^attūpaladdhi,^eb^ taṃsahagatena sammohena attā āhāraṃ paribhuñjatīti. ^b^Satisampajaññavasenapī^eb^ti ‘‘asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hotī’’ti ettha vuttasatisampajaññavasenapi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aho vata mayaṃ…pe… labheyya’’nti patthanaṃ vā, ‘‘hiyyo viya…pe… na laddha’’nti anusocanaṃ vā akatvāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sannidhiṃ na akaṃsu, bhūmiyaṃ vā nikhaṇiṃsu, agginā vā jhāpayiṃsū’’ti na-kāraṃ ānetvā yojanā. Evaṃ sabbattha.<br/><br/>[03]Piṇḍapātaṃ vā ahīḷentena dāyakaṃ vā ahīḷentena paribhuñjitabboti yojanā. ^b^Sa pattapāṇī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0096^ea^ so pattahattho. ^b^Nāvajāniyā^eb^ti na avajāniyā. ^b^Atimaññatī^eb^ti atikkamitvā maññati, avajānātīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Tīhi pariññāhi pariññāte’’ti vatvā tāhi kabaḷīkārāhārassa parijānanavidhiṃ dassento ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^savatthukavasenā^eb^ti sasambhāravasena, sabhāvato pana rūpāharaṇaṃ ojamattaṃ hoti. Idañhi kabaḷīkārāhārassa lakkhaṇaṃ. Kāmaṃ rasārammaṇaṃ jivhāpasāde paṭihaññati, tena pana avinābhāvato sampattavisayagāhitāya ca jivhāpasādassa ^b^‘‘ojaṭṭhamakarūpaṃ kattha paṭihaññatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti jivhāpasādassa ^a^M2.0112^ea^. ^b^Ime dhammā^eb^ti ime yathāvuttabhūtupādāyadhammā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti rūpakhandhaṃ. ^b^Pariggaṇhato^eb^ti pariggaṇhantassa. ^b^Uppannā phassapañcamakā dhammā^eb^ti sabbepi ye yathāniddhāritā, tehi sahappavattāva sabbepi ime. ^b^Sarasalakkhaṇato^eb^ti attano kiccato lakkhaṇato ca. ^b^Tesaṃ^eb^ nāmarūpabhāvena vavatthapitānaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ paccayo viññāṇaṃ. ‘‘Tassa saṅkhārā tesaṃ avijjā’’ti evaṃ uddhaṃ ārohanavasena ^b^paccayaṃ^eb^. Adhoorohanavasena pana saḷāyatanādike ^b^pariyesanto anulomapaṭilomaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ passati^eb^. Saḷāyatanādayopi hi rūpārūpadhammānaṃ yathārahaṃ paccayabhāvena vavatthapetabbāti. ^b^Yāthāvato diṭṭhattā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ rūpaṃ, ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, na ito bhiyyo, idaṃ nāmaṃ, ettakaṃ nāmaṃ, na ito bhiyyo’’ti ca yathābhūtaṃ diṭṭhattā. Aniccānupassanā, dukkhānupassanā, anattānupassanā, nibbidānupassanā, virāgānupassanā, nirodhānupassanā, paṭinissaggānupassanāti imāsaṃ ^b^sattannaṃ anupassanānaṃ vasena. So^eb^ti kabaḷīkārāhāro. ^b^Tilakkhaṇa…pe… saṅkhātāyā^eb^ti aniccatādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ lakkhaṇānaṃ paṭivijjhanavasena lakkhaṇavantasammasanavasena ca pavattañāṇasaṅkhātāya. ^b^Pariññāto hoti^eb^ anavasesato nāmarūpassa ñātattā tappariyāpannattā ca āhārassa. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ yevā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Chandarāgāvakaḍḍhanenā^eb^ti chandarāgassa pajahanena.<br/><br/>[03]Pañca kāmaguṇā kāraṇabhūtā etassa atthīti ^b^pañcakāmaguṇiko^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pañcakāmaguṇasambhavo’’^eb^ti. Ekissā taṇhāya pariññā ^b^ekapariññā^eb^. Sabbassa pañcakāmaguṇikassa rāgassa pariññā, ^b^sabbapariññā^eb^. Tadubhayassapi mūlabhūtassa āhārassa pariññā ^b^mūlapariññā^eb^. Idāni imā tissopi pariññāyo vibhāgena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo bhikkhū’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Jivhādvāre ekarasataṇhaṃ parijānātī^eb^ti jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā iti paṭisañcikkhati ‘‘yo yamettha raso, so vatthukāmavasena ojaṭṭhamakarūpaṃ hoti jivhāyatanaṃ pasādo. So kiṃ nissito? Catumahābhūtanissito. Taṃsahajāto vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā jīvitindriyanti ime dhammā rūpakkhandho nāma. Yo tasmiṃ rase assādo, ayaṃ rasataṇhā. Taṃsahagatā ^a^V2.0097^ea^ phassādayo dhammā cattāro arūpakkhandhā’’tiādivasena. Sabbaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatavasena veditabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tena pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo pariññātova hotī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^a^M2.0113^ea^^b^tenā^eb^ti yo bhikkhu jivhādvāre rasataṇhaṃ parijānāti, tena. Kathaṃ pana ekasmiṃ dvāre taṇhaṃ parijānato pañcasu dvāresu rāgo pariññāto hotīti āha ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tassāyevā^eb^ti taṇhāya eva taṇhāsāmaññato ekattanayavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti pañcasu dvāresu. ^b^Uppajjanato^eb^ti rūparāgādibhāvena uppajjanato. Lobho eva hi taṇhāyanaṭṭhena ‘‘taṇhā’’tipi, rajjanaṭṭhena ‘‘rāgo’’tipi vuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sāyeva hī’’^eb^tiādi. Idāni vuttamevatthaṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādinā upamāya sampiṇḍeti. ^b^Pañcamagge hanato^eb^ti pañcasu maggesu sañcarittaṃ karontena maggagāmino hananto ‘‘magge hanato’’ti vutto.<br/><br/>[03]Sabyañjane piṇḍapātasaññite bhattasamūhe manuññe rūpe rūpasaddādayo labbhanti, tattha pañcakāmaguṇarāgassa sambhavaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Satisampajaññena pariggahetvā^eb^ti sabbabhāgiyena kammaṭṭhānaparipālakena pariggahetvā. ^b^Nicchandarāgaparibhogenā^eb^ti maggādhigamasiddhena nicchandarāgaparibhogena paribhutte. ^b^So^eb^ti kāmaguṇiko rāgo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ satī^eb^ti kabaḷīkārāhāre sati. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti pañcakāmaguṇikarāgassa. ^b^Uppattito^eb^ti uppajjanato. Na hi āhārālābhena jighacchādubbalyaparetassa kāmaparibhogicchā sambhavati. ^b^Upanijjhānacitta^eb^nti rāgavasena aññamaññaṃ olokanacittaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Natthi taṃ saṃyojana^eb^nti pañcavidhampi uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tena rāgena…pe… natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti kāmarāgena. ^b^Ettakenā^eb^ti yathāvuttāya desanāya. ^b^Kathetuṃ vaṭṭatī^eb^ti imaṃ paṭhamāhārakathaṃ kathentena dhammakathikena.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamāhāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 55
title: puttamaṃsūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^^paṭhamāhāravaṇṇanā^dutiyāhāravaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^Dutiye^eb^ti dutiye āhāre. ^b^Uddālitacammā^eb^ti uppāṭitacammā, sabbaso apanītacammāti attho. ^b^Na sakkoti^eb^ dubbalabhāvato, tathā hi itthī ‘‘abalā’’ti vuccati. ^b^Silākuṭṭādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena iṭṭhakakuṭṭamattikākuṭṭādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Uṇṇanābhī^eb^ti makkaṭakaṃ. ^b^Sarabū^eb^ti gharagoḷikā ^a^V2.0098^ea^^a^M2.0114^ea^. ^b^Uccāliṅgapāṇakā^eb^ nāma lomasā pāṇakā. ^b^Ākāsanissitā^eb^ti ākāsacārino. ^b^Luñcitvā^eb^ti uppāṭetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tisso pariññā^eb^ti heṭṭhā vuttā ñātapariññādayo tisso pariññā. ^b^Tammūlakattā^eb^ti phassamūlakattā. ^b^Desanā yāva arahattā kathitā^eb^ sabbaso vedanāsu pariññātāsu kilesānaṃ lesassapi abhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyāhāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 56
title: ^paṭhamāhāravaṇṇanā^dutiyāhāravaṇṇanā^tatiyāhāravaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^Aṅgārakāsu^eb^nti aṅgārarāsiṃ. ^b^Phuṇantī^eb^ti attano upari sayameva ākirantīti attho. Tenāha ‘‘narā rudantā paridaḍḍhagattā’’ti. ^b^Narā^eb^ti purisāti attho, na manussā. ^b^Bhayañhi maṃ vindatī^eb^ti bhayassa vasena karonto bhayaṃ labhati nāma. ^b^Santaramānovā^eb^ti suṭṭhu taramāno eva hutvā. Porisaṃ vuccati purisappamāṇaṃ, tasmā ^b^atirekaporisā^eb^ purisappamāṇato adhikā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pañcaratanappamāṇā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti kāsuyā. ^b^Tadabhāve^eb^ti tesaṃ jālādhūmānaṃ abhāve. ^b^Ārakāvassā^eb^ti ārakā eva assa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṅgārakāsu viya^eb^ tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ ekādasannaṃ aggīnaṃ vasena mahāpariḷāhato. ^b^Jivi…pe… puthujjano^eb^ tehi aggīhi dahitabbato. ^b^Dve bala…pe… kammaṃ^eb^ anicchantasseva tassa vaṭṭadukkhe pātanato. Āyūhanūpakaḍḍhanānaṃ kālabhedo na cintetabbo ekantabhāvino phalassa nipphāditattāti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phasse vuttanayenevā^eb^ti tattha ‘‘phasso saṅkhārakkhandho’’ti vuttaṃ, idha ‘‘manosañcetanā saṅkhārakkhandho’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sesaṃ ^b^vuttanayamevā^eb^ti. ‘‘Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti vacanato manosañcetanāya taṇhā mūlakāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘taṇhāmūlakattā manosañcetanāyā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. Keci pana yasmā manosañcetanāya phalabhūtaṃ vedanaṃ paṭicca taṇhā uppajjati, tasmā evaṃ vuttanti vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyāhāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 57
title: paṭhamāhāravaṇṇanā^dutiyāhāravaṇṇanā^tatiyāhāravaṇṇanā^catutthāhāravaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]Aniṭṭhapāpanavasena ^a^V2.0099^ea^^a^M2.0115^ea^ taṃsamaṅgīpuggalaṃ āgacchatīti āgu, pāpaṃ, taṃ carati sīlenāti ^b^āgucārī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pāpacāri’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rājā viya kammaṃ^eb^ paramissarabhāvato. ^b^Āgucārī puriso viya…pe… puthujjano^eb^ dukkhavatthubhāvato. Ādinnappahāravaṇāni ^b^tīṇi sattisatāni viya^eb^ puthujjanassa āturamānamahādukkhapatiṭṭhaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^satti…pe… dukkha^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tammūlakattā^eb^ti paṭisandhiviññāṇamūlakattā ito paraṃ pavattanāmarūpassa.<br/><br/>[06]Catutthāhāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Puttamaṃsūpamasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 58
title: dutiyāhāravaṇṇanā^tatiyāhāravaṇṇanā^atthirāgasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^64^eb^^b^.^eb^ Catutthe ^b^so^eb^ti lobho. ^b^Rañjanavasenā^eb^ti raṅgajātaṃ viya tassa cittassa anurañjanavasena. ^b^Nandanavasenā^eb^ti sappītikatāya ārammaṇassa abhinandanavasena. ^b^Taṇhāyanavasenā^eb^ti visayakattukāmatāya vasena. Eko eva hi lobho pavattiākāravasena tathā vutto. ^b^Patiṭṭhita^eb^nti laddhasabhāvaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti vaṭṭe. Āhāreti keci. ^b^Viññāṇa^eb^nti abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ. ^b^Viruḷha^eb^nti phalanibbattiyā viruḷhippattaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammaṃ javāpetvā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^javāpetvā^eb^ti phalaṃ gāhāpetvā. Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇañhi attanā sahajātānaṃ sahajātādipaccayehi ceva āhārapaccayena ca paccayo hutvā tassa attano phaluppādane sāmatthiyattā viruḷhippattaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘kammaṃ santāne laddhabhāvaṃ viruḷhippattañcassa hotī’’ti. Vaṭṭakathā esāti katvā ^b^‘‘yatthāti tebhūmakavaṭṭe bhumma’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbesu. ^b^Purimapade etaṃ bhumma^eb^nti ‘‘yattha tatthā’’ti āgataṃ etaṃ bhummavacanaṃ purimasmiṃ purimasmiṃ pade visayabhūte. Tañhi ārabbha etaṃ ‘‘yattha tatthā’’ti bhummavacanaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Imasmiṃ vipākavaṭṭe^eb^ti paccuppanne vipākavaṭṭe. Āyatiṃ vaṭṭahetuke saṅkhāre sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattī’’ti vacanato ^a^M2.0116^ea^. ^b^Punabbhavābhinibbattī^eb^ti ca paṭisandhi adhippetāti vuttaṃ ^a^V2.0100^ea^ ‘‘yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇa’’nti. ^b^Jātī^eb^ti cettha mātukucchito nikkhamanaṃ adhippetaṃ. ^b^Yasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti yasmiṃ kāraṇe sati.<br/><br/>[03]Kāraṇañcettha saṅkhārā veditabbā. Te hi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā hetū, taṇhāavijjāyo, kālagatiādayo ca kammassa sambhārā. Keci pana kilesavaṭṭakammagatikālā cāti adhippāyena ‘‘kālagatiādayo ca kammassa sambhārā’’ti vadanti. Taṃtaṃbhavapatthanāya tathā tathā gato tividho bhavova ^b^tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ‘‘yatthāti tebhūmakavaṭṭe’’ti. Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘sasambhārakakammaṃ bhavesu rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rūpa^eb^nti attabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅkhipitvā^eb^ti tīsu akatvā viññāṇena ekasaṅkhepaṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Eko sandhī^eb^ti eko hetuphalasandhi. ^b^Vipākavidhi^eb^nti saḷāyatanādikaṃ vedanāvasānaṃ vipākavidhiṃ. ‘‘Nāmarūpena saddhi’’nti padaṃ ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Nāmarūpenā^eb^ti vā sahayoge karaṇavacanaṃ. Idha ^b^eko sandhī^eb^ti eko hetuphalasandhi. ^b^Āyatibhavassā^eb^ti āyatiṃ upapattibhavassa. Tena cettha eko sandhi hetuphalasandhi veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khīṇāsavassa^eb^ aggamaggādhigamanatova pavattakammassa maggena sahāyavekallassa katattā avijjamānaṃ. ^b^Sūriyarasmisama^eb^nti tato eva vuttanayeneva appatiṭṭhitasūriyarasmisamaṃ. ^b^Sā^eb^ti rasmi. ^b^Kāyādayo^eb^ti kāyadvārādayo. ^b^Katakamma^eb^nti paccayehi katabhāvaṃ upādāya vuttaṃ, na kammalakkhaṇapattato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kusalākusalaṃ nāma na hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kiriyamatte^eb^ti avipākadhammattā kāyikādipayogamatte ṭhatvā. ^b^Avipākaṃ hoti^eb^ tesaṃ avipākadhammattā.<br/><br/>[06]Atthirāgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 59
title: tatiyāhāravaṇṇanā^atthirāgasuttavaṇṇanā^nagarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^65^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pañcamasutte ‘‘pubbeva me, bhikkhave, sambodhā’’tiādi heṭṭhā saṃvaṇṇitamevāti avuttameva saṃvaṇṇetuṃ ^b^‘‘nāmarūpe kho satī’’^eb^ti āraddho ^a^M2.0117^ea^. Tattha dvādasapadike paṭiccasamuppāde imasmiṃ sutte yāni dve padāni aggahitāni, nesaṃ aggahaṇe kāraṇaṃ pucchitvā vissajjetukāmo tesaṃ gahetabbakāraṇaṃ tāva dassento ^b^‘‘etthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Paccakkhabhūtaṃ paccuppannaṃ bhavaṃ paṭhamaṃ gahetvā tadanantaraṃ anāgatassa ‘‘dutiya’’nti gahaṇe atīto tatiyo hotīti ^a^V2.0101^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘avijjāsaṅkhārā hi tatiyo bhavo’’^eb^ti. Nanu cettha anāgatassa bhavassa gahaṇaṃ na sambhavati paccuppannabhavavasena abhinivesassa jotitattāti? Saccametaṃ, kāraṇe pana gahite phalaṃ gahitameva hotīti tathā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Apicettha anāgato addhā atthato saṅgahito eva yato ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’ntiādinā anāgataddhasaṃgāhitā desanā pavattā, catuvokāravasena viññāṇapaccayā nāmanti viseso atthi. Tasmā ^b^‘‘pañcavokāravasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tehī^eb^ti avijjāsaṅkhārehi ārammaṇabhūtehi. ^b^Ayaṃ vipassanā^eb^ti addhāpaccuppannavasena udayabbayaṃ passantassa pavattavipassanā. ^b^Na ghaṭīyatī^eb^ti na samijjhati. ^b^Mahā…pe… abhiniviṭṭho^eb^ti na ghaṭane kāraṇamāha, heṭṭhā gahitattā pāṭiyekkaṃ sammasanīyaṃ na hotīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adiṭṭhesū^eb^ti anavabuddhesu. Catusaccassa anubodhena na bhavitabbanti āha ^b^‘‘na sakkā buddhena bhavitu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti mahāsattena. ^b^Te^eb^ti avijjāsaṅkhārā. ^b^Bhavaupādānataṇhāvasenā^eb^ti bhavaupādānataṇhādassanavasena. ^b^Diṭṭhāva^eb^ ‘‘taṃsahagatā’’ti samānayogakkhamattā. ^b^Na parabhāgaṃ khaneyya^eb^ attanā icchitassa gahitattā parabhāge aññassa abhāvato ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kassaci natthitāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭinivattesī^eb^ti paṭisaṃhari. Paṭinivattane pana kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tadeta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhinnaṭṭhāna^eb^nti akhaṇitaṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccayato^eb^ti hetuto, saṅkhāratoti attho. ‘‘Kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotī’’tiādinā hetuparamparavasena phalaparamparāya kittamānāya, kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hotīti ca vicāraṇāya saṅkhāre kho sati viññāṇassa visesato kāraṇabhūto saṅkhāro aggahito, tato viññāṇaṃ paṭinivattati nāma, na sabbapaccayato. Tenevāha ‘‘nāmarūpe kho sati viññāṇaṃ hotī’’ti. Kiṃ nāma hettha ^a^M2.0118^ea^ sahajātādivaseneva paccayabhūtaṃ adhippetaṃ, na kammūpanissayavasena paccuppannavasena abhinivesassa jotitattā. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ti avijjāsaṅkhārasaṅkhātāarammaṇato, atītabhavasaṅkhātāarammaṇato. Atītaddhapariyāpannā hi avijjāsaṅkhārā. Tato paṭinivattamānaṃ viññāṇaṃ atītabhavopi paṭinivattati nāma. ^b^Ubhayampī^eb^ti paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ vipassanāviññāṇampi. ^b^Nāmarūpaṃ na atikkamatī^eb^ti paccayabhūtaṃ ārammaṇabhūtañca nāmarūpaṃ na atikkamati tena vinā avattanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nāmarūpato paraṃ na gacchatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Viññāṇe nāmarūpassa paccaye honte^eb^ti paṭisandhiviññāṇe nāmarūpassa paccaye honte. ^b^Nāmarūpe viññāṇassa paccaye honte^eb^ti nāmarūpe paṭisandhiviññāṇassa paccaye honte. Catuvokārapañcavokārabhavavasena yathārahaṃ yojanā veditabbā. ^b^Dvīsupi aññamaññaṃ paccayesu hontesū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0102^ea^ pana pañcavokārabhavavasena. ^b^Ettakenā^eb^ti evaṃ viññāṇanāmarūpānaṃ aññamaññaṃ upatthambhavasena pavattiyā. ^b^Jāyetha vā upapajjetha vā^eb^ti ‘‘satto jāyati upapajjatī’’ti samaññā hoti viññāṇanāmarūpavinimuttassa sattapaññattiyā upādānabhūtassa dhammassa abhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ito hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Etadevā^eb^ti ‘‘viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpa’’nti etaṃ dvayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aparāparacutipaṭisandhīhī^eb^ti aparāparacutipaṭisandhidīpakehi ‘‘cavati, upapajjatī’’ti dvīhi padehi. ^b^Pañca padānī^eb^ti ‘‘jāyetha vā’’tiādīni pañca padāni. Nanu tattha paṭhamatatiyehi catutthapañcamāni atthato abhinnānīti? Saccaṃ, viññāṇanāmarūpānaṃ aparāparuppattidassanatthaṃ evaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aparāparacutipaṭisandhīhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti vuttamevatthanti yo ‘‘ettāvatā’’ti padena pubbe vutto, tameva yathāvuttamatthaṃ ‘‘yadida’’ntiādinā niyyātento puna vatvā. ^b^Anulomapaccayākāravasenā^eb^ti paccayadhammadassanapubbakapaccayuppannadhammadassanavasena. Paccayadhammānañhi attano paccayuppannassa paccayabhāvo idappaccayatā paccayākāro, so ca ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’tiādinā vutto saṅkhāruppattiyā anulomanato anulomapaccayākāro, tassa vasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āpato^eb^ti ^a^M2.0119^ea^ parikhāgataudakato. Dvārasampattiyā tattha vasantānaṃ pavesananiggamanaphāsutāya upabhogaparibhogavatthusampattiyā sarīracittasukhatāya nagarassa manuññatāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samantā …pe… ramaṇīya’’^eb^nti. Pubbe suññabhāvena araññasadisaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ janavāsaṃ karonte nagarassa lakkhaṇappattaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṃ aparena samayena iddhañceva assa phītañcā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pubbeva kho panassa kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ ājīvo ca suparisuddho’’ti vacanato tīhi viratīhi saddhiṃ pubbabhāgamaggopi aṭṭhaṅgikavohāraṃ laddhuṃ arahatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭhaṅgikassa vipassanāmaggassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vipassanāya ciṇṇante^eb^ti vipassanāya sañcaritatāya tattha tattha tāya vipassanāya tīrite pariyesite. ^b^Lokuttaramaggadassana^eb^nti anumānādivasena lokuttaramaggassa dassanaṃ. Tathā hi nibbānanagarassa dassanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhakālo^eb^ti adhigamavasena diṭṭhakālo. Maggaphalavasena uppannā ^b^paropaṇṇāsa^eb^ anavajjadhammā, paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ pana tesaṃ vavatthāpakaṃ. Yāpetvāti ^b^carāpetvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avattamānakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti buddhasuññe loke kassaci santāne appavattanatova uppādādivasena vattamānavasena. Tathā hi bhagavā ‘‘anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā, asañjātassa sañjanetā’’tiādikehi ^a^V2.0103^ea^ thomito. Pubbakehi mahesīhi paṭipanno hi ariyamaggo itarehi antarā kehici avaḷañjitoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avaḷañjanaṭṭhena purāṇamaggo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jhānassādenā^eb^ti jhānasukhena jhānapītiyā. ^b^Subhikkhaṃ^eb^ paṇītadhammāmatatāya tittiāvahaṃ. ^b^Pupphitaṃ^eb^ upasobhitaṃ. ^b^Yāva dasasahassacakkavāḷe^eb^ti vuttaṃ ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti paricchinnabuddhakhettattā. Tassa atthitāya hi paricchedo atthi. ^b^Etasmiṃ antare^eb^ti etasmiṃ okāse.<br/><br/>[06]Nagarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 60
title: atthirāgasuttavaṇṇanā^nagarasuttavaṇṇanā^sammasasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^66^eb^^b^.^eb^ Chaṭṭhe ^b^assā^eb^ti bhagavato. Saṇhasukhumadhammaparidīpanato ^b^sukhumā^eb^. Tīhi lakkhaṇehi aṅkiyattā ^b^tilakkhaṇāhatā,^eb^ aniccādilakkhaṇaparidīpinīti attho. Ariyadhammādhigamassa upanissayabhūtena hetunā ^b^sahetukā^eb^. Tihetukapaṭisandhipaññāya pāṭihāriyapaññāya ca atthitāya ^b^paññavanto^eb^^a^M2.0120^ea^ na kevalaṃ ajjhattikāṅgasampattiyeva, bāhiraṅgasampattipi nesamatthīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘siniddhānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Abbhantara^eb^nti ajjhattaṃ. ^b^Paccayasammasana^eb^nti paccayuppannānaṃ paccayavīmaṃsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ārambhānurūpā anusandhi ^b^yathānusandhi. Na gatā^eb^ti na sampattā. ^b^Asambhinnapada^eb^nti avomissakapadaṃ, aññattha evaṃ anāgataṃ vākyanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aññattha hi evaṃ vuttaṃ nāma natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘tenahānandā’’ti ekavacanaṃ, ‘‘suṇātha manasi karothā’’ti bahuvacanaṃ katvā ^b^vuttaṃ nāma natthī^eb^ti attho. Keci pana ‘‘tenahānandā’’ti idhāpi bahuvacanameva katvā paṭhanti ‘‘sādhu anuruddhā’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Upadhīti adhippetaṃ^eb^ upadhīyati ettha dukkhanti. ^b^Uppajjati^eb^ uppādakkhaṇaṃ udayaṃ paṭilabhati ‘‘pākaṭabhāvo ṭhitiko, attalābho udayo’’ti. ^b^Nivisati^eb^ nivesaṃ okāsaṃ paṭilabhati. Ekavārameva hi uppannamattassa dhammassa dubbalattena okāse viya patiṭṭhahanaṃ natthi, punappunaṃ ārammaṇe pavattamānaṃ niviṭṭhaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ nāma hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nivisatīti punappunaṃ pavattivasena patiṭṭhahatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Piyasabhāva^eb^nti piyāyitabbajātikaṃ. ^b^Madhurasabhāva^eb^nti iṭṭhajātikaṃ. ^b^Abhiniviṭṭhā^eb^ti taṇhābhinivesena otiṇṇā. ^b^Sampattiya^eb^nti bhavasampattiyaṃ. ^b^Nimittaggahaṇānusārenā^eb^ti paṭibimbaggahaṇānusārena. Kaṇṇassa chiddapadesaṃ ^b^rajatanāḷikaṃ viya,^eb^ kaṇṇabaddhaṃ pana pāmaṅgasuttaṃ viya. Tuṅgā uccā dīghā nāsikā ^b^tuṅganāsā^eb^. Evaṃ laddhavohāraṃ attano ^b^ghānaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Laddhavohārā’’ti ^a^V2.0104^ea^ vā pāṭho. Tasmiṃ sati tuṅgā nāsā yesaṃ te tuṅganāsā. Evaṃ laddhavohārā sattā attano ghānanti yojanā vaṇṇasaṇṭhānato ^b^rattakambalapaṭalaṃ viya^eb^. Samphassato ^b^mudusiniddhaṃ^eb^ kiccato ^b^siniddhamadhurarasadaṃ. Sālalaṭṭhi^eb^nti sālakkhandhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Addasaṃsū^eb^ti passiṃsu. ^b^Evaṃ vutta^eb^nti ‘‘kaṃse’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ adhiṭṭhānavohārena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampatti^eb^nti vaṇṇādiguṇaṃ. ^b^Ādīnava^eb^nti maraṇaggatato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sattupānīyenā^eb^ti sattuṃ pakkhipitvā ālolitapānīyena. ^b^Cattāri pānāni viya cattāro maggā^eb^ taṇhāpipāsāvūpasamanato.<br/><br/>[06]Sammasasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 61
title: nagarasuttavaṇṇanā^sammasasuttavaṇṇanā^naḷakalāpīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^67^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sattame ^a^M2.0121^ea^^b^kasmā pucchatī^eb^ti mahākoṭṭhikatthero sayaṃ tattha nikkaṅkho samāno kasmā pucchatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Ajjhāsayajānanattha^eb^nti idampi tassa mahāsāvakassa paracittajānanena appāṭihīraṃ siyā, tena taṃ aparitussanto ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^dve aggasāvakā^eb^ti sīlādiguṇehi uttamasāvakāti attho, na hi mahākoṭṭhikatthero aggasāvakalakkhaṇappatto, atha kho mahāsāvakalakkhaṇappatto. ^b^Idāneva kho maya^eb^ntiādi heṭṭhā paccayuppannaṃ anāloḷentena dassetvā desanā āhaṭā, na aññamaññapaccayatāvasena, idha pana yenādhippāyena taṃ āloḷetvā nivattetvā kathitaṃ mahātherena, tamevassa adhippāyaṃ teneva pakāsetukāmo mahākoṭṭhikatthero āha ‘‘idāneva kho maya’’ntiādi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ thero’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettake ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘kiṃ nu kho āvuso’’tiādinā paṭhamārambhato paṭṭhāya yāva ‘‘nirodho hotī’’ti padaṃ, ettake ṭhāne. Avijjāsaṅkhāre aggahetvā ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti desanāya pavattattā ^b^‘‘paccayuppannapañcavokārabhavavasena desanā kathitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Phale gahite kāraṇaṃ gahitamevā’’ti viññāṇe gahite saṅkhārā, tesañca kāraṇabhūtā avijjā gahitā eva hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘heṭṭhā vissajjitesu dvādasasu padesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekekasmi^eb^nti ekekasmiṃ pade. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vasenā^eb^ti ‘‘nirodhāya dhammaṃ desesi, nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, nirodhā anupādāvinimutto hotī’’ti evamāgatānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vārānaṃ vasena. ‘‘Aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhī’’tiādīsu ^a^V2.0105^ea^ (mahāva. 468) viya idha vatthusaddo kāraṇapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘chattiṃsāya kāraṇehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭhamo^eb^ anumodanāvidhi. ^b^Dhammakathikaguṇo^eb^ti vipassanāvisayo abhedopacārena vutto. Sesadvayesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Dutiyo^eb^ anumodanā, ^b^tatiyaṃ^eb^ anumodananti abhidheyyānurūpaṃ vattabbaṃ. ^b^Desanāsampatti kathitā^eb^ ‘‘nibbidāya…pe… dhammaṃ desetī’’ti vuttattā. ^b^Sekkhabhūmi^eb^ kathitā ‘‘nibbidāya…pe… paṭipanno hotī’’ti vuttattā. ^b^Asekkhabhūmi^eb^ kathitā ‘‘nibbidā …pe… anupādāvimutto hotī’’ti vuttattā.<br/><br/>[06]Naḷakalāpīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 62
title: sammasasuttavaṇṇanā^naḷakalāpīsuttavaṇṇanā^kosambisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^68^eb^^b^.^eb^ Aṭṭhame ^a^M2.0122^ea^^b^parassa saddahitvā^eb^ti parassa vacanaṃ saddahitvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ esa bhaṇati, taṃ bhūtanti gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. Parapattiyo hi eso paraneyyabuddhiko. ^b^Yaṃ kāraṇa^eb^nti yaṃ attanā cintitavatthu. ^b^Ruccatī^eb^ti ‘‘evametaṃ bhavissati, na aññathā’’ti attano matiyā cintentassa ruccati. ^b^Ruciyā gaṇhātī^eb^ti parapattiyo ahutvā sayameva tathā rocento gaṇhāti. ^b^Anussavo^eb^ti ‘‘anu anu suta’’nti ^b^evaṃ^eb^ cirakālagatāya anussutiyā labbhamānaṃ ‘‘kathamidaṃ siyā, kasmā bhūtameta’’nti anussavena gaṇhāti. ^b^Vitakkayato^eb^ti ‘‘evametaṃ siyā’’ti parikappentassa. ^b^Ekaṃ kāraṇaṃ upaṭṭhātī^eb^ti yathāparikappitavatthu cittassa upaṭṭhāti. ^b^Ākāraparivitakkenā^eb^ti attanā kappitākārenā taṃ ^b^gaṇhāti. Ekā diṭṭhi uppajjatī^eb^ti ‘‘yathāparikappitaṃ kiñci atthaṃ evametaṃ, nāññathā’’ti abhinivisantassa eko abhiniveso uppajjati. ^b^Yāyassā^eb^ti yāya diṭṭhiyā assa puggalassa. ^b^Nijjhāyantassā^eb^ti paccakkhaṃ viya nirūpetvā cintentassa. ^b^Khamatī^eb^ti tathā gahaṇakkhamo hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so…pe… gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etānī^eb^ti saddhādīni. Tāni hi saddheyyānaṃ vatthūnaṃ gahaṇahetubhāvato ‘‘kāraṇānī’’ti vuttāni. ^b^Bhavanirodho nibbāna^eb^nti navavidhopi bhavo nirujjhati ettha etasmiṃ adhigateti bhavanirodho, nibbānaṃ. Svāyaṃ bhavo pañcakkhandhasaṅgaho tabbinimutto natthīti āha ^b^‘‘pañcakkhandhanirodho nibbāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Bhavanirodho nibbānaṃ nāmā^eb^ti ‘‘nibbānaṃ nāma bhavanirodho’’ti esa pañho sekkhehipi jānitabbo, na asekkheheva. ^b^Imaṃ ṭhāna^eb^nti imaṃ yāthāvakāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suṭṭhu diṭṭha^eb^nti ‘‘bhavanirodho nibbāna’’nti mayā suṭṭhu yāthāvato diṭṭhaṃ, bhavassa pīḷanasaṅkhatasantāpavipariṇāmaṭṭhānaṃ, bhavanirodhassa ca nissaraṇavivekāsaṅkhatāmataṭṭhānaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya ^a^V2.0106^ea^ diṭṭhattā. Anāgāmiphale ṭhito hi anāgāmimagge ṭhito eva nāma uparimaggassa anadhigatattāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anāgāmimagge ṭhitattā’’^eb^ti. Nibbānaṃ ārabbha pavattampi therassetaṃ ñāṇaṃ ‘‘nibbānaṃ paccavekkhatī’’ti vuttañāṇaṃ viya na hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ekūnavīsatiyā…pe… paccavekkhaṇañāṇa’’^eb^nti. Etena etaṃ nibbānapaccavekkhaṇā viya na hoti sappadesabhāvatoti dasseti. Evañca katvā idha udapānanidassanampi samatthitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Paccavekkhaṇañāṇenā^eb^ti avasesakilesānaṃ, nibbānasseva ^a^M2.0123^ea^ vā paccavekkhaṇañāṇena. ^b^Upari arahattaphalasamayo^eb^ti upari sijjhanato arahattapaṭilābho tathā ^b^atthi^eb^. ‘‘Yenāhaṃ taṃ pariyesato nibbānaṃ sacchikarissāmī’’ti ^b^jānāti^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Kosambisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 63
title: naḷakalāpīsuttavaṇṇanā^kosambisuttavaṇṇanā^upayantisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^69^eb^^b^.^eb^ Navame ^b^udakavaḍḍhanasamaye^eb^ti sabbadivasesu mahāsamuddassa anto mahantacandakantamaṇipabbatānaṃ juṇhasamphassena pahatattā jalābhisandanavasena udakassa vaḍḍhanasamaye. ^b^Upari gacchanto^eb^ti pakatiyā udakassa tiṭṭhaṭṭhānassa tato upari gacchantoti attho. ^b^Upari yāpetī^eb^ti udakaṃ tattha uparūpari vaḍḍheti. Tathābhūto ca taṃ brūhento pūrentoti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘vaḍḍheti pūretīti attho’’^eb^ti. Yasmā paccayadhammā attano phalasamavāyapaccaye honte tassa upari ṭhito viya hoti tassa attano vase vattāpanato, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avijjā upari gacchantī’’^eb^ti. Paccayabhāvena hi sā tathā vuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo bhavituṃ sakkuṇantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Apagacchanto^eb^ yāyanto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘osaranto’’^eb^ti, avaḍḍhanto parihīyamānoti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Upayantisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 64
title: kosambisuttavaṇṇanā^upayantisuttavaṇṇanā^susimasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^70^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dasame ^b^garukato^eb^ti garubhāvahetūnaṃ uttamaguṇānaṃ matthakappattiyā anaññasādhāraṇena garukārena garukato. ^b^Mānito^eb^ti sammāpaṭipattiyā mānito. Tāya hi viññūnaṃ manāpatāti āha ^b^‘‘manena piyāyito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Catupaccayapūjāya ca pūjito^eb^ti idaṃ atthavacanaṃ. Yadatthaṃ saṃgītikārehi ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hotī’’tiādinā imassa suttassa nidānaṃ nikkhittaṃ, tassa atthassa ulliṅgavasena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. ^b^Aṃsakūṭato^eb^ti ^a^V2.0107^ea^^a^M2.0124^ea^ uttarāsaṅgena ubho aṃsakūṭe paṭicchādetvā ṭhitā dakkhiṇāṃsakūṭato, ubhayato vā apanenti. Paricitaganthavasena ^b^paṇḍitaparibbājako,^eb^ yato pacchā visesabhāgī jāto. Vicittanayāya dhammakathāya kathanato ^b^‘‘kaviseṭṭho’’^eb^ti āhaṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tejussado^eb^ti mahātejo. Purebhattakiccādīnaṃ niyatabhāvena ^b^niyamamanuyutto. Vipassanālakkhaṇamhī^eb^ti ñāṇaṃ tattha kathitaṃ. ^b^Dhamma^eb^nti tassaṃ tassaṃ parisāyaṃ therassa asammukhā desitaṃ dhammaṃ. ^b^Āharitvā katheti^eb^ tathā varassa dinnattā.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi susimo pūraṇādayo viya satthupaṭiñño na hoti, titthiyehi pana ‘‘ayaṃ brāhmaṇapabbajito paññavā vedaṅgakusalo’’ti gaṇācariyaṭṭhāne ṭhapito, tathā cassa sambhāvito. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ahaṃ satthāti paṭijānanto’’^eb^ti, na sassatadiṭṭhikattā. Tathā hesa bhagavato sammukhā upagantuṃ asakkhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññāti arahattassa nāmaṃ^eb^ aññindriyassa ciṇṇante pavattattā. ^b^Taṃ pavatti^eb^nti yaṃ aññabyākaraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ sutvā. ^b^Assa^eb^ susimassa, ^b^paramappamāṇa^eb^nti uttamakoṭi. ^b^Ācariyamuṭṭhī^eb^ti ācariyassa muṭṭhikatadhammo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṅgasantatāyā^eb^ti nīvaraṇādīnaṃ paccanīkadhammānaṃ vidūrabhāvena jhānaṅgānaṃ vūpasantatāya. Nibbutasabbadarathapariḷāhatāya hi tesaṃ jhānānaṃ paṇītatarabhāvo. ^b^Ārammaṇasantatāyā^eb^ti rūpapatibhāgavigamena saṇhasukhumādibhāvappattassa ārammaṇassa santabhāvena. Yadaggena hi tesaṃ bhāvanātisayasambhāvitasaṇhasukhumappakārāni ārammaṇāni santāni, tadaggena jhānaṅgānaṃ santatā veditabbā. ^b^Ārammaṇasantatāya^eb^ vā tadārammaṇadhammānaṃ santatā lokuttaradhammārammaṇāhi paccavekkhaṇāhi dīpetabbā. ^b^Āruppavimokkhā^eb^ti arūpajjhānasaññāvimokkhā. ^b^Paññāmatteneva vimuttā,^eb^ na ubhatobhāgavimuttā. Dhammānaṃ ṭhitatā taṃsabhāvatā dhammaṭṭhiti, aniccadukkhānattatā, tattha ñāṇaṃ ^b^dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘vipassanāñāṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘pubbe kho, susima, dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, pacchā nibbāne ñāṇa’’nti evamādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vināpi^eb^^a^M2.0125^ea^^b^samādhi^eb^nti samathalakkhaṇappattaṃ purimasiddhaṃ vināpi samādhinti vipassanāyānikaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Eva^eb^nti vuttākārena. Na ^b^samādhinissando^eb^ anupubbavihārā viya. ^b^Na samādhiānisaṃso^eb^^a^V2.0108^ea^ lokiyābhiññā viya. ^b^Na samādhissa nipphatti^eb^ sabbabhavaggaṃ viya. Vipassanāya nipphatti maggo vā phalaṃ vāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]Rūpādīsu cetesu tiṇṇaṃ lakkhaṇānaṃ parivattanavasena desanā ^b^teparivaṭṭadesanā. Anuyogaṃ āropento^eb^ti nanu vuttaṃ, susima, idāni arahattādhigamena sabbaso paccayākāraṃ paṭivijjhitvā tattha vigatasammohoti anuyogaṃ karonto. ^b^Pākaṭakaraṇattha^eb^nti yathā tvaṃ, susima, nijjhānako sukkhavipassako ca hutvā āsavānaṃ khayasammasane suppatiṭṭhito, evametepi bhikkhū, tasmā ‘‘api pana tumhe āyasmanto’’tiādinā na te tayā anuyuñjitabbāti.<br/><br/>[06]Susimasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 65
title: upayantisuttavaṇṇanā^samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggo^jarāmaraṇasuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^71-72^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekekaṃ^eb^ suttaṃ ^b^katvā ekādasa suttāni vuttāni^eb^ avijjāya vasena desanāya anāgatattā, tathānāgamanañcassā catusaccavasena ekekassa padassa uddhaṭattā. Kāmañca ‘‘āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo’’ti attheva aññattha suttapadaṃ, idha pana veneyyajjhāsayavasena tathā na vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Jarāmaraṇasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 66
title: samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggo^antarapeyyālavaggo^satthusuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^73^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ayaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0109^ea^^a^M2.0126^ea^^b^satthā nāmā^eb^ti ayaṃ ariyamaggassa atthāya sāsati vimuttidhammaṃ anusāsatīti satthā nāma. Adhisīlādivasena ^b^tividhāpi sikkhā. Yogo^eb^ti bhāvanānuyogo. ^b^Chando^eb^ti niyyānetā ^b^kattukamyatākusalacchando^eb^. Sabbaṃ bhāvanāya parissayaṃ sahati, sabbaṃ vāssa upakārāvahaṃ sahati vāhetīti ^b^sabbasahaṃ. Appaṭivānī^eb^ti na paṭinivattatīti appaṭivānī. Antarāya sahanaṃ mohanāsanavīriyaṃ ātappati kileseti ^b^ātappaṃ^eb^. Vidhinā īretabbattā pavattetabbattā ^b^vīriyaṃ^eb^. Satataṃ pavattiyamānabhāvanānuyogakammaṃ ^b^sātacca^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘satatakiriya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tādisamevā^eb^ti yādisī sati vuttā, tādisameva ñāṇaṃ, jarāmaraṇādivasena catusaccapariggāhakaṃ ñāṇanti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Antarapeyyālavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Nidānasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 42
item: 67
title: abhisamayasaṃyuttaṃ^^nakhasikhāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^74^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukhumā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0110^ea^^a^M2.0127^ea^ taruṇā parittā kesaggamattabhāvato. Yathā kesā dīghaso dvaṅgulamattāya sabbasmiṃ kāle etappamāṇāva, na tacchindanaṃ, evaṃ nakhaggāpi kesaggamattāva, na tesaṃ chindanaṃ avaḍḍhanato. ^b^Parato^eb^ti ‘‘sahassimaṃ satasahassima’’nti vuttaṭṭhāne. ^b^Abhisametvā^eb^ti paṭivijjhitvā, tasmā abhisametāvino paṭividdhasaccassāti attho. Kāmaṃ purimapadaṃ dukkhakkhandhassa atītabhāvaṃ upādāyapi vattuṃ yuttaṃ. Puretaraṃyeva pana vuttabhāvaṃ upādāya vuttanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘purimaṃ dukkhakkhandha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Purimaṃ^eb^ nāma pacchimaṃ apekkhitvā. Purimapacchimatā hi taṃ taṃ upādāya vuccatīti idhādhippetaṃ purimaṃ nīharitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katamaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Atītampi parikkhīṇa’’nti idhādhippetaṃ parikkhīṇameva vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘katamaṃ pana parikkhīṇa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Sotāpannassa dukkhakkhayo idha coditoti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paṭhamamaggassa abhāvitattā uppajjeyyā’’^eb^ti vatvā idāni taṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ puna ^b^‘‘katama’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sattasu attabhāvesu yaṃ apāye uppajjeyya aṭṭhamaṃ paṭisandhiṃ ādiṃ katvā yattha katthaci^eb^ apāyesu cāti yaṃ dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya, taṃ sabbaṃ parikkhīṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti sotāpannassa, yaṃ parimāṇaṃ, tato uddhañca upapātaṃ atthīti adhippāyo. Mahā attho guṇo mahattho, so etassa atthīti ^b^mahatthiyo^eb^ ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mahato atthassa nipphādako’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Nakhasikhāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 68
title: ^nakhasikhāsuttavaṇṇanā^pokkharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^75^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ubbedhenā^eb^ti avavedhena adhodisatāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gambhīratāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Pokkharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 69
title: nakhasikhāsuttavaṇṇanā^pokkharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^saṃbhejjaudakasuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^76-77^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sambhijjaṭṭhāne^eb^ti ^a^V2.0111^ea^^a^M2.0128^ea^ sambhijjasamodhānagataṭṭhāne. ^b^Samenti^eb^ sametā honti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samāgacchantī’’^eb^ti. Pāḷiyaṃ vibhattilopena niddesoti tamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tīṇi vā’’^eb^ti āha. Sambhijjati missībhāvaṃ gacchati etthāti sambhejjaṃ, missitaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha udakaṃ ^b^sambhejjaudakaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sambhinnaṭṭhāne udaka’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Saṃbhejjaudakasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 70
title: pokkharaṇīsuttavaṇṇanā^saṃbhejjaudakasuttādivaṇṇanā^pathavīsuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^78-84^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cakkavāḷabbhantarāyā^eb^ti cakkavāḷapabbatassa antogadhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chaṭṭhādīsu vuttanayenevā^eb^ti idha chaṭṭhasuttādīsu paṭhamasuttādīsu vuttanayenevāti attho veditabbo visesābhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariyosāne^eb^ti imassa abhisamayasaṃyuttassa osānaṭṭhāne. ^b^Aññatitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇaparibbājakāna^eb^nti aññatitthiyānaṃ. ^b^Guṇādhigamo^eb^ti jhānābhiññāsahito guṇādhigamo. ^b^Satabhāgampi…pe… na upagacchati^eb^ saccapaṭivedhassa mahānubhāvattā. Tenāha bhagavā paccakkhasabbadhammo ‘‘evaṃ mahādhigamo, bhikkhave, diṭṭhisampanno puggalo evaṃ mahābhiñño’’ti.<br/><br/>[06]Pathavīsuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Abhisamayasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 42
item: 71
title: dhātusaṃyuttaṃ^nānattavaggo^dhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^85^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭhama^eb^nti ^a^V2.0112^ea^^a^M2.0129^ea^ imasmiṃ nidānavagge saṃyuttānaṃ paṭhamaṃ saṃgītattā. ^b^Nissattaṭṭhasuññataṭṭhasaṅkhātenā^eb^ti dhammamattatāya nissattatāsaṅkhātena niccasubhasukhāttasuññatatthasaṅkhātena. ^b^Sabhāvaṭṭhenā^eb^ti yathābhūtasabhāvaṭṭhena. Tato eva sabhāvassa dhāraṇaṭṭhena ^b^dhātūti laddhanāmānaṃ. Nānāsabhāvo^eb^ aññamaññavisadisatā ^b^dhātunānattaṃ^eb^. Cakkhusaṅkhāto pasādo ^b^cakkhupasādo^eb^. So eva cakkhanaṭṭhena cakkhu, nissattasuññataṭṭhena dhātu cāti ^b^cakkhudhātu^eb^. Cakkhupasādavatthuṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ katvā pavattaṃ ^b^cakkhupasādavatthukaṃ^eb^. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Dve sampaṭicchanamanodhātuyo, ekā kiriyā manodhātūti ^b^tisso manodhātuyo manodhātu^eb^ ‘‘mananamattā dhātū’’ti katvā. ^b^Vedanādayo…pe… nibbānañca dhammadhātu^eb^ visesasaññāparihārena sāmaññasaññāya pavattanato. Tathā hete dhammā āyatanadesanāya ‘‘dhammāyatana’’nteva desitā. Na hi nesaṃ rūpāyatanādīnaṃ viya viññāṇehi aññaviññāṇena gahetabbatākāro atthi. ^b^Sabbampī^eb^ti chasattatividhaṃ ^b^manoviññāṇaṃ. Kāmāvacarā^eb^ kāmadhātupariyāpannattā. ^b^Avasāne dve^eb^ti dhammadhātumanoviññāṇadhātuyo. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Dhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 72
title: nānattavaggo^dhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā^phassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^86^eb^^b^.^eb^ Jātipasutiārammaṇādibhedena nānābhāvo ^b^phasso^eb^. Jātipaccayabhedena hi paccayuppannassa bhedo hotiyeva. Dhammaparicchedavasena dhātudesanāyaṃ tisso mananamattā dhātuyova manodhātuyo. Kiriyāmayassa cittuppattivibhāgena paccayuppannassa vasena dhātudesanāyaṃ ^a^M2.0130^ea^ mananaṭṭhena dhātutāya ^a^V2.0113^ea^ sāmaññato manodvārāvajjanaṃ ‘‘manodhātū’’ti adhippetanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘manosamphasso manodvāre paṭhamajavanasampayutto’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā kāmaṃ sampaṭicchanamanodhātuanantaraṃ uppajjamāno santīraṇaviññāṇadhātuyā sampayutto phassopi manosamphasso eva nāma, dubbalattā pana so sabbabhavesu asambhavato ca gahito anavasesato gahaṇaṃ na hotīti manodvāre javanasamphasso hoti, tasmā. ^b^Ayamettha attho^eb^ti ayaṃ idha adhippāyānugato attho.<br/><br/>[06]Phassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 73
title: dhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā^phassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā^nophassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^87^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Manosamphassaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti manodvāre paṭhamajavanasampayutto phasso manosamphasso, taṃ manosamphassaṃ paṭicca. ^b^Manodhātū^eb^ti āvajjanakiriyamanodhātu. Manoviññāṇadhātu manodhātūti veneyyajjhāsayavasena vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘manodvāre…pe… evamattho daṭṭhabbo’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘sabbāni cetānī’’tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Nophassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 74
title: phassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā^nophassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā^vedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^88^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbāpi tasmiṃ dvāre vedanā vatteyyuṃ^eb^ cakkhusamphassavedanā upanissayapaccayabhāvitā. ^b^Nibbattiphāsukattha^eb^nti nibbattiyā upanissayabhāvena pavattiyā dassanasukhatthaṃ. ^b^Sampaṭicchanavedanameva gahetuṃ vaṭṭati,^eb^ tāya gahitāya itarāsaṃ gahaṇaṃ ñāyāgatamevāti. ^b^Vuttaṃ^eb^ porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ. ^b^Āvajjanasamphassa^eb^nti āvajjanamanosamphassaṃ. Anantarūpanissayabhūtaṃ paṭicca paṭhamajavanavasena uppajjatīti yojanā. ^b^Ayamadhippāyo^eb^ upanissayassa adhippetattā.<br/><br/>[06]Vedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 75
title: nophassanānattasuttavaṇṇanā^vedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^89^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatiyacatutthesu^eb^^a^M2.0131^ea^^b^vuttanayāvā^eb^ti ‘‘no cakkhusamphassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati cakkhudhātū’’ti evaṃ vuttanayo, catutthe ‘‘cakkhudhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paṭicca uppajjati cakkhusamphasso’’tiādinā vuttanayo ca. ^b^Ekato katvā^eb^ti ekajjhaṃ katvā desitā. Kasmā pana tesu suttesu evaṃ desanā pavattāti āha ^b^‘‘sabbāni cetānī’’^eb^tiādi. Paṭisedho pana tesaṃ vedanānānattādīnaṃ ^a^V2.0114^ea^ phassanānattādikassa paccayabhāvato tathāuppattiyā asambhavato. ^b^Ito paresū^eb^ti ‘‘no pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānatta’’ntiādīsu.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 76
title: vedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^bāhiradhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^90^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pañca dhātuyo kāmāvacarā^eb^ rūpasabhāvattā.<br/><br/>[06]Bāhiradhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 77
title: dutiyavedanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^bāhiradhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā^saññānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^91^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āpāthe patita^eb^nti cakkhussa āpāthagataṃ sāṭakaveṭhanādisaññitaṃ bhūtasaṅghātaṃ sammā nissitaṃ. Cakkhudvāre sampaṭicchanādisampayuttasaññānaṃ saṅkappagatikattā, cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttasaññāgahaṇeneva vā gahetabbato ^b^‘‘rūpasaññāti cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttā saññā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ tattha saññāya eva labbhanato. Eteneva hi taṃsampayutto saṅkappoti idampi saṃvaṇṇitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saññāsaṅkappachandā ekajavanavārepi nānājavanavārepi labbhantī’’^eb^ti. Javanasampayuttassa vitakkassa chandagatikattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tīhi cittehi sampayutto saṅkappo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Chandikataṭṭhenā^eb^ti chandakaraṇaṭṭhena, icchitaṭṭhenāti attho. ^b^Anuḍahanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti pariḍahanaṭṭhena. Sannissayaḍāharasā hi rāgaggiādayo ‘‘rūpe’’ti pana tassa ārammaṇadassanametaṃ. ^b^Pariḷāho^eb^ti pariḷāhasīsena apekkhaṃ vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pariḷāhe uppanne’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Pariḷāho’’ti daḷhajjhosānā ^a^M2.0132^ea^ balavākārappattā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘pariḷāhapariyesanā pana nānājavanavāreyeva labbhantī’’^eb^ti. Tāsaṃ laddhūpanissayabhāvatoti dasseti. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti ‘‘uppajjati saññānānatta’’nti ettha vuttanayena attho veditabbo. ‘‘Rūpasaññādinānāsabhāvaṃ saññaṃ paṭicca kāmasaṅkappādinānāsabhāvo saṅkappo uppajjatī’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[06]Saññānānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 78
title: bāhiradhātunānattasuttavaṇṇanā^saññānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^nopariyesanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^92^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭisedhamattameva nānaṃ,^eb^ sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayamevāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Nopariyesanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 79
title: saññānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^nopariyesanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^bāhiraphassanānattasuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^93^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttappakāre^eb^^a^V2.0115^ea^^b^ārammaṇe^eb^ti ‘‘āpāthe patita’’ntiādinā heṭṭhā vuttappakāre rūpārammaṇe. ^b^Saññā^eb^ti rūpasaññāva. Arūpadhammopi samāno yasmiṃ ārammaṇe pavattati, taṃ phusanto viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ārammaṇaṃ phusamāno’’^eb^ti. Taṇhāya vatthubhūtaṃyeva rūpārammaṇaṃ labbhatīti katvā ‘‘rūpalābho’’ti adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘saha taṇhāya ārammaṇaṃ rūpalābho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbasaṅgāhikanayo^eb^ti ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe sabbesaṃ saññādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ uppattiyā sabbasaṅgaṇhanavasena dassitanayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃyevā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sabbasaṅgāhikanayo^eb^ti vā dhuvaparibhogavasena nibaddhārammaṇanti vā āgantukārammaṇanti vā vibhāgaṃ akatvā sabbasaṅgāhikanayo. ^b^Aparo^eb^ nayo. ^b^Missako^eb^ti āgantukārammaṇe nibaddhārammaṇe ca visayato nibaddhārammaṇena missako. ^b^Nibaddhārammaṇe^eb^ sattānaṃ kileso mando hoti. Tathā hi saññāsaṅkappaphassavedanāva dassitā. ^b^Yaṃ kiñci viyā^eb^ti yaṃ kiñci aññamaññaṃ viya. ^b^Khobhetvā^eb^ti kutūhaluppādanavasena cittaṃ khobhetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upāsikā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0133^ea^ tassa amaccaputtassa bhariyaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Tasmi^eb^nti āgantukārammaṇe. ^b^Lābho^eb^ nāma ‘‘labbhatī’’ti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uruvalliyavāsī^eb^ti uruvalliyaleṇavāsī, uruvalliyavihāravāsīti vadanti. ^b^Pāḷiyā^eb^ti ‘‘dhātunānattaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭicca uppajjatī’’tiādinayapavattāya imissā suttapāḷiyā. ^b^Parivaṭṭetvā^eb^ti majjhe gahitaphassavedanāpariyosāne ṭhapanavasena pāḷiṃ parivaṭṭetvā. ^b^Vuttappakāre^eb^tiādi parivattetabbākāradassanaṃ. Tattha ^b^vuttappakāre^eb^ti āpāthagatarūpārammaṇe. ^b^Avibhūtavāra^eb^nti avibhūtārammaṇavāraṃ. Ayameva vā pāṭho. ^b^Gaṇhanti^eb^ kathenti. ^b^Ekajavanavārepi labbhanti^eb^ cirataranivesābhāvā. ^b^Nānājavanavāreyeva^eb^ daḷhataranivesatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^94^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dasamaṃ uttānameva^eb^ navame vuttanayattā. Paṭisedhamattameva hettha nānattanti.<br/><br/>[06]Bāhiraphassanānattasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Nānattavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 80
title: nopariyesanānānattasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^sattadhātusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^95^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ābhātīti ^a^V2.0116^ea^ ābhā, ālokabhāvena nipphajjati, upaṭṭhātīti vā attho. So eva nijjīvaṭṭhena dhātūti ^b^ābhādhātu. Ālokassā^eb^ti ālokakasiṇassa. Suṭṭhu, sobhanaṃ vā bhātīti ^b^subhaṃ^eb^. Kasiṇasahacaraṇato jhānaṃ ^b^subhaṃ^eb^. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Suparisuddhavaṇṇaṃ ^b^kasiṇaṃ^eb^. Ākāsānañcādayopi subhārammaṇaṃ evāti keci. ^b^Desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesī^eb^ti desanaṃ uddesamatte eva ṭhapesi. Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘andhakāraṃ paṭicca paññāyatī’’ti etthāpi ārammaṇameva gahitaṃ, tathā ‘‘ayaṃ dhātu asubhaṃ paṭicca paññāyatī’’ti etthāpi. Yathā hi idha suvaṇṇaṃ kasiṇaṃ subhanti adhippetaṃ, evaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ asubhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Andhakāraṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti andhakāraṃ paṭicchādakapaccayaṃ paṭicca. ^b^Paññāyatī^eb^ti pākaṭo hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘andhakāro hī’’^eb^tiādi. Ālokopi, andhakārena ^a^M2.0134^ea^ paricchinno hotīti yojanā. Andhakāro tāva ālokena paricchinno hotu ‘‘yattha āloko natthi, tattha andhakāro’’ti āloko kathaṃ andhakārena paricchinno hotīti āha ^b^‘‘andhakārena hi so pākaṭo hotī’’^eb^ti. Paricchedalekhāya viya cittarūpaṃ andhakārena hi parito paricchinno hutvā paññāyati, yathā taṃ chāyāya ātapo. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti asubhasubhānaṃ aññamaññaparicchinnataṃ atidisitvā tattha adhippetameva dassento ^b^‘‘asubhe sati subhaṃ paññāyatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘asubhaṃ paṭicca subhaṃ paññāyatī’’ti avoca. ‘‘Rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīsu viya uttarapadalopenāyaṃ niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘rūpaṃ paṭiccāti rūpāvacarasamāpattiṃ paṭiccā’’^eb^ti. Tāya hi sati adhigatāya. ^b^Rūpasamatikkamā vā hotī^eb^ti sabhāvārammaṇānaṃ rūpajjhānānaṃ samatikkamā ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti nāma hotīti attho. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā ‘‘ākāsānañcāyatanasamatikkamā viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti nāma hotī’’tiādinā dvepi pakāre atidisati. ^b^Paṭisaṅkhā^eb^ti paṭisaṅkhāñāṇena. ^b^Appavatti^eb^nti yathāparicchinnakālaṃ appavattanaṃ. Etena khaṇanirodhādiṃ paṭikkhipati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathaṃ samāpatti pattabbā^eb^ti imāsu sattasu dhātūsu kā pakārā saññāsamāpatti nānā hutvā samāpajjitabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kīdisā samāpattiyo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Saññāya atthibhāvenā^eb^ti paṭukiccāya ^a^V2.0117^ea^ saññāya atthibhāvena. ^b^Sukhumasaṅkhārānaṃ^eb^ tattha samāpattiyaṃ avasissatāya. ^b^Nirodhovā^eb^ti saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho eva.<br/><br/>[06]Sattadhātusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 81
title: dutiyavaggo^sattadhātusuttavaṇṇanā^sanidānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^96^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhāvanapuṃsakametaṃ^eb^ ‘‘visamaṃ candimasūriyā parivattantī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.70) viya. ^b^Sanidāna^eb^nti attano phalaṃ nidadātīti nidānaṃ, kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘sanidāno^eb^^a^M2.0135^ea^^b^sappaccayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāmapaṭisaṃyutto^eb^ti kāmarāgasaṅkhātena kāmena paṭisaṃyutto vā kāmapaṭibaddho vā. Takketīti ^b^takko^eb^. Abhūtakāraṃ samāropetvā kappetīti ^b^saṅkappo^eb^. Ārammaṇe cittaṃ appetīti ^b^appanā^eb^. Visesena appetīti ^b^byappanā^eb^. Ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropentaṃ viya pavattatīti ^b^cetaso abhiniropanā^eb^. Micchā viparīto pāpako saṅkappoti ^b^micchāsaṅkappo^eb^. Aññesu ca kāmapaṭisaṃyuttesu vijjamānesu vitakko eva kāmadhātusaddena niruḷho daṭṭhabbo vitakkassa kāmapasaṅgappattisātisayattā. Esa nayo byāpādadhātuādīsupi. ^b^Sabbepi akusalā dhammā kāmadhātu^eb^ hīnajjhāsayehi kāmetabbadhātubhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Kilesakāmassa ārammaṇabhāvattā sabbākusalasaṃgāhikāya kāmadhātuyā itarā dve saṅgahetvā kathanaṃ ^b^sabbasaṅgāhikā^eb^. Tissannaṃ dhātūnaṃ aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarato kathā ^b^asambhinnā. Imaṃ^eb^ kāmāvacarasaññitaṃ kāmavitakkasaññitañca ^b^kāmadhātuṃ. Paṭiccā^eb^ti paccayabhūtaṃ labhitvā. ^b^Tīhi kāraṇehī^eb^ti tīhi sārabhūtehi kāraṇehi.<br/><br/>[03]Byāpādavitakko byāpādo uttarapadalopena, so eva nijjīvaṭṭhena sabhāvadhāraṇaṭṭhena dhātūti ^b^byāpādadhātu^eb^. Byāpajjati cittaṃ etenāti ^b^byāpādo,^eb^ doso. Byāpādopi dhātūti yojanā. ^b^Sahajātapaccayādivasenā^eb^ti sahajātāññamaññanissayasampayuttātthiavigatapaccayavasena. Visesena hi parassa attano ca dukkhāpanaṃ vihiṃsā, sā eva dhātu, atthato rosanā parūpaghāto, tathā pavatto vā dosasahagatacittuppādo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiṇagahane araññe^eb^ti tiṇehi gahanabhūte araññe. ^b^Anayabyasana^eb^nti apāyabyasanaṃ, pariharaṇūpāyarahitaṃ vipattinti vā attho. ^b^Avaḍḍhiṃ vināsa^eb^nti avaḍḍhiñceva vināsañcāti vadanti sabbaso vaḍḍhirahitaṃ. ^b^Sukkhatiṇadāyo viya ārammaṇaṃ^eb^ kilesaggisaṃvaddhanaṭṭhena. ^b^Tiṇukkā viya^eb^^a^V2.0118^ea^^b^akusalasaññā^eb^ anudahanaṭṭhena. ^b^Tiṇakaṭṭha…pe… sattā^eb^ anayabyasanāpattito. ‘‘Ime sattā’’ti hi ayoniso paṭipajjamānā adhippetā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā sukkhatiṇadāye’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Samatābhāvato ^a^M2.0136^ea^ samatāvirodhato visamatāhetuto ca visamā rāgādayoti āha ^b^‘‘rāgavisamādīni anugata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Icchitabbā^eb^ avassaṃbhāvinibhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]Saṃkilesato nikkhamanaṭṭhena nekkhammo, so eva nijjīvaṭṭhena dhātūti ^b^nekkhammadhātu^eb^. Svāyaṃ nekkhammasaddo pabbajjādīsu kusalavitakke ca niruḷhoti āha ^b^‘‘nekkhammavitakkopi nekkhammadhātū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itarāpi dve dhātuyo^eb^ti abyāpādāvihiṃsādhātuyo vadati. ^b^Visuṃ dīpetabbā^eb^ sarūpena āgatattā. ^b^Vitakkādayo^eb^ti nekkhammasaṅkappacchandapariḷāhapariyesanā. ^b^Yathānurūpaṃ^eb^ attano attano paccayānurūpaṃ. Kathaṃ panettha kusaladhammesu pariḷāho vuttoti? Saṅkhārapariḷāhamattaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ, soḷasasu ākāresu dukkhasacce santāpaṭṭho viya vutto, yassa vigamena arahato sītibhāvappatti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]Sayaṃ na byāpajjati, tena vā taṃsamaṅgīpuggalo na kiñci byāpādetīti ^b^abyāpādo,^eb^ vihiṃsāya vuttavipariyāyehi sā veditabbā. Hitesibhāvena mijjati siniyhatīti ^b^mitto,^eb^ mittassa esāti ^b^metti,^eb^ abyāpādo. ^b^Mettāyanā^eb^ti mettākāraṇaṃ, mettāya vā ayanā pavattanā. ^b^Mettāyitatta^eb^nti mettāyitassa mettāya pavattassa bhāvo. ^b^Mettācetovimuttī^eb^ti mettāyanavasena pavatto cittasamādhi. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[06]Sanidānasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 82
title: sattadhātusuttavaṇṇanā^sanidānasuttavaṇṇanā^giñjakāvasathasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^97^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ito paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti ‘‘dhātuṃ, bhikkhave’’ti imasmā tatiyasuttato paṭṭhāya. Yāva kammavaggo, tāva netvā upagantvā seti etthāti āsayo, hīnādibhāvena adhīno āsayo ajjhāsayo, taṃ ^b^ajjhāsayaṃ,^eb^ adhimuttanti attho. ^b^Saññā uppajjatī^eb^tiādīsu hīnādibhedaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ paṭicca hīnādibhedā saññā, tannissayadiṭṭhivikappanā, vitakko ca uppajjati sahajātakoṭiyā upanissayakoṭiyā ca. ^b^Satthāresū^eb^ti tesaṃ satthupaṭiññatāya vuttaṃ, na satthulakkhaṇasabbhāvato. ^b^Asammāsambuddhesū^eb^ti ādhāre visaye ca bhummaṃ ekato katvā ^a^M2.0137^ea^ vuttanti paṭhamaṃ tāva dassento ‘‘mayaṃ sammāsambuddhā’’tiādiṃ vatvā itaraṃ dassento ‘‘tesu sammāsambuddhā ^a^V2.0119^ea^ ete’’tiādimāha. Tesaṃ ‘‘mayaṃ sammāsambuddhā’’ti uppannadiṭṭhi idha mūlabhāvena pucchitā, itarā anusaṅkitāti ^b^pucchatiyevā^eb^ti sāsaṅkaṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Mahatī’’^eb^ti ettha mahāsaddo ‘‘mahājano’’tiādīsu viya bahuatthavācakoti daṭṭhabbo. Avijjāpi hīnahīnatarahīnatamādibhedena bahupakārā. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā. Kasmā panettha ‘‘yadidaṃ avijjā dhātū’’ti avijjaṃ uddharitvā ‘‘hīnaṃ dhātuṃ paṭiccā’’ti ajjhāsayadhātu niddiṭṭhāti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, ‘‘aññaṃ uddharitvā aññaṃ niddiṭṭhā’’ti, yato avijjāsīsena ajjhāsayadhātu eva gahitā. Avijjāgahito hi purisapuggalo diṭṭhajjhāsayo hīnādibhedaṃ avijjādhātuṃ nissāya tato saññādiṭṭhiādike saṅkappeti. ^b^Paṇidhi^eb^ patthanā, sā pana tathā tathā cittassa ṭhapanavasena hotīti āha ^b^‘‘cittaṭṭhapana’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sā panesā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ete^eb^ti hīnapaccayā saññādiṭṭhivitakkacetanā patthanā paṇidhisaṅkhātā hīnā dhammā. ^b^Hīno^eb^ nāma hīnadhammasamāyogato. ^b^Sabbapadānī^eb^ti ‘‘paññapetī’’tiādīni padāni yojetabbāni hīnasaddena majjhimuttamaṭṭhānantarassa asambhavato. Upapajjanaṃ ‘‘upapattī’’ti āha ^b^‘‘dve upapattiyo paṭilābho ca nibbatti cā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^hīnakulādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena hīnarūpabhogaparisādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Hīnattikavasenā^eb^ti hīnattike vuttattikapadavasenāti adhippāyo. ^b^Cittuppādakkhaṇe^eb^ti idaṃ hīnattikapariyāpannānaṃ cittuppādānaṃ vasena tattha tattha laddhattā vuttaṃ. ^b^Pañcasu nīcakulesū^eb^ti caṇḍālavenanesādarathakārapukkusakulesu. Dvādasākusalacittuppādānaṃ pana yo koci paṭilābho hīnoti yojanā. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Imasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘yāyaṃ, bhante, diṭṭhī’’tiādinā āgate imasmiṃ ṭhāne. ‘‘Dhātuṃ, bhikkhave, paṭicca uppajjatī’’tiādinā āgatattā ^b^nibbattiyeva adhippetā,^eb^ na paṭilābho.<br/><br/>[06]Giñjakāvasathasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 83
title: sanidānasuttavaṇṇanā^giñjakāvasathasuttavaṇṇanā^hīnādhimuttikasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^98^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekato^eb^^a^M2.0138^ea^^b^hontī^eb^ti samānacchandatāya ajjhāsayato ekato honti. ^b^Nirantarā hontī^eb^ti tāya eva samānacchandatāya cittena nibbisesā honti. Idha adhimutti nāma ajjhāsayadhātūti āha ^b^‘‘hīnādhimuttikāti hīnajjhāsayā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Hīnādhimuttikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 84
title: giñjakāvasathasuttavaṇṇanā^hīnādhimuttikasuttavaṇṇanā^caṅkamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^99^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahāpaññesū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0120^ea^ vipulapaññesu. ^b^Na^eb^nti sāriputtattheraṃ. ^b^Khandhantara^eb^nti khandhavibhāgaṃ, khandhānaṃ vā antaraṃ viseso atthīti ^b^khandhantaro^eb^. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Parikamma^eb^nti iddhividhādhigamassa pubbabhāgaparikammañceva uttaraparikammañca. ^b^Ānisaṃsa^eb^nti iddhānisaṃsañceva ānisaṃsañca. ^b^Adhiṭṭhānaṃ vikubbana^eb^nti adhiṭṭhānavidhānañceva vikubbanavidhānañca. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘pathaviṃ pattharanto viyā’’tiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhutaṅgaparihāra^eb^nti dhutaṅgānaṃ pariharaṇavidhiṃ. Pariharaṇaggahaṇeneva samādānaṃ siddhaṃ hotīti taṃ na gahitaṃ. ^b^Ānisaṃsa^eb^nti taṃtaṃdhutaṅgapariharaṇe daṭṭhabbaṃ ānisaṃsameva. ^b^Samodhāna^eb^nti ‘‘ettakā piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttā, ettakā senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttā’’ti paccayavasena aññamaññañca antogadhattā. ^b^Adhiṭṭhāna^eb^nti adhiṭṭhānavidhiṃ. ^b^Bheda^eb^nti ukkaṭṭhādibhedañceva bhinnākārañca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parikamma^eb^nti ‘‘dibbacakkhu evaṃ uppādetabbaṃ, evaṃ visodhetabba’’ntiādinā parikammavidhānaṃ. ^b^Ānisaṃsa^eb^nti paresaṃ ajjhāsayānurūpāyatanādiānisaṃsapabhedaṃ. ^b^Upakkilesa^eb^nti sādhāraṇaṃ asādhāraṇaṃ duvidhaṃ upakkilesaṃ. Vipassanābhāvanupakkilesā hi dibbacakkhussa upakkilesāti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅkhepavitthāragambhīruttānavicitrakathādīsū^eb^ti saṅkhepo vitthāro gambhīratā uttānatā vicitrabhāvo neyyatthatā nītatthatāti evamādīsu dhammassa kathetabbappakāresu taṃ taṃ kathetabbākāraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Iti^eb^-saddo ^a^M2.0139^ea^ ādiattho, pakārattho vā. Tena –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Ādimhi sīlaṃ deseyya, (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.190; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.291)<br/><br/>[27]Majjhe cittaṃ viniddise;<br/><br/>[26]Ante paññā kathetabbā,<br/><br/>[22]Eso dhammakathāvidho’’ti. –<br/><br/>[07]Evaṃ kathetabbākāraṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sithilaṃ ^a^V2.0121^ea^ dhanitañca dīgharassaṃ, garukaṃ lahukañca niggahītaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Sambandhaṃ vavatthitaṃ vimuttaṃ, dasadhā byañjanabuddhiyā pabhedo’’ti. (dī. ni. 1.190; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.291; pari. 485) –<br/><br/>[07]Evaṃ vuttaṃ dasavidhaṃ ^b^byañjanabuddhiṃ. Aṭṭhuppatti^eb^nti tassa tassa suttassa jātakassa ca aṭṭhuppattiṃ. ^b^Anusandhi^eb^nti pacchānusandhiādianusandhiṃ. ^b^Pubbāpara^eb^nti sambandhaṃ. ^b^Idaṃ^eb^ padaṃ ^b^evaṃ vattabbaṃ, idaṃ^eb^ pubbāparaṃ ^b^evaṃ gahetabba^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kulasaṅgaṇhanaparihāra^eb^nti lābhuppādanatthaṃ kulānaṃ saṅgaṇhanavidhino pariharaṇaṃ tanniyamitaṃ ekantikaṃ kulasaṅgahaṇavidhiṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Caṅkamasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 85
title: hīnādhimuttikasuttavaṇṇanā^caṅkamasuttavaṇṇanā^sagāthāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^100^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Dhātuso saṃsandantī’’ti idaṃ ajjhāsayato sarikkhatādassanaṃ, na kāyena missībhāvadassananti āha ^b^‘‘samuddantare’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nirantaro^eb^ti nibbiseso. ^b^Saṃsaggā^eb^ti pañcavidhasaṃsaggahetu. Saṃsaggagahaṇena cettha saṃsaggavatthukā taṇhā gahitā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dassana…pe… snehenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Vanati bhajati sajjati tenāti vanaṃ, vanathoti ca kileso vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘vanatho jātoti kilesavanaṃ jāta’’^eb^nti. Itare saṃsaggamūlakāti tameva paṭikkhipanto āha ^b^‘‘adassanenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sādhujīvī^eb^ti sādhu suṭṭhu jīvī, taṃjīvanasīlo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parisuddhajīvitaṃ jīvamāno’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Sagāthāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 86
title: caṅkamasuttavaṇṇanā^sagāthāsuttavaṇṇanā^assaddhasaṃsandanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^101^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nirojā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0140^ea^ saddhāsnehābhāvena nisnehā. Tato eva arasabhāvena ^b^nirasā. Ekasadisā^eb^ti samasamā nibbisesā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nirantarā’’^eb^ti. Alajjitāya ekasīmakatā ^b^bhinnamariyādā^eb^. Saddhā tesaṃ atthīti ^b^saddhā. Tantipālakā^eb^ti saddhammatantiyā pālakā. ^b^Vaṃsānurakkhakā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0122^ea^ ariyavaṃsassa anurakkhakā. ^b^Āraddhavīriyā^eb^ti paggahitavīriyā. Yasmā tādisānaṃ vīriyaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ nāma hoti kiccasiddhiyā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paripuṇṇaparakkamā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbakiccapariggāhikāyā^eb^ti catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvanākiccapariggāhikāya.<br/><br/>[06]Assaddhasaṃsandanasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 87
title: sagāthāsuttavaṇṇanā^assaddhasaṃsandanasuttavaṇṇanā^assaddhamūlakasuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^102-106^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aṭṭhamādīnī^eb^ti aṭṭhamaṃ navamaṃ dasamaṃ ekādasamaṃ dvādasamanti imāni pañca suttānīti eke. Apare pana nava suttānīti icchanti. Svāyamattho aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttoyeva. Pāḷiyañca kesuci potthakesu likhīyati.<br/><br/>[06]Assaddhamūlakasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 88
title: assaddhasaṃsandanasuttavaṇṇanā^kammapathavaggo^asamāhitasuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^107-108^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ito paresū^eb^ti ito dutiyavaggato paresu suttesu. ^b^Paṭhama^eb^nti paṭhamavagge paṭhamaṃ. Kasmā panettha evaṃ desanā pavattāti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ vuccamāne’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Asamāhitasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 89
title: kammapathavaggo^asamāhitasuttādivaṇṇanā^pañcasikkhāpadasuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^109-111^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Surāmerayasaṅkhāta^eb^nti ^a^M2.0141^ea^ piṭṭhasurādisurāsaṅkhātaṃ pupphāsavādimerayasaṅkhātañca. Majjanaṭṭhena ^b^majjaṃ. Surāmerayamajjappamādoti vuccati^eb^ ‘‘majjati tenā’’ti katvā. ^b^Tasmiṃ tiṭṭhantī^eb^ti tasmiṃ pamāde pamajjanavasena tiṭṭhantīti attho. Sesaṃ tatiyacatutthesu suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[03]Pañcame ^a^V2.0123^ea^ tāni padāni saṃvaṇṇetuṃ ^b^‘‘pañcame’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha pāṇo nāma vohārato satto, paramatthato jīvitindriyaṃ, taṃ ^b^pāṇaṃ atipātenti^eb^ aticca antareyeva, atikkamma vā satthādīhi abhibhavitvā pātenti saṇikaṃ patituṃ adatvā sīghaṃ pātentīti attho. Kāyena vācāya vā ^b^adinnaṃ^eb^ parasantakaṃ. ^b^Ādiyantī^eb^ti gaṇhanti. ^b^Micchā^eb^ti na sammā, gārayhavasena. ^b^Musā^eb^ti atathaṃ vatthu. ^b^Vadantī^eb^ti visaṃvādanavasena vadanti. Piyasuññakaraṇato ^b^pisuṇā,^eb^ pisati vā pare satte, hiṃsatīti attho. ^b^Mammacchedikā^eb^ti etena parassa mammacchedavasena ekantapharusasañcetanā ^b^pharusavācā^eb^ nāmāti dasseti. ^b^Abhijjhā^eb^saddo lubbhane niruḷhoti āha ^b^‘‘parabhaṇḍe lubbhanasīlāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Byāpanna^eb^nti dosavasena vipannaṃ. Pakativijahanena ^b^pūtibhūtaṃ^eb^. Sādhūhi garahitabbataṃ pattā ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattā natthikāhetukākiriyadiṭṭhi ^b^kammapathapariyāpannā^eb^ nāma. Micchattapariyāpannā sabbāpi lokuttaramaggapaṭipakkhā viparītadiṭṭhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesa^eb^nti kammapathānaṃ. ^b^Vohārato^eb^ti indriyabaddhaṃ upādāya paññattimattato. ^b^Tiracchānagatādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena petānaṃ saṅgaho. Payogavatthumahantatādīhi ^b^mahāsāvajjatā^eb^ tehi paccayehi uppajjamānāya cetanāya balavabhāvato. Yathāvuttapaccayavipariyāyepi taṃtaṃpaccayehi cetanāya balavabhāvavasena ^b^appasāvajjamahāsāvajjatā^eb^ vā veditabbā. ^b^Iddhimayo^eb^ti kammavipākiddhimayo dāṭhākoṭanādīnaṃ viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Methunasamācāresū^eb^ti sadāraparadāragamanavasena duvidhesu methunasamācāresu. Tepi hīnādhimuttikehi kattabbato kāmā nāma. ^b^Micchācāro^eb^ti gārayhācāro. Gārayhatā cassa ekantanihīnatāyāti āha ^a^M2.0142^ea^^b^‘‘ekantanindito lāmakācāro’’^eb^ti ^b^asaddhammādhippāyenā^eb^ti asaddhammasevanādhippāyena. ^b^Gottarakkhitā^eb^ti sagottehi rakkhitā. ^b^Dhammarakkhitā^eb^ti sahadhammehi rakkhitā. Sassāmikā nāma ^b^sārakkhā^eb^. Yassā gamane daṇḍo ṭhapito, sā ^b^saparidaṇḍā^eb^. Bhariyabhāvāya dhanena kītā ^b^dhanakkītā^eb^. Chandena vasatīti ^b^chandavāsinī^eb^. Bhogatthaṃ vasatīti ^b^bhogavāsinī^eb^. Paṭatthaṃ vasatīti ^b^paṭavāsinī^eb^. Udakapattaṃ āmasitvā gahitā ^b^odapattakinī^eb^. Cumbaṭaṃ apanetvā gahitā ^b^obhaṭacumbaṭā^eb^. Karamarānītā ^b^dhajāhaṭā^eb^. Taṅkhaṇikaṃ gahitā ^b^muhuttikā^eb^. Abhibhavitvā vītikkamo micchācāro ^b^mahāsāvajjo,^eb^ na tathā dvinnaṃ samānacchandatāya. Abhibhavitvā vītikkamane satipi maggenamaggapaṭipattiadhivāsane purimuppannasevanābhisandhipayogābhāvato micchācāro na hoti abhibhuyyamānassāti vadanti. Sevanācitte sati payogābhāvo appamāṇaṃ yebhuyyena itthiyā sevanāpayogassa abhāvato. Tathā sati puretaraṃ sevanācittassa upaṭṭhānepi ^a^V2.0124^ea^ tassā micchācāro na siyā, tathā purisassapi sevanāpayogābhāve. Tasmā attano ruciyā pavattitassa vasena tayo, balakkārena pavattitassa vasena tayoti sabbepi aggahitaggahaṇena ^b^‘‘cattāro sambhārā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āsevanamandatāyā^eb^ti yāya akusalacetanāya samphaṃ palapati, tassā ittarakālatāya pavattiyā anāsevanāti paridubbalā hoti cetanā.<br/><br/>[03]Upasaggavasena atthavisesavācino dhātusaddāti ^b^abhijjhāyatī^eb^ti padassa ^b^parabhaṇḍābhimukhī^eb^tiādiattho vutto. ^b^Tanninnatāyā^eb^ti tasmiṃ parabhaṇḍe lubbhanavasena ninnatāya. Abhipubbo jhe-saddo lubbhane niruḷhoti daṭṭhabbo. Yassa bhaṇḍaṃ abhijjhāyati, tassa appaguṇatāya ^b^appasāvajjā,^eb^ mahāguṇatāya ^b^mahāsāvajjā^eb^tiādinā nayena tattha appasāvajjamahāsāvajjavibhāgo veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘adinnādānaṃ viyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Attano pariṇāmanaṃ^eb^ cittenevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hitasukhaṃ byāpādayatī^eb^ti yo naṃ uppādeti, yassa uppādeti, tassa sati samavāye hitasukhaṃ vināseti. ^b^Aho vatā^eb^ti iminā yathā abhijjhāne vatthuno ekantato attano pariṇāmanaṃ dassitaṃ ^a^M2.0143^ea^, evamidhāpi vatthuno ‘‘aho vatā’’ti iminā parassa vināsacintāya ekantato niyamitabhāvaṃ dasseti. Evañhi nesaṃ dāruṇappavattiyā kammapathappavatti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathābhuccagahaṇābhāvenā^eb^ti yathātacchagahaṇassa abhāvena aniccādisabhāvassa niccādito gahaṇena. ^b^Micchā passatī^eb^ti vitathaṃ passati. ^b^Samphappalāpo viyā^eb^ti iminā āsevanassa appamahantatāhi micchādiṭṭhiyā appasāvajjamahāsāvajjatā. ^b^Vatthuno^eb^ti gahitavatthuno. ^b^Gahitākāraviparītatā^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhiyā gahitākārassa viparītatā. ^b^Tathābhāvenā^eb^ti attano gahitākāreneva tassā diṭṭhiyā, gahitassa vā vatthuno ^b^upaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ ‘‘evametaṃ, na ito aññathā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammato^eb^ti sabhāvato. ^b^Koṭṭhāsato^eb^ti cittaṅgakoṭṭhāsato, yaṃkoṭṭhāsā honti, tatoti attho. ^b^Cetanādhammāvā^eb^ti cetanāsabhāvā eva. ^b^Paṭipāṭiyā sattā^eb^ti ettha nanu cetanā abhidhamme kammapathesu na vuttāti paṭipāṭiyā sattannaṃ kammapathabhāvo na yuttoti? Na, avacanassa aññahetukattā. Na hi tattha cetanāya akammapathattā kammapatharāsimhi avacanaṃ, kadāci pana kammapatho ^a^V2.0125^ea^ hoti, na sabbadāti kammapathabhāvassa aniyatattā avacanaṃ. Yadā, panassa kammapathabhāvo hoti, tadā kammapatharāsisaṅgaho na nivārito. Etthāha – yadi cetanāya sabbadā kammapathabhāvābhāvato aniyato kammapathabhāvoti kammapatharāsimhi avacanaṃ, nanu abhijjhādīnampi kammapathabhāvaṃ appattānaṃ atthitāya aniyato kammapathabhāvoti tesampi kammapatharāsimhi avacanaṃ āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati, kammapathatātaṃsabhāgatāhi tesaṃ tattha vuttattā. Yadi evaṃ cetanāpi tattha vattabbā siyā? Saccametaṃ. Sā pana pāṇātipātādikāti pākaṭo tassā kammapathabhāvoti na vuttā siyā. Cetanāya hi ‘‘cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi (a. ni. 6.63; kathā. 539) tividhā, bhikkhave, kāyasañcetanā akusalaṃ kāyakamma’’ntiādivacanato (kathā. 539) kammabhāvo pākaṭo. Kammaṃyeva ca sugatiduggatīnaṃ tatthuppajjanakasukhadukkhānañca pathabhāvena pavattaṃ kammapathoti vuccatīti pākaṭo, tassā kammapathabhāvo. Abhijjhādīnaṃ pana cetanāsamīhanabhāvena sucaritaduccaritabhāvo, cetanājanitapiṭṭhivaṭṭakabhāvena sugatiduggatitaduppajjanakasukhadukkhānaṃ ^a^M2.0144^ea^ pathabhāvo cāti, na tathā pākaṭo kammapathabhāvoti, te eva tena sabhāvena dassetuṃ abhidhamme kammapatharāsibhāvena vuttā. Atathājātiyakattā vā cetanā tehi saddhiṃ na vuttāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Mūlaṃ patvā^eb^ti mūladesanaṃ patvā, mūlasabhāvesu dhammesu desiyamānesūti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇa^eb^nti idaṃ ‘‘pañca sikkhāpadā parittārammaṇā evā’’ti imāya pāḷiyā virujjhati. Yañhi pāṇātipātādidussīlyassa ārammaṇaṃ, tadeva taṃ veramaṇiyā ārammaṇaṃ. Vītikkamitabbavatthuto eva hi viratīti. ‘‘Sattārammaṇa’’nti vā sattasaṅkhātaṃ saṅkhārārammaṇameva upādāya vuttattā na koci virodho. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ (vibha. aṭṭha. 714) ‘‘yāni sikkhāpadāni ettha ‘sattārammaṇānī’ti vuttāni, tāni yasmā ‘sattoti’ti saṅkhaṃ gate saṅkhāreyeva ārammaṇaṃ karontī’’ti. Ito paresupi eseva nayo. Visabhāgavatthuno ‘‘itthipurisā’’ti gahetabbato ^b^sattārammaṇotipi eke^eb^. ‘‘Eko diṭṭho, dve sutā’’tiādinā samphappalapane ^b^diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena. Tathā abhijjhā^eb^ti ettha ^b^tathā^eb^-saddo ‘‘diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasenā’’ti idampi upasaṃharati, na sattasaṅkhārārammaṇataṃ eva dassanādivasena abhijjhāyanato. ‘‘Natthi sattā opapātikā’’ti pavattamānāpi micchādiṭṭhi tebhūmakadhammārammaṇā evāti adhippāyena tassā saṅkhārārammaṇatā vuttā. Kathaṃ pana micchādiṭṭhiyā mahaggatappattā dhammā ārammaṇaṃ hontīti? Sādhāraṇato. Natthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipākoti hi pavattamānāya atthato rūpārūpāvacaradhammāpi gahitāva hontīti.<br/><br/>[03]Sukhabahulatāya ^a^V2.0126^ea^ rājāno hasamānāpi ‘‘coraṃ ghātethā’’ti vadanti, hāso pana tesaṃ aññavisayoti āha ^b^‘‘sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā pana nesaṃ dukkhasampayuttāva hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Majjhattavedano na hoti,^eb^ sukhavedanova. Tattha ‘‘kāmānaṃ samudayā’’tiādinā vedanābhedo veditabbo. Lobhasamuṭṭhāno musāvādo sukhavedano vā siyā majjhattavedano vā, dosasamuṭṭhāno dukkhavedano vāti ^b^musāvādo tivedano^eb^ siyā. Iminā nayena sesesupi yathārahaṃ vedanānaṃ ^a^M2.0145^ea^ ‘‘lobho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāyā’’tiādinā bhedo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāṇātipāto dosamohavasena dvimūlako^eb^ti sampayuttamūlameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tassa hi mūlaṭṭhena upakārabhāvo dosaviseso, nidānamūle pana gayhamāne lobhamohavasenapi vaṭṭati. Sammūḷho āmisakiñjakkhakāmopi hi pāṇaṃ hanati. Tenevāha ‘‘lobho nidānaṃ kammānaṃ samudayāyā’’tiādi (a. ni. 3.34). Sesesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Asamādinnasīlassa sampattato yathāupaṭṭhitavītikkamitabbavatthuto virati ^b^sampattavirati^eb^. Samādānena uppannā virati ^b^samādānavirati^eb^. Kilesānaṃ samucchindanavasena pavattā maggasampayuttā virati ^b^samucchedavirati^eb^. Kāmañcettha pāḷiyaṃ viratiyova āgatā, sikkhāpadavibhaṅge pana cetanāpi āharitvā dassitāti tadubhayampi gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘cetanāpi vaṭṭanti viratiyopī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Adussīlyārammaṇā jīvitindriyādiārammaṇā kathaṃ dussīlyāni pajahantīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Pāṇātipātādīhi viramaṇavasena pavattanato tadārammaṇabhāveneva tāni pajahanti. Na hi tadeva ārabbha taṃ pajahituṃ sakkā tato anissaṭabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anabhijjhā…pe… viramantassā^eb^ti abhijjhaṃ pajahantassāti attho. Na hi manoduccaritato virati atthi anabhijjhādīheva tappahānasiddhito.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcasikkhāpadasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 90
title: asamāhitasuttādivaṇṇanā^pañcasikkhāpadasuttādivaṇṇanā^dasaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^113^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Micchattasammattavasenā^eb^ti ettha micchābhāvo ^b^micchattaṃ,^eb^ tathā sammābhāvo ^b^sammattaṃ^eb^. Tathā tathā pavattā akusalakkhandhāva micchāsati, evaṃ micchāñāṇampi daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi ñāṇassa ^a^V2.0127^ea^ micchābhāvo nāma atthi. Tasmā ^b^micchāñāṇino^eb^ti micchāsaññāṇāti attho, ayoniso pavattacittuppādāti ^a^M2.0146^ea^ adhippāyo. ^b^Micchāpaccavekkhaṇenā^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhiādīnaṃ micchā ayoniso paccavekkhaṇena. ^b^Kusalavimuttī^eb^ti pakatipurisasantarajānanaṃ, guṇaviyuttassa attano sakattani avaṭṭhānanti evamādiṃ akusalapavattiṃ ‘‘kusalavimuttī’’ti gahetvā ṭhitā micchāvimuttikā. ^b^Sammāpaccavekkhaṇā^eb^ti jhānavimokkhādīsu sammā aviparītaṃ pavattā paccavekkhaṇā.<br/><br/>[06]Dasaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 91
title: pañcasikkhāpadasuttādivaṇṇanā^catutthavaggo^catudhātusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^114^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Patiṭṭhādhātū^eb^ti sahajātānaṃ dhammānaṃ patiṭṭhābhūtā dhātu. ^b^Ābandhanadhātū^eb^ti nahāniyacuṇṇassa udakaṃ viya sahajātadhammānaṃ ābandhanabhūtā dhātu. ^b^Paripācanadhātū^eb^ti sūriyo phalādīnaṃ viya sahajātadhammānaṃ paripācanabhūtā dhātu. ^b^Vitthambhanadhātū^eb^ti dutiyo viya sahajātadhammānaṃ vitthambhanabhūtā dhātu. Kesādayo ^b^vīsati koṭṭhāsā. Ādi^eb^-saddena pittādayo santappanādayo uddhaṅgamā vātādayo gahitā. ^b^Etā^eb^ti dhātuyo.<br/><br/>[06]Catudhātusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 92
title: catutthavaggo^catudhātusuttavaṇṇanā^pubbesambodhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^115^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ayaṃ pathavīdhātuṃ nissāya taṃ ārabbha pavatto ^b^assādo. Evaṃ pavattāna^eb^nti evaṃ kāye pabhāvassa pavedanavaseneva pavattānaṃ. ^b^Hutvā abhāvākārenā^eb^ti pubbe avijjamānā paccayasāmaggiyā hutvā uppajjitvā puna bhaṅgupagamanato uddhaṃ abhāvākārena. Na niccāti ^b^aniccā^eb^ addhuvattā, dhuvaṃ niccaṃ. ^b^Paṭipīḷanākārenā^eb^ti udayabbayavasena abhiṇhaṃ pīḷanākārena ^a^M2.0147^ea^ dukkhaṭṭhena. ^b^Sabhāvavigamākārenā^eb^ti attano sabhāvassa vigacchanākārena. Sabhāvadhammā hi appamattaṃ khaṇaṃ patvā nirujjhanti. Tasmā te ‘‘jarāya maraṇena cā’’ti dvedhā vipariṇamanti. Tenāha ^a^V2.0128^ea^^b^‘‘vipariṇāmadhammā’’^eb^ti. Ādīnaṃ vāti pavattetīti ^b^ādīnavo,^eb^ paramakāpaññatā. ^b^Vinīyatī^eb^ti vūpasamīyati. Accantappahānavasena nissarati etenāti ^b^nissaraṇaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāyaṃ nipannā^eb^ sabbarattiṃ khepetvā ^b^pāto uṭṭhahāma, māsapuṇṇaghaṭo viya no sarīraṃ^eb^ nissandābhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phusitamattesupī^eb^ti udakassa phusitamattesupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atināmenti^eb^ kālaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^ vuttanayena ^b^pavattā^eb^ puggalā ^b^etā^eb^ pathavīdhātuādayo ^b^assādenti nāma^eb^ abhirativasena tattha ākaṅkhuppādanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇenā^eb^ti aggamaggañāṇena. Rukkho ^b^bodhi^eb^ ‘‘bujjhati etthā’’ti katvā. Maggo ^b^bodhi^eb^ ‘‘bujjhati etenā’’ti katvā. Sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ ^b^bodhi^eb^ sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ bujjhanato. Nibbānaṃ ^b^bodhi^eb^ bujjhitabbato. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Sāvakapāramīñāṇa^eb^nti sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ yāthāvato dassanavatthu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akuppā^eb^ti paṭipakkhehi akopetabbo. ^b^Kāraṇato^eb^ti ariyamaggato. Tato hissa akuppatā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sā hī’’^eb^tiādī. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ti nibbānārammaṇato nibbānārammaṇānaṃ lokiyasamāpattīnaṃ abhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vitthāravasenā^eb^ti ekekadhātuvasenāti vadanti, ekekissā pana dhātuyā lakkhaṇavibhattidassanavasena. ^b^Ya^eb^nti hetuatthe nipāto, yaṃ nimittanti attho. Assādeti etenāti ^b^assādo,^eb^ taṇhā. ^b^Ayaṃ pathavīdhātuyā assādo^eb^ti ettha ayaṃ-saddo ‘‘pahānapaṭivedho’’ti etthāpi ānetvā sambandhitabbo ‘‘ayaṃ pahānapaṭivedho paṭivijjhitabbaṭṭhena samudayasacca’’nti. Esa nayo sesasaccesupi. ^b^Yā^eb^ti yathāvuttesu assādo ādīnavo nissaraṇanti imesu tīsu ṭhānesu pavattā ^a^M2.0148^ea^ yā diṭṭhi…pe… yo samādhi, ayaṃ bhāvanāpaṭivedho maggasaccanti vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Pubbesambodhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 93
title: catudhātusuttavaṇṇanā^pubbesambodhasuttavaṇṇanā^acariṃsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^116^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yathā ^a^V2.0129^ea^ yāvatā nissaraṇapariyesanaṭṭhāne ādīnavapariyesanā, evaṃ yāvatā ādīnavapariyesanaṭṭhāne assādapariyesanā sammāpaṭipannassāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘acarinti ñāṇacārena acariṃ, anubhavanacārenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Acariṃsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 94
title: pubbesambodhasuttavaṇṇanā^acariṃsuttavaṇṇanā^nocedaṃsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^117^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissaṭātiādīni^eb^ padāni, ^b^ādito vuttapaṭisedhenā^eb^ti ‘‘nevā’’ti ettha vuttena nakārena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na nissaṭā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vimariyādikatenā^eb^tiādi ca ettha viharaṇapekkhaṇe karaṇavacanaṃ. ^b^Dutiyanaye^eb^ti ‘‘yato ca kho, bhikkhave’’tiādinā vuttanaye. Kilesavaṭṭamariyādāya sabbaso abhāvato ^b^nimmariyādikatena^eb^ cittena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tīsū^eb^ti dutiyādīsu tīsu.<br/><br/>[06]Nocedaṃsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 95
title: acariṃsuttavaṇṇanā^nocedaṃsuttavaṇṇanā^ekantadukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^118^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekanteneva dukkhā^eb^ti avīcimahānirayo viya ekantato dukkhā eva sukhena avomissā. ^b^Dukkhena anupatitā^eb^ti dukkheneva sabbaso upagatā. ^b^Dukkhena okkantā^eb^ti bahiddhā viya antopi dukkhena avakkantā anupaviṭṭhā. Sukhavedanāpaccayatāya imāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ sukhatā viya dukkhavedanāpaccayatāpi veditabbā, saṅkhāradukkhatā pana sabbattha caritā eva ^a^M2.0149^ea^. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbāsu dhātūsu, sabbaṭṭhānesu vā. Paṭhamaṃ sukhaṃ dassetvāpi pacchā dukkhassa kathitattā ^b^‘‘dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Ekantadukkhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 96
title: nocedaṃsuttavaṇṇanā^ekantadukkhasuttavaṇṇanā^abhinandasuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^119-123^eb^^b^.^eb^ Chaṭṭhasattamesu vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ^b^‘‘vivaṭṭaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ ^a^V2.0130^ea^. ^b^Tīsu^eb^ suttesu. ^b^Catusaccamevā^eb^ti cattāri saccāni samāhaṭāni catusaccanti tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahaṇaṃ, niyamo pana tabbinimuttassa paramatthassa abhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Abhinandasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Catutthavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Dhātusaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 42
item: 97
title: anamataggasaṃyuttaṃ^paṭhamavaggo^tiṇakaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^124^eb^^b^.^eb^ Upasaggo ^a^V2.0131^ea^^a^M2.0150^ea^ samāsavisaye sasādhanaṃ kiriyaṃ dassetīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ñāṇena anugantvāpī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vassasataṃ vassasahassa^eb^nti nidassanamattametaṃ, tato bhiyyopi anugantvā anamataggo eva saṃsāro. ^b^Agga^eb^-saddo idha mariyādavacano, anuddesikañcetaṃ vacananti āha ^b^‘‘aparicchinnapubbāparakoṭiko’’^eb^ti. Aññathā antimabhavikaparicchinnakatavimuttiparipācanīyadhammādīnaṃ vasena aparicchinnapubbāparakoṭi na sakkā vattuṃ. Saṃsaraṇaṃ ^b^saṃsāro. Pacchimāpi na paññāyati^eb^ andhabālānaṃ vasenāti adhippāyo. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘dīgho bālāna saṃsāro’’ti (dha. pa. 60). ^b^Vemajjheyeva pana sattā saṃsaranti^eb^ pubbāparakoṭīnaṃ alabbhanīyattā. ^b^Attho paritto hoti^eb^ yathābhūtāvabodhābhāvato. ^b^Buddhasamaye^eb^ti sāsaneti attho. ^b^Attho mahā^eb^ yathābhūtāvabodhisambhavato, atthassa vipulatāya taṃsadisā upamā natthīti parittaṃyeva upamaṃ āharantīti adhippāyo. Idāni vuttamevatthaṃ ^b^‘‘pāḷiyaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādinā samattheti. ^b^Mātu mātaro^eb^ti mātu mātāmahiyo. ^b^Tassevā^eb^ti dukkhasseva. ^b^Tibba^eb^nti dukkhapariyāyoti.<br/><br/>[06]Tiṇakaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 98
title: paṭhamavaggo^tiṇakaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^pathavīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^125^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahāpathavi^eb^nti avisesena anavasesapariyādāyinīti āha ^b^‘‘cakkavāḷapariyanta’’^eb^nti. Parikappavacanañcetaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Pathavīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 99
title: tiṇakaṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^pathavīsuttavaṇṇanā^assusuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^126^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kandanaṃ ^a^V2.0132^ea^^a^M2.0151^ea^ sasaddaṃ, rodanaṃ pana kevalamevāti āha ^b^‘‘kandantānanti sasaddaṃ rudamānāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pavatta^eb^nti sandanavasena pavattaṃ. ‘‘Sinerurasmīhi paricchinnesū’’ti saṅkhepena vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘sinerussā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Maṇimaya^eb^nti indanīlamaṇimayaṃ. Sinerussa pubbadakkhiṇakoṇasamapadesā ‘‘pubbadakkhiṇapassā’’ti adhippetā. Tehi nikkhantarajatarasmiyo indanīlarasmiyo ca ^b^ekato hutvā. Tāsaṃ rasmīnaṃ antaresū^eb^ti tāsaṃ catūhi koṇehi nikkhantarasmīnaṃ catūsu antaresu. ^b^Cattāro^eb^ti dakkhiṇādibhedā cattāro mahāsamuddā honti. ^b^Viasana^eb^nti visesena khepanaṃ. Kiṃ pana tanti āha ^b^‘‘vināsoti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Assusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 100
title: pathavīsuttavaṇṇanā^assusuttavaṇṇanā^khīrasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^127^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mātuthañña^eb^nti pītaṃ mātuyā thanato nibbattakhīraṃ bahutaranti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Khīrasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 101
title: assusuttavaṇṇanā^khīrasuttavaṇṇanā^pabbatasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^128^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Anamataggassa saṃsārassa dīghatamattā na sukaraṃ nasukara’’nti aṭṭhakathāpāṭho. ^b^Kathaṃ nacchindatī^eb^ti kathaṃ na pariyosāpeti, kāyacipi gahaṇatāyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Tayo kappāsaṃsū^eb^ti tayo ekakappāsaṃsū. Yehi naṃ phuṭṭhaṃ, tatopi sukhumataraṃ ^b^sāsapamattaṃ^eb^ khīyeyya pabbataṃ sabbabhāgehi aticiravelaṃ parimajjante.<br/><br/>[06]Pabbatasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 102
title: khīrasuttavaṇṇanā^pabbatasuttavaṇṇanā^sāsapasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^129^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nagara^eb^nti ^a^M2.0152^ea^ nagarasaṅkhepena pākārena parikkhittataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Anto pana sabbaso vicittasāsapehi eva puṇṇaṃ, evaṃ cuṇṇikābaddhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na pana…pe… daṭṭhabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Sāsapasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 103
title: pabbatasuttavaṇṇanā^sāsapasuttavaṇṇanā^sāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^130^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tassa^eb^^a^V2.0133^ea^^b^ṭhitaṭṭhānato^eb^ti bhikkhuno anussaritvā ṭhitaṭṭhānato, tena anussaritassa satasahassakappassa anantarakappato paṭṭhāyāti attho. ^b^Eva^eb^nti vuttappakārena. ^b^Cattāropi^eb^ bhikkhū abhiññālābhino. ^b^Cattāri kappasatasahassāni^eb^ divase divase ^b^anussareyyu^eb^nti parikappanavasena vadanti.<br/><br/>[06]Sāvakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 104
title: sāsapasuttavaṇṇanā^sāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^gaṅgāsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^131^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Etasmiṃ antare^eb^ti etasmiṃ pabhavasamuddapadesaparicchinne āyāmato pañcayojanasatike atirekayojanasatike vā ṭhāne.<br/><br/>[06]Gaṅgāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 105
title: sāvakasuttavaṇṇanā^gaṅgāsuttavaṇṇanā^daṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^132^eb^^b^.^eb^ Navame ^b^khitto^eb^ti punappunaṃ khitto. Ekavārañhi khitto mūlādīsu ekeneva nipateyya. Tathā sati adhippeto pātassa aniyamo na nidassito siyā. Tattha ca dhammaṃ suṇantā bhikkhū manussaloke, te sandhāya ^b^‘‘asmā lokā’’^eb^ti āha, tadaññaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘paraloka’’^eb^nti. Tassa tassa vā puggalassa yathādhippeto ayaṃ loko, tadañño paraloko.<br/><br/>[06]Daṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 106
title: gaṅgāsuttavaṇṇanā^daṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^puggalasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^133^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samaṭṭhikālo^eb^ti ^a^M2.0153^ea^ samena ākārena laddhabbāṭṭhikālo. ^b^Giriparikkhepe^eb^ti pañcahi girīhi parikkhittattā ‘‘giriparikkhepo’’ti laddhanāme rājagahe.<br/><br/>[06]Puggalasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 107
title: daṇḍasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyavaggo^duggatasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^134^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Duggata^eb^nti ^a^V2.0134^ea^ kicchajīvikattā sabbathā dukkhaṃ gataṃ upagataṃ. Tathābhūto pana daliddo varāko nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘daliddaṃ kapaṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Hatthapādehī^eb^ti nidassanamattaṃ, aññehipi sarīrāvayavehi dussaṇṭhānehi upeto durupeto evāti.<br/><br/>[06]Duggatasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 108
title: dutiyavaggo^duggatasuttavaṇṇanā^sukhitasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^135^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukhita^eb^nti sañjātasukhaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sukhasamappita’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Susajjita^eb^nti sukhumupakaraṇehi sabbathā sajjitaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Sukhitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 109
title: duggatasuttavaṇṇanā^sukhitasuttavaṇṇanā^tiṃsamattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^136^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhutaṅgasamādānavasena,^eb^ na araññavāsādimattena. ^b^Sasaṃyojanā^eb^ sabbaso saṃyojanānaṃ appahīnattā, na puthujjanabhāvato. ^b^Ekekavaṇṇakālova gahetabbo^eb^ti etena mahiṃsādīnaṃ rassadīghapiṅgalādīsu ekekāneva gahetvā dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Tiṃsamattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 110
title: sukhitasuttavaṇṇanā^tiṃsamattasuttavaṇṇanā^mātusuttādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^137-142^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Liṅganiyamena^eb^^a^M2.0154^ea^^b^ceva cakkavāḷaniyamena cā^eb^ti ‘‘purisānañhi mātugāmakālo, mātugāmānañca purisakālo’’ti yathā sattasantāne liṅganiyamo natthi, evaṃ kadāci imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe nibbattanti, kadāci aññatarasminti cakkavāḷaniyamopi natthi. Evameva ṭhite<br/><br/>[07]Cakkavāḷe ^a^V2.0135^ea^ mātugāmakāle namātābhūtapubbo natthītiādinā liṅganiyamena cakkavāḷaniyamo ca veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tesū’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[06]Mātusuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 111
title: tiṃsamattasuttavaṇṇanā^mātusuttādivaṇṇanā^vepullapabbatasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^143^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekaṃ apadānaṃ āharitvā dasseti^eb^ ‘‘evaṃ saṃvegaṃ janetvā bhikkhū visesaṃ pāpessāmī’’ti. ^b^Catūhena ārohanti^eb^ catuyojanubbedhattā. ^b^Dvinnaṃ buddhāna^eb^nti kakusandhassa koṇāgamanassa cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ buddhānaṃ. ‘‘Tivarā rohitassā suppiyā’’ti manussānaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle samaññā tattha desanāmavasena jātāti veditabbā, yathā etarahi māgadhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puna vassasata^eb^nti paṭhamavassasatato uparivassasataṃ jīvanako nāma manusso natthi. ^b^Parihīnasadisaṃ kataṃ^eb^ desanāya. ^b^Vaḍḍhitvā^eb^ti dasavassāyukabhāvato paṭṭhāya yāva asaṅkhyeyyāyukabhāvā vaḍḍhitvā. ‘‘Parihīna’’nti vatvā taṃ parihīnabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘katha’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Yaṃ āyuppamāṇesū^eb^ti yattakaṃ āyuppamāṇesūti.<br/><br/>[06]Vepullapabbatasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[06]Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttanikāya-aṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Anamataggasaṃyuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 42
item: 112
title: kassapasaṃyuttaṃ^^santuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^144^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Santuṭṭho^eb^ti ^a^V2.0136^ea^^a^M2.0155^ea^ sakena uccāvacena paccayena samameva ca tussanako. Tenāha ^b^‘‘itarītarenā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha duvidhaṃ itarītaraṃ – pākatikaṃ, ñāṇasañjanitañcāti. Tattha pākatikaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ñāṇasañjanitameva dassento ^b^‘‘thūlasukhumā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Itaraṃ vuccati hīnaṃ paṇītato aññattā. Tathā paṇītampi itaraṃ hīnato aññattā. Apekkhāsaddā hi itarītarāti. Iti yena kenaci hīnena vā paṇītena vā cīvarādipaccayena santussito tathāpavatto alobho itarītarapaccayasantoso, taṃsamaṅgitāya santuṭṭho. Yathālābhaṃ attano lābhānurūpaṃ santoso ^b^yathālābhasantoso^eb^. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Labbhatīti vā lābho, yo yo lābho yathālābho, tena santoso ^b^yathālābhasantoso. Bala^eb^nti kāyabalaṃ. ^b^Sāruppa^eb^nti bhikkhuno anucchavikatā.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāladdhato aññassa apatthanā nāma siyā appicchatāya pavattiākāroti tato vinivattitameva santosassa sarūpaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘labhantopi na gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Taṃ parivattetvā^eb^ti pakatidubbalādīnaṃ garucīvaraṃ na phāsubhāvāvahaṃ sarīrabādhāvahañca hotīti payojanavasena, nātricchatādivasena parivattetvā. Lahukacīvaraparibhoge santosavirodhi na hotīti āha ^b^‘‘lahukena yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hotī’’^eb^ti. Mahagghacīvaraṃ bahūni vā cīvarāni labhitvā tāni vissajjetvā aññassa gahaṇaṃ yathāsāruppanaye ṭhitattā na santosavirodhīti āha ^b^‘‘tesaṃ…pe… dhārentopi santuṭṭhova hotī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ sesapaccayesu yathābalayathāsāruppaniddesesu ^b^api^eb^-saddaggahaṇe adhippāyo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakatī^eb^ti vācāpakatiādikā. Avasesaniddāya abhibhūtattā paṭibujjhato sahasā pāpakā vitakkā pātubhavantīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Muttaharītaka^eb^nti ^a^V2.0137^ea^^a^M2.0156^ea^ gomuttaparibhāvitaṃ, pūtibhāvena vā chaḍḍitattā muttaharītakaṃ. ^b^Buddhādīhi vaṇṇita^eb^nti ‘‘pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya yā pabbajjā’’tiādinā sammāsambuddhādīhi pasatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eko^eb^ ekacco ^b^santuṭṭho hoti, santosassa vaṇṇaṃ na katheti^eb^ seyyathāpi āyasmā bākulatthero. ^b^Na santuṭṭo hoti, santosassa vaṇṇaṃ katheti^eb^ seyyathāpi thero upanando sakyaputto. ^b^Neva santuṭṭho hoti, na santosassa vaṇṇaṃ katheti^eb^ seyyathāpi thero lāḷudāyī. ^b^Aya^eb^nti āyasmā mahākassapo. ^b^Anesana^eb^nti ayoniso micchājīvavasena paccayapariyesanaṃ. ^b^Uttasatī^eb^ti ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho labheyya’’nti jātuttāsena uttasati. Tathā ^b^paritassati^eb^. ^b^Aya^eb^nti mahākassapatthero. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^ yathāvuttaekaccabhikkhu viya ^b^na paritassati,^eb^ alābhaparittāsena vighātappattiyā na parittāsaṃ āpajjati. Lobhoyeva ārammaṇena saddhiṃ ganthanaṭṭhena bajjhanaṭṭhena gedho ^b^lobhagedho. Muccha^eb^nti gedhaṃ momūhattabhāvaṃ. ^b^Ādīnava^eb^nti dosaṃ. ^b^Nissaraṇamevā^eb^ti cīvare idamatthitādassanapubbakaṃ alaggabhāvasaṅkhātaniyyānameva pajānanto. ^b^Yathāladdhādīna^eb^nti yathāladdhapiṇḍapātādīnaṃ. Niddhāraṇe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathā mahākassapatthero^eb^ti attanā vattabbaniyāmena vadati, bhagavatā pana vattabbaniyāmena ‘‘yathā kassapo bhikkhū’’ti bhavitabbaṃ. ^b^Kassapena^eb^ nidassanabhūtena. ^b^Kathanaṃ nāma bhāro^eb^ ‘‘mutto moceyya’’nti paṭiññānurūpattā. ^b^Paṭipattiṃ paripūraṃ katvā pūraṇaṃ bhāro^eb^ satthu āṇāya sirasā sampaṭicchitabbato.<br/><br/>[06]Santuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 113
title: ^santuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^anottappīsuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^145^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tena rahito^eb^ti tena sammāvāyāmena rahito. ^b^Nibbhayo^eb^ti bhayarahito. Kusalānuppādanampi hi sāvajjameva aññāṇālasiyahetukattā. ^b^Sambujjhanatthāyā^eb^ti ariyamaggehi sambujjhanāya. ^b^Yogehi khemaṃ^eb^ tehi anupaddutattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manuññavatthu^eb^nti ^a^M2.0157^ea^ manoramaṃ lobhuppattikāraṇaṃ. ^b^Yathā vā tathā vā^eb^ti subhasukhādivasena. ^b^Te^eb^ti lobhādayo. ^b^Anuppannāti veditabbā^eb^ tathārūpe vatthārammaṇe tathā anuppannapubbattā. ^b^Aññathā^eb^ti vuttanayeneva vatthārammaṇehi ayojetvā gayhamāne. ^b^Vatthumhī^eb^ti upaṭṭhākādicīvarādivatthumhi. ^b^Ārammaṇe^eb^ti manāpiyādibhede ārammaṇe. ^b^Tādisena paccayenā^eb^ti ayonisomanasikārasativossaggādipaccayena ^a^V2.0138^ea^. ^b^Ime^eb^ti vuttanayena paccayalābhena pacchā uppajjamānā pāḷiyaṃ tathā vuttāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ uppajjamānatāya ^b^nappahīyanti nāma^eb^. Anuppādo hi paramatthato pahānaṃ kathitaṃ, tasmā tattha kathitanayeneva gahetabbanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appaṭiladdhā^eb^ti anuppattiyā. ^b^Te^eb^ti yathāvuttasīlādianavajjadhammā. ^b^Paṭiladdhā^eb^ti adhigatā. ‘‘Sīlādidhammā’’ti ettha yadi maggaphalānipi gahitāni, atha kasmā ‘‘parihānivasenā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Imassa pana sammappadhānassā^eb^ti catutthassa sammappadhānassa vasena. ^b^Ayaṃ desanā^eb^ti ‘‘uppannā me kusalā dhammā nirujjhamānā anatthāya saṃvatteyyu’’nti ayaṃ desanā katā. ^b^Dutiyamaggo vā…pe… saṃvatteyyā^eb^ti idaṃ āyatiṃ sattasu attabhāvesu uppajjamānadukkhasaṅkhātānatthuppattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ātāpī ottappī bhabbo sambodhāyā’’tiādivacanato ^b^‘‘ime cattāro sammappadhānā pubbabhāgavipassanāvasena kathitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Anottappīsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 114
title: santuṭṭhasuttavaṇṇanā^anottappīsuttavaṇṇanā^candūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^146^eb^^b^.^eb^ Piyamanāpaniccanavakādiguṇehi cando upamā etesanti ^b^candūpamā. Santhavā^eb^dīni padāni aññamaññavevacanāni. ^b^Pariyuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ puna citte kilesādhigamo. Sabbehipi padehi katthaci satte anurodharodhābhāvamāha. Attano pana sommabhāvena ^b^mahājanassa piyo manāpo^eb^. Yadatthamettha candūpamā āhaṭā, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Na kevalaṃ candūpamatāya ettako eva guṇo, atha kho aññepi santīti te dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Evamādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena yathā. Cando ^a^M2.0158^ea^ lokānuggahena ajavīthiādikā nānāvīthiyo paṭipajjati, evaṃ bhikkhu taṃ taṃ disaṃ upagacchati kulānuddayāya. Yathā cando kaṇhapakkhato sukkapakkhaṃ upagacchanto kalāhi vaḍḍhamāno hutvā niccanavo hoti, evaṃ bhikkhu kaṇhapakkhaṃ pahāya sukkapakkhaṃ upagantvā guṇehi vaḍḍhamāno lokassa vā pāmojjapāsaṃsattho niccanavatāya candasamacitto adhunupasampanno viya ca niccanavo hutvā carati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apakassitvā^eb^ti kilesakāmavatthukāmehi vivecetvā. Taṃ nekkhammābhimukhaṃ kāyacittānaṃ ākaḍḍhanaṃ kāyato apanayanañca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ākaḍḍhitvā apanetvāti attho’’^eb^ti. Catukkañcettha sambhavatīti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo hi bhikkhū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niccanavayā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0139^ea^ ‘‘niccanavakā’’icceva vuttaṃ hoti. Ka-saddena hi padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ, ka-kārassa ca ya-kārādeso. ^b^Evaṃ vicariṃsū^eb^ti kiñjakkhavasena pariggahābhāvena yathā ime, evaṃ vicariṃsu aññeti anukampamānā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvebhātikavatthū^eb^ti dvebhātikattherapaṭibaddhaṃ vatthuṃ. ^b^Appatirūpakaraṇa^eb^nti bhikkhūnaṃ asāruppakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Ādhāyitvā^eb^ti āropanaṃ ṭhapetvā. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti yathā saṅghamajjhe gaṇamajjhe ca, tathā vuḍḍhatare puggale appatirūpakaraṇaṃ. ^b^Evamādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena antaragharappavesane aññattha ca yathāvuttato aññaṃ asāruppakiriyaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti saṅghamajjhe gaṇamajjhe ^b^puggalassa ca^eb^ vuḍḍhassa ^b^santike^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāvuttesu aññesu ca ^b^tesu ṭhānesu. Pāpicchatāpi manopāgabbhiya^eb^nti eteneva kodhūpanāhādīnaṃ samudācāro manopāgabbhiyanti dassitaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekato bhāriya^eb^nti piṭṭhipassato onataṃ. ^b^Vāyupatthambha^eb^nti cittasamuṭṭhānavāyunā upatthambhanaṃ. Anubbejetvā cittanti ānetvā sambandho. Cittassa hi tato anubbejanaṃ tadanunayanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sampiyāyamāno oloketī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vāyupatthambhakaṃ gāhāpetvā^eb^ti kāyaṃ tathā upatthambhakaṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Opammasaṃsandanaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0159^ea^ suviññeyyameva. Kāmagiddhatāya ^b^hīnādhimuttiko,^eb^ avisuddhasīlācāratāya ^b^micchāpaṭipanno^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Aṅgulīhi nikkhantapabhā ākāsasañcalanena diguṇā hutvā ākāse vicariṃsūti āha ^b^‘‘yamakavijjutaṃ cārayamāno viyā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Ākāse pāṇiṃ cālesī’’ti padassa aññattha anāgatattā ^b^‘‘asambhinnapada’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Attamano^eb^ti pītisomanassehi gahitamano. Yañhi cittaṃ anavajjaṃ pītisomanassasahitaṃ, taṃ sasantakaṃ hitasukhāvahattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sakamano’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Na domanassena…pe… gahitamano^eb^ sakacittassa tabbiruddhattā. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘idāni yo hīnādhimuttiko’’tiādinā pubbe vuttanayeneva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pasannākāra^eb^nti pasannehi kātabbakiriyaṃ. Taṃ sarūpato dasseti ^b^‘‘cīvarādayo paccaye dadeyyu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tathabhāvāyā^eb^ti yadatthaṃ bhagavatā dhammo desito, yadatthañca sāsane pabbajjā, tadatthāya ^a^V2.0140^ea^. ^b^Rakkhaṇabhāva^eb^nti apāyabhayato ca rakkhaṇajjhāsayaṃ. ^b^Candopamādivasenā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ākāse calitapāṇi viya katthaci alaggatāya parisuddhajjhāsayatā sattesu kāruññanti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho.<br/><br/>[06]Candūpamasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 115
title: anottappīsuttavaṇṇanā^candūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^kulūpakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^147^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kulāni upagacchatīti ^b^kulūpako. Sandīyatī^eb^ti sabbaso dīyati, avakhaṇḍīyatīti attho. Sā pana avakhaṇḍiyanā dukkhāpanā aṭṭiyanā hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭīyatī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘so tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedayatī’’ti. ^b^Vuttanayānusārena^eb^ heṭṭhā vuttanayassa anusaraṇena.<br/><br/>[06]Kulūpakasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 116
title: candūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^kulūpakasuttavaṇṇanā^jiṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^148^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Chinnabhinnaṭṭhāne^eb^^a^M2.0160^ea^ chiddassa aputhulattā aggaḷaṃ adatvāva suttena saṃsibbanamattena aggaḷadānena ca chidde puthule. ^b^Nibbasanānī^eb^ti ciranisevitavasanakiccāni, paribhogajiṇṇānīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbe…pe… laddhanāmānī’’^eb^ti, saññāpubbako vidhi aniccoti ^b^‘‘gahapatānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘vīriya’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Senāpati^eb^nti senāpatibhāvinaṃ, senāpaccārahanti attho. ^b^Attano kammenā^eb^ti attanā kātabbakammena. ^b^So^eb^ti satthā. ^b^Tasmi^eb^nti mahākassapatthere karotīti sambandho. ^b^Na karotī^eb^ti vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yadi satthā dhutaṅgāni na vissajjāpetukāmo, atha kasmā ‘‘jiṇṇosi dāni tva’’ntiādimavocāti āha ^b^‘‘yathā panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāra^eb^nti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve phāsuvihāraṃ. ^b^Amānusikā savanaratī^eb^ti atikkantamānusikāya araññasadduppattiyā araññehaṃ vasāmīti vivekavāsūpanissayādhīnasaddasavanapaccayā dhammarati uppajjati. ^b^Aparo^eb^ti añño, dutiyoti attho. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti tasmiṃyeva ekassa viharaṇaṭṭhāne viharaṇasamaye ca phāsu bhavati cittavivekasambhavato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekassa ramato vane’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0141^ea^ yathā āraññikassa rati, tathā piṇḍapātikassa labbhati diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro. Esa nayo sesesu. Apiṇḍapātikādhīno itarassa visesajotakoti tamevassa visesaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘akālacārī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Amhākaṃ salākaṃ gahetvā bhattatthāya gehaṃ anāgacchantassa sattāhaṃ na pātetabbanti sāmikehi dinnattā ^b^sattāhaṃ salākaṃ na labhati,^eb^ na katikavasena. Piṇḍacārikavatte avattanato ^b^‘‘yassa cesā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Paṭhamataraṃ kātabbaṃ yaṃ, taṃ ^b^vattaṃ,^eb^ itaraṃ ^b^paṭivattaṃ^eb^. Mahantaṃ vā ^b^vattaṃ,^eb^ khuddakaṃ ^b^paṭivattaṃ^eb^. Keci ‘‘vattapaṭipatti’’nti paṭhanti, vattassa karaṇanti attho. Uddharaṇa-atiharaṇa-vītiharaṇavossajjana-sannikkhepana-sannirumbhanānaṃ ^a^M2.0161^ea^ vasena ^b^cha koṭṭhāse. Garubhāvenā^eb^ti thirabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Amukasmiṃ senāsane vasantā bahuṃ vassavāsikaṃ labhantī’’ti tathā ^b^na vassavāsikaṃ pariyesanto carati^eb^ vassavāsikasseva aggahaṇato. Tasmā senāsanaphāsukaṃyeva cinteti. ^b^Tena^eb^ bahuparikkhārabhāvena ^b^phāsuvihāro natthi^eb^ parikkhārānaṃ rakkhaṇapaṭijagganādidukkhabahulatāya. ^b^Appicchādīna^eb^nti appicchasantuṭṭhādīnaṃyeva labbhati diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro.<br/><br/>[06]Jiṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 117
title: kulūpakasuttavaṇṇanā^jiṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā^ovādasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^149^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attano ṭhāne^eb^ti sabrahmacārīnaṃ ovādakaviññāpakabhāvena attano mahāsāvakaṭṭhāne ṭhapanatthaṃ. Atha vā yasmā ‘‘ahaṃ dāni na ciraṃ ṭhassāmi, tathā sāriputtamoggallānā, ayaṃ pana vīsaṃvassatāyuko, ovadanto anusāsanto mamaccayena bhikkhūnaṃ mayā kātabbakiccaṃ karissatī’’ti adhippāyena bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tasmā ^b^attano ṭhāne^eb^ti satthārā kātabbaovādadāyakaṭṭhāne. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ panassā’’^eb^tiādi. Yathāha bhagavā ‘‘ovada, kassapa…pe… tvaṃ vā’’ti. ^b^Dukkhena vattabbā^eb^ appadakkhiṇaggāhibhāvato. ^b^Dubbacabhāvakaraṇehī^eb^ti kodhūpanāhādīhi. Anusāsaniyā padakkhiṇaggahaṇaṃ nāma anudhammacaraṇaṃ, chinnapaṭipatti katā vāmaggāho nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘anusāsani’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Atikkamma vadante^eb^ti aññamaññaṃ atikkamitvā atimaññitvā vadante. ^b^Bahuṃ bhāsissatī^eb^ti dhammaṃ kathento ko vipulaṃ ^a^V2.0142^ea^ katvā kathessati. ^b^Asahita^eb^nti pubbenāparaṃ nasahitaṃ hetupamāvirahitaṃ. ^b^Amadhura^eb^nti na madhuraṃ na kaṇṇasukhaṃ na pemanīyaṃ. ^b^Lahuññeva uṭṭhāti^eb^ appavattanena kūlaṭṭhānaṃ viya tassa kathanaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Ovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 118
title: jiṇṇasuttavaṇṇanā^ovādasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^150^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Okappanasaddhā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0162^ea^ saddheyyavatthuṃ ogāhitvā ‘‘evameta’’nti kappanasaddhā. ^b^Kusaladhammajānanapaññā^eb^ti anavajjadhammānaṃ sabbaso jānanapaññā. ^b^Parihāna^eb^nti sabbāhi sampattīhi parihānaṃ. Na hi kalyāṇamittarahitassa kāci sampatti nāma atthīti.<br/><br/>[06]Dutiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 119
title: ovādasuttavaṇṇanā^dutiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^151^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbe^eb^ti paṭhamabodhiyaṃ. ^b^Etarahī^eb^ti tato pacchime kāle. ^b^Kāraṇapaṭṭhapane^eb^ti kāraṇārambhe. ^b^Tesu^eb^ vuttaguṇayuttesu ^b^theresu. Tasmi^eb^nti tasmiṃ yathāvuttaguṇayutte puggale. ^b^Evaṃ sakkāre kayiramāne^eb^ti ‘‘bhaddako vatāyaṃ bhikkhū’’ti ādarajātehi bhikkhūhi sakkāre kayiramāne. ^b^Ime^eb^ sabrahmacārī. ‘‘Ehi bhikkhū’’ti taṃ bhikkhuṃ attano mukhābhimukhaṃ karontā vadanti. ^b^Yañhi ta^eb^nti ettha ^b^ta^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ ^b^upaddavo^eb^ti vuccati anatthajananato. Patthayati bhajati bajjhatīti ^b^patthanā,^eb^ abhisaṅgoti āha ^b^‘‘abhipatthanāti adhimattapatthanā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Tatiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 120
title: dutiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā^tatiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā^jhānābhiññasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^152^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yāvadevā^eb^ti iminā samānatthaṃ ‘‘yāvade’’ti idaṃ padanti āha ^b^‘‘yāvade ākaṅkhāmīti yāvadeva icchāmī’’^eb^ti. Yadicchakaṃ jhānasamāpattīsu vasībhāvadassanatthaṃ tadetaṃ āraddhaṃ. ^b^Vitthāritameva,^eb^ tasmā tattha vitthāritameva gahetabbanti adhippāyo. ^b^Āsavānaṃ khayā^eb^ti āsavānaṃ khayahetu ariyamaggena sabbaso āsavānaṃ khepitattā. ^b^Apaccayabhūta^eb^nti ārammaṇapaccayabhāvena apaccayabhūtaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Jhānābhiññasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 121
title: tatiyaovādasuttavaṇṇanā^jhānābhiññasuttavaṇṇanā^upassayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^153^eb^^b^.^eb^ Lābhasakkārahetupi ^a^V2.0143^ea^^a^M2.0163^ea^ ekacce bhikkhū bhikkhunupassayaṃ gantvā bhikkhuniyo ovadanti, evamevaṃ ayaṃ pana thero na lābhasakkārahetu bhikkhunupassayagamanaṃ yācati, atha kasmāti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānatthikā’’^eb^tiādi. Eso hi ānandatthero ussukkāpetvā paṭipattiguṇaṃ dassento yasmā tā bhikkhuniyo catusaccakammaṭṭhānikā, tasmā pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ udayabbayādipakāsaniyā dhammakathāya vipassanāpaṭipattisampadaṃ dassesi. Aniccādilakkhaṇāni ceva udayabbayādike ca sammā dassesi. Hatthena gahetvā viya paccakkhato dassesi. ^b^Samādapesī^eb^ti tattha lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanaṃ samādapesi. Yathā vīthipaṭipanno hutvā pavattati, evaṃ ^b^gaṇhāpesi. Samuttejesī^eb^ti vipassanāya āraddhāya saṅkhārānaṃ udayabbayādīsu upaṭṭhahantesu yathākālaṃ paggahasamupekkhaṇehi bojjhaṅgānaṃ anupavattanena bhāvanāmajjhimavīthiṃ pāpetvā yathā vipassanāñāṇaṃ suppasannaṃ hutvā vahati, evaṃ indriyānaṃ visadabhāvakaraṇena vipassanācittaṃ sammā uttejesi, nibbānavasena vā samādapesi. ^b^Sampahaṃsesī^eb^ti tathā pavattiyamānāya vipassanāya samappavattabhāvanāvasena upari laddhabbabhāvanāvasena cittaṃ sampahaṃsesi, laddhassādavasena suṭṭhu tosesi. Evamettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Manute pariññādivasena saccāni bujjhatīti ^b^muni. Te^eb^ti taṃ. Upayogatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Uttarī^eb^ti upari, tava yathābhūtasabhāvato paratoti attho. Pakkhapatito agatigamanaṃ ^b^atirekaokāso. Upaparikkhī^eb^ti anuvicca nivārako na bahumato. ^b^Buddhapaṭibhāgo^eb^ thero. ‘‘Bālā bhikkhunī dubbhāsitaṃ āhā’’ti avatvā ‘‘khamatha, bhante’’ti vadantena pakkhapātena viya vuttaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ekā bhikkhunī na vāritā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cutā^eb^ saliṅgato naṭṭhā, desantarapakkamena adassanaṃ na gatā. ^b^Kaṇṭakasākhā viyā^eb^ti kuraṇṭakāpāmaggakaṇṭakalasikāhi sākhā viya.<br/><br/>[06]Upassayasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 42
item: 122
title: jhānābhiññasuttavaṇṇanā^upassayasuttavaṇṇanā^cīvarasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^154^eb^^b^.^eb^ Rājagahassa ^a^M2.0164^ea^ dakkhiṇabhāge giri dakkhiṇāgiri ṇa-kāre a-kārassa dīghaṃ katvā, tassa dakkhiṇabhāge janapadopi ^b^‘‘dakkhiṇāgirī’’^eb^ti vuccati, ‘‘girito dakkhiṇabhāgo’’ti ^a^V2.0144^ea^ katvā. ^b^Ekadivasenā^eb^ti ekena divasena uppabbājesuṃ tesaṃ saddhāpabbajitābhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Yattha cattāro vā uttari vā bhikkhū akappiyanimantanaṃ sādiyitvā pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ ekato paṭiggaṇhitvā bhuñjanti, etaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma, taṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti ^b^‘‘tikabhojanaṃ paññatta’’^eb^nti vacanena gaṇabhojanaṃ paṭikkhittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tayo atthavase paṭicca anuññātattāpi ^b^‘‘tikabhojana’’^eb^nti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Dummaṅkūnaṃ niggaho eva pesalānaṃ phāsuvihāro’’ti idaṃ ekaṃ aṅgaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘dummaṅkūnaṃ niggahenevā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Yathā devadatto…pe… saṅghaṃ bhindeyyu’’nti ^b^iminā kāraṇena^eb^ tikabhojanaṃ paññattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atha kiñcarahī^eb^ti atha kasmā tvaṃ asampannagaṇaṃ bandhitvā carasīti adhippāyo. Asampannāya parisāya cārikācaraṇaṃ kulānuddayāya na hoti, kulānaṃ ghātitattāti adhippāyena thero ^b^‘‘sassaghātaṃ maññe carasī’’^eb^tiādimavoca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sodhento^eb^ tassā ativiya parisuddhabhāvadassanena. ^b^Uddisituṃ na jānāmi^eb^ tathā cittasseva anuppannapubbattā. ^b^Kiñcanaṃ^eb^ kilesavatthu. Saṅgahetabbakhettavatthu ^b^palibodho,^eb^ ālayo apekkhā. ^b^Okāsābhāvato^eb^ti bahukiccakaraṇīyatāya kusalakiriyāya okāsābhāvato. ^b^Sannipātaṭṭhānato^eb^ti saṅketaṃ katvā viya kilesarajānaṃ tattha sannijjhapavattanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sikkhattayabrahmacariya^eb^nti adhisīlasikkhādisikkhattayasaṅgahaṃ brahmaṃ seṭṭhaṃ cariyaṃ. Khaṇḍādibhāvāpādanena ^b^akhaṇḍaṃ katvā^eb^. Lakkhaṇavacanañhetaṃ. Kiñci sikkhekadesaṃ asesetvā ekanteneva paripūretabbatāya ^b^ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ^eb^. Cittuppādamattampi saṃkilesamalaṃ anuppādetvā accantameva visuddhaṃ katvā pariharitabbatāya ^b^ekantaparisuddhaṃ^eb^. Tato eva saṅkhaṃ viya likhitanti ^b^saṅkhalikhitaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘likhitasaṅkhasadisa’’^eb^nti. Dāṭhikāpi taggahaṇeneva gahetvā ^a^M2.0165^ea^ ‘‘massu’’tveva vuttaṃ, na ettha kevalaṃ massuyevāti attho. Kasāyena rattāni ^b^kāsāyāni^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaṅgasāṭako^eb^ti vaṅgadese uppannasāṭako. ^b^Esā^eb^ti mahākassapatthero. ^b^Abhinīhārato paṭṭhāya^eb^ paṇidhānato pabhuti, ayaṃ idāni vuccamānā. Aggasāvakadvayaṃ upādāya tatiyattā ^b^‘‘tatiyasāvaka’’^eb^nti ^a^V2.0145^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusatasahassa^eb^nti bhikkhūnaṃ satasahassañceva saṭṭhisahassāni ca aṭṭha ca sahassāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayañca ayañca guṇo^eb^ti sīlato paṭṭhāya yāva aggaphalā guṇoti kittento mahāsamuddaṃ pūrayamāno viya kathesi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kolāhala^eb^nti devatāhi nibbattito kolāhalo.<br/><br/>[03]Khuddakādivasena ^b^pañcavaṇṇā. Taraṇaṃ vā hotu maraṇaṃ vā^eb^ti mahoghaṃ ogāhanto puriso viya maccherasamuddaṃ uttaranto ^b^pacchāpi…pe… pādamūle ṭhapesi^eb^ bhagavato dhammadesanāya maccherapahānassa kathitattā.<br/><br/>[03]Satthu guṇā kathitā nāma hontīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘satthu guṇe kathentassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti tadā satthu sammukhā dhammassavanato paṭṭhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathāgatamañcassā^eb^ti tathāgatassa paribhogamañcassa. ^b^Dānaṃ datvā^eb^ brāhmaṇassa ^b^purohitaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Tādisasseva^eb^ seṭṭhino ^b^dhītā hutvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adinnavipākassā^eb^ti pubbe katūpacitassa sabbaso na dinnavipākassa. ^b^Tassa kammassā^eb^ti tassa paccekabuddhassa patte piṇḍapātaṃ chinditvā kalalapūraṇakammassa. Tasmiṃyeva attabhāve ^b^sattasu ṭhānesu^eb^ duggandhasarīratāya ^b^paṭinivattitā. Iṭṭhakapantī^eb^ti suvaṇṇiṭṭhakapanti. ^b^Ghaṭaniṭṭhakāyā^eb^ti tassa pantiyaṃ paṭhamaṃ ṭhapitaiṭṭhakāya saddhiṃ ghaṭetabbaiṭṭhakāya ūnā hoti. ^b^Bhaddake kāle^eb^ti īdisiyā iṭṭhakāya icchitakāleyeva āgatāsi. ^b^Tena bandhanenā^eb^ti tena silesasambandhena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Olambakā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0166^ea^ muttāmaṇimayā olambakā. ^b^Puñña^eb^nti natthi no puññaṃ taṃ, yaṃ nimittaṃ yaṃ kāraṇā ito sukhumatarassa paṭilābho siyāti attho. ^b^Puññaniyāmenā^eb^ti puññānubhāvasiddhena niyāmena. So ca ^b^assa^eb^ bārāṇasirajjaṃ dātuṃ katokāso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phussaratha^eb^nti maṅgalarathaṃ. Uṇhīsaṃ vālabījanī khaggo maṇipādukā setacchattanti ^b^pañcavidhaṃ rājakakudhabhaṇḍaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0146^ea^. Setacchattaṃ visuṃ gahitaṃ. Dibbavatthaṃ sādiyituṃ puññānubhāvacodito ‘‘nanu tātā thūla’’ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañca caṅkamanasatānī^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddena ādiatthena aggisālādīni pabbajitasāruppaṭṭhānāni saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sādhukīḷita^eb^nti ariyānaṃ parinibbutaṭṭhāne kātabbasakkāraṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nappamajji nirogā ayyā^eb^ti pucchitākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Parinibbutā devā^eb^ti devī paṭivacanaṃ adāsi. ^b^Paṭiyādetvā^eb^ti niyyātetvā. ^b^Samaṇakapabbajja^eb^nti samitapāpehi ariyehi anuṭṭhātabbapabbajjaṃ. So hi rājā paccekabuddhānaṃ vesassa diṭṭhattā ‘‘idameva bhaddaka’’nti tādisaṃyeva liṅgaṃ gaṇhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti brahmalokeyeva. Vīsatime vasse sampatteti āharitvā sambandho. Brahmalokato āgantvā nibbattattā brahmacariyādhikārassa cirakālaṃ saṅgahitattā ^b^‘‘evarūpaṃ kathaṃ mā kathethā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Vīsati dharaṇāni ‘‘nikkha’’nti vadanti. Alabhanto na vasāmīti saññāpessāmīti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Itthākaro^eb^ti itthiratanassa uppattiṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Ayyadhītā^eb^ti amhākaṃ ayyassa dhītā, bhaddakāpilānīti attho. Pasādarūpena nibbisiṭṭhatāya ‘‘mahāgīva’’nti paṭimāya sadisabhāvamāha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayyadhītāyā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samānapaṇṇa^eb^nti sadisapaṇṇaṃ, kumārassa kumāriyā ca vuttantapaṇṇaṃ. ^b^Ito ca etto cā^eb^ti te purisā samāgamaṭṭhānato magadharaṭṭhe mahātitthagāmaṃ ^a^M2.0167^ea^ maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagarañca uddissa pakkamantā aññamaññaṃ vissajjentā nāma hontīti ‘‘ito ca etto ca pesesu’’nti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pupphadāma^eb^nti hatthihatthappamāṇaṃ pupphadāmaṃ. ^b^Tāni^eb^ pupphadāmāni. ^b^Te^eb^ti ubho bhaddā ceva pippalikumāro ca. ^b^Lokāmisenā^eb^ti gehassitapemena, kāmassādenāti attho. ^b^Asaṃsaṭṭhā^eb^ti na saṃsaṭṭhā ^a^V2.0147^ea^. Vicārayiṃsu ghaṭe jalantena viya padīpena ajjhāsayena samujjalantena vimokkhabījena samussāhitacittā. ^b^Yantabaddhānī^eb^ti sassasampādanatthaṃ tattha tattha iṭṭhakadvārakavāṭayojanavasena yantabaddhaudakanikkhamanatumbāni. ^b^Kammanto^eb^ti kasikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Dāsagāmā^eb^ti dāsānaṃ vasanagāmā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Osāpetvā^eb^ti pakkhipitvā. ^b^Ākappakuttavasenā^eb^ti ākāravasena kiriyāvasena ca. ^b^Ananucchavika^eb^nti pabbajitavesassa ananurūpaṃ. ^b^Tassa matthake^eb^ti dvedhāpathassa dvidhābhūtaṭṭhāne.<br/><br/>[03]Etesaṃ saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti nisīdīti sambandho. Sā pana satthu tattha nisajjā edisīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘nisīdanto panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yā buddhānaṃ aparimitakālasaṅgahitā acinteyyāparimeyyapuññasambhārūpacayanibbattā nirūpitasabhāvabuddhaguṇavijjotitā lakkhaṇānubyañjanasamujjalā byāmappabhāketumālālaṅkatā sabhāvasiddhatāya akittimā rūpakāyasirī, taṃyeva mahākassapassa adiṭṭhapubbaṃ pasādasaṃvaḍḍhanatthaṃ aniggahetvā nisinno bhagavā ‘‘buddhavesaṃ gahetvā…pe… nisīdī’’ti vutto. Asītihatthaṃ padesaṃ byāpetvā pavattiyā ‘‘asītihatthā’’ti vuttā. ^b^Satasākho^eb^ti bahusākho anekasākho. ^b^Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo ahosi^eb^ nirantaraṃ buddharasmīhi samantato samokiṇṇattā. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^ vuttappakārena ^b^veditabbā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rājagahaṃ nāḷanda^eb^nti ca sāmiatthe upayogavacanaṃ antarāsaddayogatoti āha ^b^‘‘rājagahassa nāḷandāya cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na hi me ito aññena satthārā bhavituṃ sakkā^eb^ diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi sattānaṃ yathārahaṃ anusāsanasamatthassa aññassa sadevake abhāvato. ^b^Na hi me ito aññena sugatena bhavituṃ sakkā^eb^ sobhanagamanaguṇagaṇayuttassa aññassa abhāvato. ^b^Na hi me ito aññena sammāsambuddhena bhavituṃ sakkā^eb^ sammā sabbadhammānaṃ sayambhuñāṇena abhisambuddhassa abhāvato. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘satthā me, bhante’’ti iminā vacanena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajānamānova^eb^^a^M2.0168^ea^ sabbaññeyyanti adhippāyo. ^b^Sabbacetasā^eb^ti sabbājjhattikaṅgaparipuṇṇacetasā. ^b^Samannāgata^eb^nti sampannaṃ sammadeva anu anu āgataṃ upagataṃ. ^b^Phaleyyā^eb^ti vidāleyya. ^b^Vilaya^eb^nti vināsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ sikkhitabba^eb^nti idāni vuccamānākārena. Hirottappassa bahalatā nāma vipulatāti āha ^b^‘‘mahanta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Paṭhamataramevā^eb^ti pageva upasaṅkamanato. Tathā atimānapahīno assa, hiriottappaṃ ^a^V2.0148^ea^ yathā saṇṭhāti. ^b^Kusalasannissita^eb^nti anavajjadhammanissitaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhika^eb^nti tena dhammena aṭṭhikaṃ. Ādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā savanacittaṃ ‘‘sabbaceto’’ti adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘cittassa thokampi bahi gantuṃ adento’’^eb^ti. Tena samodhānaṃ dasseti. ^b^Sabbena…pe… samannāharitvā^eb^ ārambhato pabhuti yāva desanā nipphannā, tāva antarantarā pavattena sabbena samannāhāracittena dhammaṃyeva samannāharitvā. ^b^Ṭhapitasoto^eb^ti dhamme nihitasoto. ^b^Odahitvā^eb^ti apihitaṃ katvā. ^b^Paṭhamajjhānavasenā^eb^ti idaṃ asubhesu tasseva ijjhato, itaratthañca sukhasampayuttatā vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]Saṃsārasāgare paribbhamantassa iṇaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhanti kilesā āsavasabhāvāpādanatoti āha ^b^‘‘saraṇoti sakileso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Cattāro hi paribhogā^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ visuddhimaggattaṃ saṃvaṇṇanāsu vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ettha ca bhagavā paṭhamaṃ ovādaṃ therassa brāhmaṇajātikattā jātimānapahānatthamabhāsi, dutiyaṃ bāhusaccaṃ nissāya uppajjanakāhaṃkārapahānatthaṃ, tatiyaṃ upadhisampattiṃ nissāya uppajjanakāttasinehapahānatthaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhame divase^eb^ti bhagavatā samāgatadivasato aṭṭhame divase.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maggato okkamanaṃ paṭhamataraṃ^eb^ bhagavatā samāgatadivaseyeva ahosi. Yadi arahattādhigamo pacchā, atha kasmā pāḷiyaṃ pageva siddhaṃ viya vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘desanāvārassā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Sattāhameva khvāhaṃ, āvuso saraṇo, raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñji’’nti vatvā avasarappattaṃ arahattaṃ pavedento ‘‘aṭṭhamiyā aññā udapādī’’ti āha. Ayamettha desanāvārassa āgamo. Tato paraṃ bhagavatā attano kataṃ anuggahaṃ cīvaraparivattanaṃ dassento ‘‘atha kho, āvuso’’tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Antantenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0169^ea^ catugguṇaṃ katvā paññattāya saṅghāṭiyā antantena. ^b^Jātipaṃsukūlikena…pe… bhavituṃ vaṭṭatī^eb^ti etena pubbe jātiāraññakaggahaṇena ca terasa dhutaṅgā gahitā evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Anucchavikaṃ kātu^eb^nti anurūpaṃ paṭipattiṃ paṭipajjituṃ. Thero pārupīti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavato ovādaṃ bhagavato vā dhammakāyaṃ nissāya urassa vasena jātoti ^b^oraso^eb^. Bhagavato vā dhammasarīrassa mukhato sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyato jāto. Teneva dhammajātadhammanimmitabhāvopi saṃvaṇṇitoti daṭṭhabbo. Ovādadhammo eva satthārā dātabbato therena ādātabbato ^a^V2.0149^ea^^b^ovādadhammadāyādo,^eb^ ovādadhammadāyajjoti attho, taṃ arahatīti. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pabbajjā ca parisodhitā’’ti vatvā tassā sammadeva sodhitabhāvaṃ byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘āvuso, yassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^eva^eb^nti yathā ahaṃ labhiṃ, evaṃ so satthu santikā labhatīti yojanā. ^b^Sīhanādaṃ naditu^eb^nti etthāpi sīhanādanadanā nāma desanāva, thero satthārā attano katānuggahameva anantarasutte vuttanayena ulliṅgeti, na aññathā. Na hi mahāthero kevalaṃ attano guṇānubhāvaṃ vibhāveti. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti yaṃ idha asaṃvaṇṇitaṃ. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti anantarasutte vuttanayeneva.<br/><br/>[06]Cīvarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


